enable the ones we want. This has been changed to better
match the ADMtek's reference design to avoid setting the
power-down configuration line of the PHY at the same time
it is reset.
Submitted by: John Hood via hps
direction even if the actual device is opened for read and
write. Fix fflags check so that the UFM and URIO drivers work.
Reported by: Krassimir Slavchev
Submitted by: hps
keys are pressed.
- Reported by: Various people
- add sysctl to disable keyboard led control request
- Reported by: Yoshihiro Ota
- Save system CPU usage: Patch to stop keyboard timer when no
keys are pressed.
Submitted by: hps
MFC after: 3 days
Unfortunately, the wrappers that are present in pts(4) don't have the
mechanics to allow pty(4) to be unloaded safely, so I'm forcing this kld
to return EBUSY. This also means we have to enable some extra code in
pts(4) unconditionally.
Proposed by: rwatson
I noticed several drivers in our tree don't actually care about parity
and framing, such as pts(4), snp(4) (and my partially finished console
driver). Instead of duplicating a lot of code, I think we'd better add a
utility function for those drivers to quickly process a buffer of input.
Also change pts(4) and snp(4) to use this function.
It is necessary to make sure cpi->transport is set for xpt_scan_bus() to
work properly.
Submitted by: Bernhard Schmidt (scb+freebsd-current <at> techwires
<dot> net)
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: re (kib)
Without this changeset there will be no way to prevent these NICs from
sending ARP, which is harmful in server farms that is configured as
"Direct Server Return" behind a load balancer.
A better fix would remove the whole hack completely but it would be
later than 8.0-RELEASE.
Reviewed by: jfv, yongari
Approved by: re (kib)
- usb_pc_cpu_invalidate() is called between [consecutive] reads from a device,
so a sequence of BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD and _PREREAD should be used. Note we
cannot use or'ed shorthand ( _POSTREAD | _PREREAD) for BUS_DMASYNC flags, as
the low level bus dma sync operation is implementation dependent and we
cannot assume the required order of operations to be guaranteed.
- usb_pc_cpu_flush() is called before writing to a device, so
BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE should be used.
Submitted by: Grzegorz Bernacki
Reviewed by: HPS, arm@, usb@ ML
Tested by: HPS, Mike Tancsa
Approved by: re (kib)
Obtained from: Semihalf
loop iteration as it can be updated by the card while we
process the RX ring forcing us to process RX descriptors
for which DMA synchronisation operation has not been
performed. This fixes the bug when bge(4) drops packets
under high load.
Discussed with: yongari, marius
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 week
value instead of blindly resetting it to 0. However, it seems page
select bits of some 88E1116 PHY is initialized to invalid one such
that restoring page select bits after programming broke MII
register access. The correct solution would be reset page select
bits to 0 in PHY attach stage but it would require more testing.
Since we're in BETA stage such a change would be dangerous so just
back it out.
This change should fix nfe(4) breakage on NVIDIA MCP55.
Reported by: Ryan Rogers < webmaster <> doghouserepair dot com >
Sam Fourman Jr. < sfourman <> gmail dot com >
Tested by: Ryan Rogers < webmaster <> doghouserepair dot com >
Sam Fourman Jr. < sfourman <> gmail dot com >
Approved by: re (kib)
cosmetic change to reduce cruft in the proc table.
Also change the idle wait message to `-` like how taskqueues are.
Reviewed by: julian
Approved by: re (kib)
- Provide lapic_disable_pmc(), lapic_enable_pmc(), and lapic_reenable_pmc()
routines in the local APIC code that the hwpmc(4) driver can use to
manage the local APIC PMC interrupt vector.
- Do not enable the local APIC PMC interrupt vector by default when
HWPMC_HOOKS is enabled. Instead, the hwpmc(4) driver explicitly
enables the interrupt when it is succesfully initialized and disables
the interrupt when it is unloaded. This avoids enabling the interrupt
on unsupported CPUs which may result in spurious NMIs.
Reported by: rnoland
Reviewed by: jkoshy
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 2 weeks
controllers. Controller, array, and drive status can be checked, basic
attributes can be changed, and arrays and spares can be created and deleted.
Controller firmware can also be flashed.
This does not replace MegaCLI, found in ports, as that is officially sanctioned
and supported by LSI and includes vastly more functionality. However, mfiutil
is open source and guaranteed to provide basic functionality, which can be
especially useful if you have a problem and can't get MegaCLI to work.
Approved by: re
Obtained from: Yahoo! Inc.
all pertinent statatistics for the subsystem. These structures are
sometimes "borrowed" by kernel modules that require a place to store
statistics for similar events.
Add KPI accessor functions for statistics structures referenced by kernel
modules so that they no longer encode certain specifics of how the data
structures are named and stored. This change is intended to make it
easier to move to per-CPU network stats following 8.0-RELEASE.
The following modules are affected by this change:
if_bridge
if_cxgb
if_gif
ip_mroute
ipdivert
pf
In practice, most of these statistics consumers should, in fact, maintain
their own statistics data structures rather than borrowing structures
from the base network stack. However, that change is too agressive for
this point in the release cycle.
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: re (kib)
The newbus lock is responsible for protecting newbus internIal structures,
device states and devclass flags. It is necessary to hold it when all
such datas are accessed. For the other operations, softc locking should
ensure enough protection to avoid races.
Newbus lock is automatically held when virtual operations on the device
and bus are invoked when loading the driver or when the suspend/resume
take place. For other 'spourious' operations trying to access/modify
the newbus topology, newbus lock needs to be automatically acquired and
dropped.
For the moment Giant is also acquired in some key point (modules subsystem)
in order to avoid problems before the 8.0 release as module handlers could
make assumptions about it. This Giant locking should go just after
the release happens.
Please keep in mind that the public interface can be expanded in order
to provide more support, if there are really necessities at some point
and also some bugs could arise as long as the patch needs a bit of
further testing.
Bump __FreeBSD_version in order to reflect the newbus lock introduction.
Reviewed by: ed, hps, jhb, imp, mav, scottl
No answer by: ariff, thompsa, yongari
Tested by: pho,
G. Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>,
Brandon Gooch <jamesbrandongooch at gmail dot com>
Sponsored by: Yahoo! Incorporated
Approved by: re (ksmith)
vnet.h, we now use jails (rather than vimages) as the abstraction
for virtualization management, and what remained was specific to
virtual network stacks. Minor cleanups are done in the process,
and comments updated to reflect these changes.
Reviewed by: bz
Approved by: re (vimage blanket)
firmware loading bugs.
Target mode support has received some serious attention to make it
more usable and stable.
Some backward compatible additions to CAM have been made that make
target mode async events easier to deal with have also been put
into place.
Further refinement and better support for NP-IV (N-port Virtualization)
is now in place.
Code for release prior to RELENG_7 has been stripped away for code clarity.
Sponsored by: Copan Systems
Reviewed by: scottl, ken, jung-uk kim
Approved by: re
USB core:
- add support for defragging of written device data.
- improve handling of alternate settings in device side mode.
- correct return value from usbd_get_no_alts() function.
- reported by: HPS
- P4 ID: 166156, 166168
- report USB device release information to devd and pnpinfo.
- reported by: MIHIRA Sanpei Yoshiro
- P4 ID: 166221
Submitted by: hps
Approved by: re
See PR description for more info. Patch is
implemented differently than suggested, but
having the same result.
PR: usb/137188
Submitted by: hps
Approved by: re
- add support for defragging of written device data.
- improve handling of alternate settings in device side mode.
- correct return value from usbd_get_no_alts() function.
- reported by: HPS
- P4 ID: 166156, 166168
- report USB device release information to devd and pnpinfo.
- reported by: MIHIRA Sanpei Yoshiro
- P4 ID: 166221
Submitted by: hps
Approved by: re
- Add minimum polling support to drive UMASS
and UKBD in case of panic.
- Add extra check to ukbd probe to fix problem about
mouse devices attaching like keyboards.
- P4 ID: 166148
Submitted by: hps
Approved by: re
- add support for setting the UMS polling rate through -F option
passed to moused.
- requested by Alexander Best
- P4 ID: 166075
PR: usb/125264
Submitted by: hps
Approved by: re
requesting IDENTIFY from slave device first. This order is important
for proper cable type detection by master device.
PR: kern/136438
Approved by: re (kib)
- When a vlan event occurs a check was not made that
the event was actually for the interface, thus resulting
in a panic. All three drivers have this vulnerability. Add
a check for this condition.
- Secondly, there was a duplicate buf_ring free in the em
driver resulting in a panic on unload. Remove.
Approved by: re
part that is made up of 8K banks rather than 4K, if these
systems are using bank 1 then the last change in this code
breaks the bank read, resulting in an invalid checksum of
the eeprom during driver load. This change fixes this.
Approved by: re
if input-device is unavailable. The Xserve G5 defaults to using
screen/keyboard for output-device/input-device even if these are not
installed, and then falls back to serial ports at boot time.
Reviewed by: marcel
Hardware from: grehan
Approved by: re (kib)
loader, because it uses a reserved suffix (_type). Fix
this by removing the "_" and renaming the tunable to
hw.mxge.rss_hashtype. The old (rss_hash_type) tunable is
still fetched, in case people load the driver via scripts.
When both are present in the kernel environment,
the new value (hw.mxge.rss_hashtype) overrides the old
value.
Approved by: re (kib)
actually specify valid bases that should be treated just as normal.
The PCI specifications have no indication that 0 would be a magic value
indicating a disabled BAR as commonly used on at least amd64 and i386
but not sparc64. It's unclear what to do in pci_delete_resource()
instead of writing 0 to a BAR though as there's no (other) way do
disable individual BARs so its decoding is left enabled in case of
__PCI_BAR_ZERO_VALID for now.
Approved by: re (kib), jhb
MFC after: 1 week
Driver supports Serial ATA and ATAPI devices, Port Multipliers
(including FIS-based switching), hardware command queues (31 command
per port) and Native Command Queuing. This is probably the second on
popularity, after AHCI, type of SATA2 controllers, that benefits from
using CAM, because of hardware command queuing support.
Approved by: re (kib)
nagged again via PR. Thank Paul for his persistence and contributions.
PR: 136895
Submitted by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: sam (timeout, 10 days), weongyo (timeout, 10 days), me
Approved by: re (Kostik Belousov <kostikbel@gmail.com>)
(DPCPU), as suggested by Peter Wemm, and implement a new per-virtual
network stack memory allocator. Modify vnet to use the allocator
instead of monolithic global container structures (vinet, ...). This
change solves many binary compatibility problems associated with
VIMAGE, and restores ELF symbols for virtualized global variables.
Each virtualized global variable exists as a "reference copy", and also
once per virtual network stack. Virtualized global variables are
tagged at compile-time, placing the in a special linker set, which is
loaded into a contiguous region of kernel memory. Virtualized global
variables in the base kernel are linked as normal, but those in modules
are copied and relocated to a reserved portion of the kernel's vnet
region with the help of a the kernel linker.
Virtualized global variables exist in per-vnet memory set up when the
network stack instance is created, and are initialized statically from
the reference copy. Run-time access occurs via an accessor macro, which
converts from the current vnet and requested symbol to a per-vnet
address. When "options VIMAGE" is not compiled into the kernel, normal
global ELF symbols will be used instead and indirection is avoided.
This change restores static initialization for network stack global
variables, restores support for non-global symbols and types, eliminates
the need for many subsystem constructors, eliminates large per-subsystem
structures that caused many binary compatibility issues both for
monitoring applications (netstat) and kernel modules, removes the
per-function INIT_VNET_*() macros throughout the stack, eliminates the
need for vnet_symmap ksym(2) munging, and eliminates duplicate
definitions of virtualized globals under VIMAGE_GLOBALS.
Bump __FreeBSD_version and update UPDATING.
Portions submitted by: bz
Reviewed by: bz, zec
Discussed with: gnn, jamie, jeff, jhb, julian, sam
Suggested by: peter
Approved by: re (kensmith)
This dramatically pushing 99.9% interpolations and quantizations
error _below_ -180dB on 32bit dynamic range, resulting extremely
high quality conversion.
- Use BSPLINE interpolator for filter oversampling factor greater or
equal than 64 (log2 6).
Approved by: re (kib)
check missed this because cxgb's TOM is currently commented out of the build
system.
Submitted by: Navdeep Parhar <np at FreeBSD dot org>
Approved by: re (kensmith), kensmith (mentor temporarily unavailable)
the TCP syncache. This returns struct tcpopt to being private within the TCP
implementation, thus allowing it to be modified without ABI concerns.
The patch breaks the ABI. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800103 accordingly. The cxgb
driver is the only TOE consumer affected by this change, and needs to be
recompiled along with the kernel.
Suggested by: rwatson
Reviewed by: rwatson, kmacy
Approved by: re (kensmith), kensmith (mentor temporarily unavailable)
USB CORE: busdma improvement
For single segment allocations the boundary field
of the BUSDMA tag should be zero. Currently all
single segment allocations are less than or equal
to 4096 bytes, so the limit does not kick in. If
any single segment USB allocations would be greater
than 4K, then it would be a problem.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Obtained from: HPS
/boot/kernel/hptrr.ko
/etc/mail/*.cf
/lib/libcrypto.so.5
/usr/bin/ntpq
/usr/sbin/amd
/usr/sbin/iasl
/usr/sbin/ntpd
/usr/sbin/ntpdate
/usr/sbin/ntpdc
There does not appear to be any purpose to having these timestamps, and
they have the irritating consequence that the aforementioned files will
be different every time they are rebuilt.
After this commit, the only remaining build timestamps are in the kernel,
the boot loaders, /usr/include/osreldate.h (the year in the copyright
notice), and lib*.a (the timestamps on all of the included .o files).
Reviewed by: scottl (hptrr), gshapiro (sendmail), simon (openssl),
roberto (ntp), jkim (acpica)
Approved by: re (kib)
net80211 wireless stack. This work is based on the March 2009 D3.0 draft
standard. This standard is expected to become final next year.
This includes two main net80211 modules, ieee80211_mesh.c
which deals with peer link management, link metric calculation,
routing table control and mesh configuration and ieee80211_hwmp.c
which deals with the actually routing process on the mesh network.
HWMP is the mandatory routing protocol on by the mesh standard, but
others, such as RA-OLSR, can be implemented.
Authentication and encryption are not implemented.
There are several scripts under tools/tools/net80211/scripts that can be
used to test different mesh network topologies and they also teach you
how to setup a mesh vap (for the impatient: ifconfig wlan0 create
wlandev ... wlanmode mesh).
A new build option is available: IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH and it's enabled
by default on GENERIC kernels for i386, amd64, sparc64 and pc98.
Drivers that support mesh networks right now are: ath, ral and mwl.
More information at: http://wiki.freebsd.org/WifiMesh
Please note that this work is experimental. Also, please note that
bridging a mesh vap with another network interface is not yet supported.
Many thanks to the FreeBSD Foundation for sponsoring this project and to
Sam Leffler for his support.
Also, I would like to thank Gateworks Corporation for sending me a
Cambria board which was used during the development of this project.
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Obtained from: projects/mesh11s
The default (64K) is too pessimistic for "new comm" hardware.
Also, this is bad because multiple controllers get limited by
the global tunable.
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: re (kensmith)
modularize it so that new transports can be created.
Add a transport for SATA
Add a periph+protocol layer for ATA
Add a driver for AHCI-compliant hardware.
Add a maxio field to CAM so that drivers can advertise their max
I/O capability. Modify various drivers so that they are insulated
from the value of MAXPHYS.
The new ATA/SATA code supports AHCI-compliant hardware, and will override
the classic ATA driver if it is loaded as a module at boot time or compiled
into the kernel. The stack now support NCQ (tagged queueing) for increased
performance on modern SATA drives. It also supports port multipliers.
ATA drives are accessed via 'ada' device nodes. ATAPI drives are
accessed via 'cd' device nodes. They can all be enumerated and manipulated
via camcontrol, just like SCSI drives. SCSI commands are not translated to
their ATA equivalents; ATA native commands are used throughout the entire
stack, including camcontrol. See the camcontrol manpage for further
details. Testing this code may require that you update your fstab, and
possibly modify your BIOS to enable AHCI functionality, if available.
This code is very experimental at the moment. The userland ABI/API has
changed, so applications will need to be recompiled. It may change
further in the near future. The 'ada' device name may also change as
more infrastructure is completed in this project. The goal is to
eventually put all CAM busses and devices until newbus, allowing for
interesting topology and management options.
Few functional changes will be seen with existing SCSI/SAS/FC drivers,
though the userland ABI has still changed. In the future, transports
specific modules for SAS and FC may appear in order to better support
the topologies and capabilities of these technologies.
The modularization of CAM and the addition of the ATA/SATA modules is
meant to break CAM out of the mold of being specific to SCSI, letting it
grow to be a framework for arbitrary transports and protocols. It also
allows drivers to be written to support discrete hardware without
jeopardizing the stability of non-related hardware. While only an AHCI
driver is provided now, a Silicon Image driver is also in the works.
Drivers for ICH1-4, ICH5-6, PIIX, classic IDE, and any other hardware
is possible and encouraged. Help with new transports is also encouraged.
Submitted by: scottl, mav
Approved by: re
MAXPHYS. Current ataahci driver memory allocation scheme includes only
64 items in DMA S/G table, and so not guarantied to support transactions
with more then 252K data.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 2 weeks
is invalid because the ioctl happens without prior open. The ioctl
got introduced to provide backward compatibility for extended
partitions, but it ended up not being used because it didn't work
as expected. Since there are no consumers of the ioctl and the
implementation is broken, the best fix is to remove the code
entirely.
Spotted by: phk
Approved by: re (kensmith)
This cause dramatic effect in overall precision and conversion quality
by pushing down most aliasing artifacts around -180 dB.
Spectrogram analysis/comparison:
http://people.freebsd.org/~ariff/z_comparison/z_28vs30/
- Guard against possible 64bit overflow during accumulation process by
slightly normalize and saturate sample and coefficient multiplication,
possible during extreme 32bit downsampling (eg. 380KHz -> 8KHz) with
custom preset that require more than ~7000 taps filter (which is
overkill).
- Add knobs through FEEDER_RATE_PRESETS to set dynamic range of filter
coefficients/accumulator and prefered polynomial interpolator:
COEFFICIENT_BIT:X
(where 1 <= X <= 30, default: 30)
ACCUMULATOR_BIT:X
(where 32 <= X <=64, default: 58)
INTERPOLATOR:I
(where I = ZOH, LINEAR, QUADRATIC, HERMITE, BSPLINE,
OPT32X, OPT16X, OPT8X, OPT4X, OPT2X)
Approved by: re (kib)
o add a new facility for components to register send+recv handlers
o ieee80211_send_action and ieee80211_recv_action now use the registered
handlers to dispatch operations
o rev ieee80211_send_action api to enable passing arbitrary data
o rev ieee80211_recv_action api to pass the 802.11 frame header as it may
be difficult to locate
o update existing IEEE80211_ACTION_CAT_BA and IEEE80211_ACTION_CAT_HT handling
o update mwl for api rev
Reviewed by: rpaulo
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- sysctl dev.acpi_hp.0.verbose to toggle debug output
- A modification so this can deal with different array lengths
when reading the CMI BIOS - now it works ok on HP Compaq nx7300
as well.
- Change behaviour to query only max_instance-1 CMI BIOS instances,
because all HPs seen so far are broken in that respect
(or there is a fundamental misunderstanding on my side, possible
as well). This way a disturbing ACPI Error Field exceeds Buffer
message is avoided.
- New bit to set on dev.acpi_hp.0.cmi_detail (0x8) to
also query the highest guid instance of CMI bios
acpi_hp.4:
- Document dev.acpi_hp.0.verbose sysctl in man page
- Document new bit for dev.acpi_hp.0.cmi_detail
- Add a section to manpage about hardware that has been reported
to work ok
Submitted by: Michael Gmelin <freebsdusb at bindone.de>
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 2 weeks
via cpuctl(4) driver. Two new CPUCTL_MSRSBIT and CPUCTL_MSRCBIT ioctl(2)
calls treat the data field of the argument struct passed as a mask
and set/clear bits of the MSR register according to the mask value.
- Allow user to perform atomic bitwise AND and OR operaions on MSR registers
via cpucontrol(8) utility. Two new operations ("&=" and "|=") have been
added. The first one applies bitwise AND operaion between the current
contents of the MSR register and the mask, and the second performs bitwise
OR. The argument can be optionally prefixed with "~" inversion operator.
This allows one to mimic the "clear bit" behavior by using the command
like this:
cpucontrol -m 0x10&=~0x02 # clear the second bit of TSC MSR
Inversion operator support in all modes (assignment, OR, AND).
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 month
- Document different semantics for ACPI_WMI_PROVIDES_GUID_STRING_METHOD
acpi_wmi.c:
- Modify acpi_wmi_provides_guid_string_method to return absolut number of
instances known for the given GUID.
acpi_hp.c:
- sysctl dev.acpi_hp.0.verbose to toggle debug output
- A modification so this can deal with different array lengths
when reading the CMI BIOS - now it works ok on HP Compaq nx7300
as well.
- Change behaviour to query only max_instance-1 CMI BIOS instances,
because all HPs seen so far are broken in that respect
(or there is a fundamental misunderstanding on my side, possible
as well). This way a disturbing ACPI Error Field exceeds Buffer
message is avoided.
- New bit to set on dev.acpi_hp.0.cmi_detail (0x8) to
also query the highest guid instance of CMI bios
acpi_hp.4:
- Document dev.acpi_hp.0.verbose sysctl in man page
- Document new bit for dev.acpi_hp.0.cmi_detail
- Add a section to manpage about hardware that has been reported
to work ok
Submitted by: Michael Gmelin, freebsdusb at bindone.de
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 2 weeks
o new tx ack queue (not used right now)
o proxy-sta related changes (no proxy sta in driver)
o explicit dwds ena/dis (needed only with proxy sta)
o cleanup BA policy handling
o new ampdu aggressive mode support
o CFEnd use now controllable
Approved by: re (kensmith)
result was when the RX index wrapped it was converted into some
sort of gibberish and written into the RDT register, effectively
killing the RX side of the thing :)
Approved by: re
under certain environments. However give users chance to override
it when he/she surely knows his/her hardware works with Rx checksum
offload.
Reported by: Ulrich Spoerlein ( uqs <> spoerlein dot net )
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Giant was only used here to lock down a bit mask of allocated unit
numbers. Change the code to use its own mutex.
Reviewed by: hselasky
Approved by: re (kib)
inbound data waiting on a filedescriptor, such as a pipe or a socket,
for instance by using select(2), poll(2), kqueue(2), ioctl(FIONREAD)
etc.
But we have no way of finding out if written data have yet to be
disposed of, for instance, transmitted (and ack'ed!) to some remote
host, or read by the applicantion at the far end of the pipe.
The closest we get, is calling shutdown(2) on a TCP socket in
non-blocking mode, but this has the undesirable sideeffect of
preventing future communication.
Add a complement to FIONREAD, called FIONWRITE, which returns the
number of bytes not yet properly disposed of. Implement it for
all sockets.
Background:
A HTTP server will want to time out connections, if no new request
arrives within a certain period after the last transmitted response
has actually been sent (and ack'ed).
For a busy HTTP server, this timeout can be subsecond duration.
In order to signal to a load-balancer that the connection is truly
dead, TCP_RST will be the preferred method, as this avoids the need
for a RTT delay for FIN handshaking, with a client which, surprisingly
often, no longer at the remote IP number.
If a slow, distant client is being served a response which is big
enough to fill the window, but small enough to fit in the socket
buffer, the write(2) call will return immediately.
If the session timeout is armed at that time, all bytes in the
response may not have been transmitted by the time it fires.
FIONWRITE allows the timeout to check that no data is outstanding
on the connection, before it TCP_RST's it.
Input & Idea from: rwatson
Approved by: re (kib)
- Add support for devices that handle set and clear stall in hardware.
- Add missing get timestamp function
- Add more xfer flags
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Approved by: re (kib)
o add HAL_CAP_BSSIDMATCH to identify parts that have the support for
disabling bssid match
o honor capability for set/get rx filter
o use HAL_CAP_BSSIDMATCH in driver to decide whether to use the bssid
match disable or fall back to promisc mode
Reviewed by: rpaulo
Approved by: re (rwatson)
the value written to MSR register was always 0 regardless of value passed
by user.
- Use proper data pointer when performing AMD microcode update. Previously,
the pointer to user-space data has been provided instead, which is totally
incorrect.
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 1 week
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK() across network device drivers when accessing the
per-interface multicast address list, if_multiaddrs. This will
allow us to change the locking strategy without affecting our driver
programming interface or binary interface.
For two wireless drivers, remove unnecessary locking, since they
don't actually access the multicast address list.
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 6 weeks
for the pmclog.
Reported by: Ryan Stone <rstone at sandvine dot com>
Tested by: Ryan Stone <rstone at sandvine dot com>
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
Note that this does not actually enable full-range i/o requests for
64 architectures, and is done now to update KBI only.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: jhb, bde (as part of the review of the bigger patch)
The Intel 2d driver calls modeset before reinstalling the handler on
a vt switch. This means that vblank status ends up getting cleared
after it has been setup. Restore saved values for the pipestat registers
rather than just wiping them out.
MFC after: 3 days
Use the vbl_lock when maniputlating the refcount. Eventually I want to
convert this to use our internal refcount code. Continue to use atomic
ops for manipulating vblank count since we access it often just for
reading.
MFC after: 3 days
- build ifmedia list based on phy->caps, not string comparisons.
- rebuild media list when a transceiver change is detected.
- return EOPNOTSUPP instead of ENXIO in cxgb_media_status.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks.
I tried re-ordering ether_ifdetach(), but this created a new race
where sometimes, when under heavy receive load (>1Mpps) and running
tcpdump, the machine would panic. At panic, the ithread was still in
the original (not dead) if_input() path, and was accessing stale BPF
data structs. By using a dying flag, I can close the interface prior
to if_detach() to be certain the interface cannot send packets up in
the middle of ether_ifdetach.
handling in order to reduce interrupt overhead which results in
better performance.
- Call ether_ifdetach(9) before stopping the controller and the
callouts detach in order to prevent active BPF listeners to clear
promiscuous mode which may lead to the tick callout being restarted
which will trigger a panic once it's actually gone.
- Add explicit IFF_DRV_RUNNING checking in order to prevent extra
link up/down events when using dhclient(8).
- Use the correct macro for deciding whether 2/3 of the available TX
descriptors are used.
- Wrap the RX fault printing in #ifdef CAS_DEBUG in order to not
unnecessarily frighten users and as debugging was the actual
intention. Real errors caused by these faults still will be
accumulated as input errors. It might be a good idea to later on
add driver specific counters for the faults though.
Submitted by: yongari (original patch)
longer useful for the FD_STYPE and FD_SOPTS ioctls to insist on being
issued on a writable file descriptor. Otherwise, there's no longer a
chance to set the drive type or options when a read-only medium is
present in the drive, as there is no way to obtain a writable fd then.
call ether_ifdetach(9) before stopping the controller and the
callouts. The consensus is that the latter is now safe to do and
should also solve the problem of active BPF listeners clearing
promiscuous mode can result in the tick callout being restarted
which in turn will trigger a panic once it's actually gone.
- honor parent DMA tag limitations, as man page requires,
- allow data buffer to be allocated within full 64bit address range, when
support is announced by hardware,
- add quirk, disabling 64bit addresses for broken chips, use it for MCP78.
This removes unnecessary PCI #includes dependency for systems with ATA
controllers living at non-PCI buses.
Submitted by: Piotr Ziecik
Obtained from: Semihalf
rlimit RLIMIT_SWAP that limits the amount of swap that may be reserved
for the uid.
The accounting information (charge) is associated with either map entry,
or vm object backing the entry, assuming the object is the first one
in the shadow chain and entry does not require COW. Charge is moved
from entry to object on allocation of the object, e.g. during the mmap,
assuming the object is allocated, or on the first page fault on the
entry. It moves back to the entry on forks due to COW setup.
The per-entry granularity of accounting makes the charge process fair
for processes that change uid during lifetime, and decrements charge
for proper uid when region is unmapped.
The interface of vm_pager_allocate(9) is extended by adding struct ucred *,
that is used to charge appropriate uid when allocation if performed by
kernel, e.g. md(4).
Several syscalls, among them is fork(2), may now return ENOMEM when
global or per-uid limits are enforced.
In collaboration with: pho
Reviewed by: alc
Approved by: re (kensmith)
the PHYs as some PHY drivers use it (but probably shouldn't). How
gem(4) has worked with brgphy(4) on powerpc without this so far is
unclear to me.
- Introduce a dying flag which is set during detach and checked in
gem_ioctl() in order to prevent active BPF listeners to clear
promiscuous mode which may lead to the tick callout being restarted
which will trigger a panic once it's actually gone.
- In gem_stop() reset rather than just disable the transmitter and
receiver in order to ensure we're not unloading DMA maps still in
use by the hardware. [1]
- The blanking time is specified in PCI clocks so we should use twice
the value when operating at 66MHz.
- Spell some 2 as ETHER_ALIGN and a 19 as GEM_STATUS_TX_COMPLETION_SHFT
to make the actual intentions clear.
- As we don't unload the peak attempts counter ignore its overflow
interrupts.
- Remove a stale setting of a variable to GEM_TD_INTERRUPT_ME which
isn't used afterwards.
- For optimum performance increment the TX kick register in multiples
of 4 if possible as suggested by the documentation.
- Partially revert r164931; drivers should only clear the watchdog
timer if all outstanding TX descriptors are done.
- Fix some debugging strings.
- Add a missing BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE in gem_rint().
- As the error paths in the interrupt handler are generally unlikely
predict them as false.
- Add support for the SBus version of the GEM controller. [2]
- Add some lock assertions.
- Improve some comments.
- Fix some more or less cosmetic issues in the code of the PCI front-end.
- Change some softc members to be unsigned where more appropriate and
remove unused ones.
Approved by: re (kib)
Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) [2], OpenBSD [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Support for 10G-PCIE*-8B*-C (dual-port CX4) NICs
- For dual-port NICs, f/w failover is now a few microsecs
instead of a few millisecs.
- On failover, f/w sends RARP broadcast to make the change
immediately known to the network
- Fixed a bug observed on IBM X3 architecture where
some spurious ecrc errors would be reported when OS enabled
ecrc support.
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
* Driver for ACPI HP extra functionations, which required
ACPI WMI driver.
Submitted by: Michael <freebsdusb at bindone.de>
Approved by: re
MFC after: 2 weeks
a pointer to an ifaddr matching the passed socket address, returns a
boolean indicating whether one was present. In the (near) future,
ifa_ifwithaddr() will return a referenced ifaddr rather than a raw
ifaddr pointer, and the new wrapper will allow callers that care only
about the boolean condition to avoid having to free that reference.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Note that I also added the usbdev to the list, because the 8813 version
is not yet known there. I might have twisted the sorting there but because
8813 comes before 8818, I added it before that (with _8813 to differentiate)
the item.
PR: 135628
Submitted by: Yoshikazu GOTO <goto at on-link dot jp>
Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit)
To detect which controller is ICH based one, add a new member
variable ich to struct fxp_ident and move the struct to
if_fxpvar.h. Since I've faked controller revision, don't allow
microcode loading for ICH based controllers.
With this change all ICH based controllers will have WOL and Rx
checksum offload capability.
PR: kern/135451
Tested by: Alexey Shuvaev ( shuvaev <> physik dot uni-wuerzburg dot de ),
pluknet ( pluknet <> gmail dot com ),
Gary Jennejohn ( gary.jennejohn <> freenet dot de )
not allow multicast filter programming when controller is busy to
send/receive frames. So it used to mark need_mcsetup bit and defer
multicast filter programming until controller becomes idle state.
To detect when the controller is idle fxp(4) relied on Tx
completion interrupt with NOP command and fxp_start_body and
fxp_intr_body had to see whether pending multicast filter
programming was requested. This resulted in very complex logic and
sometimes it did not work as expected.
Since the controller should be in idle state before any multicast
filter modifications I changed it to reinitialize the controller
whenever multicast filter programming is required. This is the same
way what OpenBSD and NetBSD does. Also I added IFF_DRV_RUNNING
check in ioctl handler so controller would be reinitialized only if
it is absolutely needed.
With this change I guess we can remove fxp(4) DELAY hack in ifioctl
for IPv6 case.
upper stack in fxp_start_body().
fxp(4) drops driver lock in Rx path so check the fxp(4) is still
running after reacquiring driver lock in Rx path. Also don't
invoke fxp_intr_body if fxp(4) is not running. With this change
there is no need to set suspend bit in device attach phase.
hardware reset in attach phase. Selective reset does not clear
configured parameters so I think full hardware reset is required.
To prevent PCI bus lock-up, do selective reset first which will get
off the controller from PCI bus and request software reset after
selective reset. Software reset will unmask interrupts so disable
it after the reset.
common mbuf dma tag for both Tx and Rx path but Rx buffer should
have single DMA segment and maximum buffer size of the segment
should be less than MCLBYTES.
fxp(4) also have to check Tx completion status which was updated by
DMA so we need BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD and BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE
synchronization in Tx path. Fix all misuse of bus_dmamap_sync(9) in
fxp(4). I guess this change shall fix occasional driver breakage in
PAE environments.
While I'm here add error messages of dma tag/buffer creation and
correct messages.
Intel agrees with my reading of the docs, make it so for all G4X chips.
The new register also has a 32 bit width as opposed to 24 bits. Fix
things up so that the counters roll over properly.
MFC after: 3 days
- remove mbuf iovec - useful, but adds too much complexity when isolated to
the driver
- remove driver private caching - insufficient benefit over UMA to justify
the added complexity and maintenance overhead
- remove separate logic for managing multiple transmit queues, with the
new drbr routines the control flow can be made to much more closely resemble
legacy drivers
- remove dedicated service threads, with per-cpu callouts one can get the same
benefit much more simply by registering a callout 1 tick in the future if there
are still buffered packets
- remove embedded mbuf usage - Jeffr's changes will (I hope) soon be integrated
greatly reducing the overhead of using kernel APIs for reference counting
clusters
- add hysteresis to descriptor coalescing logic
- add coalesce threshold sysctls to allow users to decide at run-time
between optimizing for forwarding / UDP or optimizing for TCP
- add once per second watchdog to effectively close the very rare races
occurring from coalescing
- incorporate Navdeep's changes to the initialization path required to
convert port and adapter locks back to ordinary mutexes (silencing BPF
LOR complaints)
- enable prefetches in get_packet and tx cleaning
Reviewed by: navdeep@
MFC after: 2 weeks
by if_free (w/o doing if_attach); move ifq_attach to if_alloc and
rename ifq_attach/detach to ifq_init/ifq_delete to better identify
their purpose
Reviewed by: jhb, kmacy
DP83065 Saturn Gigabit Ethernet controllers. These are the successors
of the Sun GEM controllers and still have a similar but extended transmit
logic. As such this driver is based on gem(4).
Thanks to marcel@ for providing a Sun Quad GigaSwift Ethernet UTP (QGE)
card which was vital for getting this driver to work on architectures
not using Open Firmware.
Approved by: re (kib)
MFC after: 2 weeks
FEEDER_RATE_PRESET "OVERSAMPLING_FACTOR:X .. .." where
X = log2(oversampling factor).
- Lower down default filter oversampling factor from 128
(log2 = 7) to 32 (log2 = 5), saving worth of 80 Kb.
The use of better polynomial interpolator will raise
its conversion quality/accuracy to match (or slightly
better) with previous settings.
- Bump driver version.
coefficients quality:
- Linear interpolator for oversampling factor larger and equal
than 4096 (log2 = 12).
- Quadratic interpolator for oversampling factor larger and equal
than 256 (log2 = 8).
Default oversampling factor (128 ~ log2 = 7) will use OPT32X, which
provides better accuracy.
Characters between 0x07 and 0x0d are now also mapped, which means we can
display almost 256 different characters. Also remap certain types of
dashes and quotes, which means we can finally read our manual pages
without red question marks in them.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon
of the DP83861 and DP83891.
- Reset the PHY during attach so it's in a known state.
- Add a comment describing why we hardwire 10baseT support in
the BMSR.
- Always explicitly set IFM_HDX for half-duplex. [1]
Obtained from: OpenBSD [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
Add a small Unicode-to-CP437 remapping table to at least demonstrate
that the terminal emulator is perfectly capable of handling UTF-8. This
will of course break if the user loads a different font map, but it at
least allows people to give it a try.
I can now see the box drawing in dialog(1) and the arrows in mutt(1)
correctly.
so that it isn't exposured unless needed. In particular this means
that it's easier to tune the memory layout based on board details.
While here, remove inclusion of <machine/intr.h> from mvreg.h. This
also contains exposure to SoC specifics in MI drivers, because NIRQ
depends on the SoC.
in symtab_get method symtab parameter is made constant as this reflects
actual intention and usage of the method
Reviewed by: imp, current@
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
- Preallocate some memory for ACPI tasks early enough. We cannot use
malloc(9) any more because spin mutex may be held here. The reserved
memory can be tuned via debug.acpi.max_tasks tunable or ACPI_MAX_TASKS
in kernel configuration. The default is 32 tasks.
- Implement a custom taskqueue_fast to wrap the new memory allocation.
This implementation is not the fastest in the world but we are being
conservative here.
routine and save the resources using a chipset-data structure. Use these
preallocated resources to setup resources for the SATA channels to avoid
asking the PCI bus to allocate the same BAR multiple times.
Tested by: bms
MFC after: 1 week
controller. These controllers are also known as L1C(AR8131) and
L2C(AR8132) respectively. These controllers resembles the first
generation controller L1 but usage of different descriptor format
and new register mappings over L1 register space requires a new
driver. There are a couple of registers I still don't understand
but the driver seems to have no critical issues for performance and
stability. Currently alc(4) supports the following hardware
features.
o MSI
o TCP Segmentation offload
o Hardware VLAN tag insertion/stripping
o Tx/Rx interrupt moderation
o Hardware statistics counters(dev.alc.%d.stats)
o Jumbo frame
o WOL
AR8131/AR8132 also supports Tx checksum offloading but I disabled
it due to stability issues. I'm not sure this comes from broken
sample boards or hardware bugs. If you know your controller works
without problems you can still enable it. The controller has a
silicon bug for Rx checksum offloading, so the feature was not
implemented.
I'd like to say big thanks to Atheros. Atheros kindly sent sample
boards to me and answered several questions I had.
HW donated by: Atheros Communications, Inc.
driver should read updated status back after issuing a SCB command.
To send a command to controller and read updated status back,
driver should synchronize both memory read and write operations
with device. Fix bus_dmamap_sync operation specifier used in
fxp_dma_wait() by adding both memory read and memory write
operations.
a _BBN value of 0 if it was for the first bridge encountered since some
older systems returned _BBN of 0 for all bridges. However, some newer
systems enumerate bridges with non-zero _BBN before bus 0 which is
perfectly valid. Handle both cases by trusting the first bridge that has
a _BBN of 0 and falling back to reading from non-standard config registers
only for subsequent bridges with a _BBN of 0. We also only perform this
check for segment (domain) 0. We assume that _BBN is always correct
for segments other than 0.
Tested by: Josef Moellers josef.moellers at fujitsu
MFC after: 1 week
- The return value should be a signed integer, because -1 means failure.
- The c variable should be unsigned, to force it to be zero-extended
when returned.
Reported by: Andreas Tobler <andreast-list fgznet ch>
the ROUTETABLES kernel option thus there is no need to include opt_route.h
anymore in all consumers of vnet.h and no longer depend on it for module
builds.
Remove the hidden include in flowtable.h as well and leave the two
explicit #includes in ip_input.c and ip_output.c.
For a slightly thorough explaination, please refer to
[1] http://people.freebsd.org/~ariff/SOUND_4.TXT.html .
Summary of changes includes:
1 Volume Per-Channel (vpc). Provides private / standalone volume control
unique per-stream pcm channel without touching master volume / pcm.
Applications can directly use SNDCTL_DSP_[GET|SET][PLAY|REC]VOL, or for
backwards compatibility, SOUND_MIXER_PCM through the opened dsp device
instead of /dev/mixer. Special "bypass" mode is enabled through
/dev/mixer which will automatically detect if the adjustment is made
through /dev/mixer and forward its request to this private volume
controller. Changes to this volume object will not interfere with
other channels.
Requirements:
- SNDCTL_DSP_[GET|SET][PLAY|REC]_VOL are newer ioctls (OSSv4) which
require specific application modifications (preferred).
- No modifications required for using bypass mode, so applications
like mplayer or xmms should work out of the box.
Kernel hints:
- hint.pcm.%d.vpc (0 = disable vpc).
Kernel sysctls:
- hw.snd.vpc_mixer_bypass (default: 1). Enable or disable /dev/mixer
bypass mode.
- hw.snd.vpc_autoreset (default: 1). By default, closing/opening
/dev/dsp will reset the volume back to 0 db gain/attenuation.
Setting this to 0 will preserve its settings across device
closing/opening.
- hw.snd.vpc_reset (default: 0). Panic/reset button to reset all
volume settings back to 0 db.
- hw.snd.vpc_0db (default: 45). 0 db relative to linear mixer value.
2 High quality fixed-point Bandlimited SINC sampling rate converter,
based on Julius O'Smith's Digital Audio Resampling -
http://ccrma.stanford.edu/~jos/resample/. It includes a filter design
script written in awk (the clumsiest joke I've ever written)
- 100% 32bit fixed-point, 64bit accumulator.
- Possibly among the fastest (if not fastest) of its kind.
- Resampling quality is tunable, either runtime or during kernel
compilation (FEEDER_RATE_PRESETS).
- Quality can be further customized during kernel compilation by
defining FEEDER_RATE_PRESETS in /etc/make.conf.
Kernel sysctls:
- hw.snd.feeder_rate_quality.
0 - Zero-order Hold (ZOH). Fastest, bad quality.
1 - Linear Interpolation (LINEAR). Slightly slower than ZOH,
better quality but still does not eliminate aliasing.
2 - (and above) - Sinc Interpolation(SINC). Best quality. SINC
quality always start from 2 and above.
Rough quality comparisons:
- http://people.freebsd.org/~ariff/z_comparison/
3 Bit-perfect mode. Bypasses all feeder/dsp effects. Pure sound will be
directly fed into the hardware.
4 Parametric (compile time) Software Equalizer (Bass/Treble mixer). Can
be customized by defining FEEDER_EQ_PRESETS in /etc/make.conf.
5 Transparent/Adaptive Virtual Channel. Now you don't have to disable
vchans in order to make digital format pass through. It also makes
vchans more dynamic by choosing a better format/rate among all the
concurrent streams, which means that dev.pcm.X.play.vchanformat/rate
becomes sort of optional.
6 Exclusive Stream, with special open() mode O_EXCL. This will "mute"
other concurrent vchan streams and only allow a single channel with
O_EXCL set to keep producing sound.
Other Changes:
* most feeder_* stuffs are compilable in userland. Let's not
speculate whether we should go all out for it (save that for
FreeBSD 16.0-RELEASE).
* kobj signature fixups, thanks to Andriy Gapon <avg@freebsd.org>
* pull out channel mixing logic out of vchan.c and create its own
feeder_mixer for world justice.
* various refactoring here and there, for good or bad.
* activation of few more OSSv4 ioctls() (see [1] above).
* opt_snd.h for possible compile time configuration:
(mostly for debugging purposes, don't try these at home)
SND_DEBUG
SND_DIAGNOSTIC
SND_FEEDER_MULTIFORMAT
SND_FEEDER_FULL_MULTIFORMAT
SND_FEEDER_RATE_HP
SND_PCM_64
SND_OLDSTEREO
Manual page updates are on the way.
Tested by: joel, Olivier SMEDTS <olivier at gid0 d org>, too many
unsung / unnamed heroes.
in Freescale system-on-chip devices.
The following algorithms and schemes are currently supported:
- 3DES, AES, DES
- MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, SHA512
Reviewed by: philip
Obtained from: Freescale, Semihalf
These two drivers seem to be the last consumers of clists. clists are
quite overengineered for simple circular buffers, so I'm adding similar
buffer management routines to the kbd and kbdmux drivers. The input
buffer is now part of the softc structures, instead of having
dynamically allocated cblocks.
ICIDU NI-707503 which is donated by Nick Hibma (great thanks!). Though
it has a MAXIM RF (0x8) there's some success reports with using GCT RF
(0x9) codes and it worked well for ICIDU NI-707503 too. So codes for
MAXIM and GCT RFs are integrated.
Before this commit, if I rememeber correctly, MAXIM RF is never tested
that it seems it's a first report working with FreeBSD.
- always maintain byte/mcast/drop stats via drbr
- move #define of IFNET_BUF_RING so that its picked
up by all files in the driver
- conditionalize IFNET_BUF_RING on the FreeBSD_version
bump just after it appeared in the tree.
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
These controllers use newer descriptor format and the new descriptor
format uses status LE to indicate the status of checksum. Rx
checksummed value used in previous controllers were very cryptic
and I failed to understand how to use them. In addition most
controllers in previous generations had Rx checksum offloading bug.
While I'm here introduce a MSK_FLAG_NORX_CSUM flag to bypass
checking Rx checksum offloading as Yukon FE+ A0 has status LE bug.
this feature hardware automatically computes TCP/UDP payload
offset. Introduce MSK_FLAG_AUTOTX_CSUM to mark the capability.
Yukon Extreme B0 revision is known to have a silicon for the
feature so disable it. Yukon Extreme B0 still can do Tx checksum
offloading but CPU have to compute TCP/UDP payload offset. To
enable traditional checksum offloading, disable automatic Tx
checksum calculation capability.
Yukon Extreme A0 revision could not use store-and-forward mode for
jumbo frames(silicon bug) so disable Tx checksum offloading for
jumbo frames.
I believe controllers that have MSK_FLAG_AUTOTX_CSUM capability or
new descriptor format do not have Tx checksum offload bug so
disable checksum offloading workaround for for short frames.
Tested by: jhb, Warren Block ( wblock <> wonkity dot com )
Yukon Extreme uses new descriptor format for TSO and has Tx frame
parser which greatly reduces CPU cycles spent in computing TCP/UDP
payload offset calculation in Tx checksum offloading path. The new
descriptor format also removed TCP/UDP payload computation for TSO
which in turn results in better TSO performance. It seems Yukon
Extreme has a lot of new (unknown) features but only basic
offloading is supported at this time. So far there are two known
issues.
o Sometimes Rx overrun errors happen when pulling data over
gigabit link. Running over 100Mbps seem to ok.
o Ethernet hardware address shows all-zeroed value on 88E8070.
Assigning ethernet address with ifconfig is necessary to make it
work.
Support for Yukon Extreme is not perfect but it would be better
than having a non-working device. Special thanks to jbh who fixed
several bugs of initial patch.
Tested by: jhb, Warren Block ( wblock <> wonkity dot com )
- Each socket upcall is now invoked with the appropriate socket buffer
locked. It is not permissible to call soisconnected() with this lock
held; however, so socket upcalls now return an integer value. The two
possible values are SU_OK and SU_ISCONNECTED. If an upcall returns
SU_ISCONNECTED, then the soisconnected() will be invoked on the
socket after the socket buffer lock is dropped.
- A new API is provided for setting and clearing socket upcalls. The
API consists of soupcall_set() and soupcall_clear().
- To simplify locking, each socket buffer now has a separate upcall.
- When a socket upcall returns SU_ISCONNECTED, the upcall is cleared from
the receive socket buffer automatically. Note that a SO_SND upcall
should never return SU_ISCONNECTED.
- All this means that accept filters should now return SU_ISCONNECTED
instead of calling soisconnected() directly. They also no longer need
to explicitly clear the upcall on the new socket.
- The HTTP accept filter still uses soupcall_set() to manage its internal
state machine, but other accept filters no longer have any explicit
knowlege of socket upcall internals aside from their return value.
- The various RPC client upcalls currently drop the socket buffer lock
while invoking soreceive() as a temporary band-aid. The plan for
the future is to add a new flag to allow soreceive() to be called with
the socket buffer locked.
- The AIO callback for socket I/O is now also invoked with the socket
buffer locked. Previously sowakeup() would drop the socket buffer
lock only to call aio_swake() which immediately re-acquired the socket
buffer lock for the duration of the function call.
Discussed with: rwatson, rmacklem
using bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg() on it. This
prevents data corruption when the mxge MTU is
between 4076 and 8172 on machines with 4KB
pages and MXGE_VIRT_JUMBOS is in use (which it
isn't, in -current or -stable)
mic inputs. I have no idea what for it was made that time, but now I have
several reports that it should be removed to make microphones work. If
this quirk is still required for some systems then they should be identified
and specified explicitly.
Because we only support a single argument to tf_param, use 16 bits for
the pitch and 16 bits for the duration. While there, make the argument
unsigned. There isn't a single param call that needs a signed integer.
Submitted by: danfe (modified)
part identified as Sunplus Technology Inc. This
happens to sit in a Rosewill RX81U-ES-25A 2.5" SATA
to USB 2.0 external enclosure.
Reviewed by: Hans Petter Selasky
CPU for too long period than necessary. Additively, interfaces are kept
polled (in the tick) even if no more packets are available.
In order to avoid such situations a new generic mechanism can be
implemented in proactive way, keeping track of the time spent on any
packet and fragmenting the time for any tick, stopping the processing
as soon as possible.
In order to implement such mechanism, the polling handler needs to
change, returning the number of packets processed.
While the intended logic is not part of this patch, the polling KPI is
broken by this commit, adding an int return value and the new flag
IFCAP_POLLING_NOCOUNT (which will signal that the return value is
meaningless for the installed handler and checking should be skipped).
Bump __FreeBSD_version in order to signal such situation.
Reviewed by: emaste
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
The system hostname is now stored in prison0, and the global variable
"hostname" has been removed, as has the hostname_mtx mutex. Jails may
have their own host information, or they may inherit it from the
parent/system. The proper way to read the hostname is via
getcredhostname(), which will copy either the hostname associated with
the passed cred, or the system hostname if you pass NULL. The system
hostname can still be accessed directly (and without locking) at
prison0.pr_host, but that should be avoided where possible.
The "similar information" referred to is domainname, hostid, and
hostuuid, which have also become prison parameters and had their
associated global variables removed.
Approved by: bz (mentor)
I don't want people to override the mutex when allocating a TTY. It has
to be there, to keep drivers like syscons happy. So I'm creating a
tty_alloc_mutex() which can be used in those cases. tty_alloc_mutex()
should eventually be removed.
The advantage of this approach, is that we can just remove a function,
without breaking the regular API in the future.
Calculate the exact number of vectors we'll use before calling
pci_alloc_msix. Don't grab nine all the time.
Call cxgb_setup_interrupts once per T3, not once per port. Ditto
for cxgb_teardown_interrupts.
Don't leak resources when interrupt setup fails in the middle.
Obtained from: Navdeep Parhar
MFC after: 10 days
- add key mappings for fn keys
- byte swapping for certain models
- Fix leds for keyboards which require an ID byte for the HID output structures
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
to dequeue a packet.
The tx path was trying to ensure that enough Xenbus TX ring slots existed but
it didn't check to see whether the mbuf TX ring slots were also available.
They get freed in xn_txeof() which occurs after transmission, rather than earlier
on in the process. (The same happens under Linux too.)
Due to whatever reason (CPU use, scheduling, memory constraints, whatever) the
mbuf TX ring may not have enough slots free and would allocate slot 0. This is
used as the freelist head pointer to represent "free" mbuf TX ring slots; setting
this to an actual mbuf value rather than an id crashes the code.
This commit introduces some basic code to track the TX mbuf ring use and then
(hopefully!) ensures that enough slots are free in said TX mbuf ring before it
enters the actual work loop.
A few notes:
* Similar logic needs to be introduced to check there are enough actual slots
available in the xenbuf TX ring. There's some logic which is invoked earlier
but it doesn't hard-check against the number of available ring slots.
Its trivial to do; I'll do it in a subsequent commit.
* As I've now commented in the source, it is likely possible to deadlock the
driver under certain conditions where the rings aren't receiving any changes
(which I should enumerate) and thus Xen doesn't send any further software
interrupts. I need to make sure that the timer(s) are running right and
the queues are periodically kicked.
PR: 134926
Slot 0 must always remain "free" and be a pointer to the first free entry in the
mbuf descriptor list. It is thus an error to have code allocate or push slot 0
back into the list.
get a quick snapshot of the kernel's symbol table including the symbols
from any loaded modules (the symbols are all merged into one symbol
table). Unlike like other implementations, this ksyms driver maps
memory in the process memory space to store the snapshot at the time
/dev/ksyms is opened. It also checks to see if the process has already
a snapshot open and won't allow it to open /dev/ksyms it again until it
closes first. This prevents kernel and process memory from being
exhausted. Note that /dev/ksyms is used by the lockstat(1) command.
Reviewed by: gallatin kib (freebsd-arch)
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
severe silicon bugs that can't handle VLAN hardware tagging as well
as status LE writeback bug. The status LE writeback bug is so
critical we can't trust status word of received frame. To accept
frames on Yukon FE+ A0 msk(4) just do minimal check for received
frames and pass them to upper stack. This means msk(4) can pass
corrupted frames to upper layer. You have been warned!
Also I supposed RX_GMF_FL_THR to be 32bits register but Linux
driver treated it as 16bit register so follow their leads. At least
this does not seem to break msk(4) on Yukon FE+.
Tested by: bz, Tanguy Bouzeloc ( the.zauron <> gmail dot com )
Bruce Cran ( bruce <> cran dot org dot uk )
Michael Reifenberger ( mike <> reifenberger dot com )
Stephen Montgomery-Smith ( stephen <> missouri dot edu )
Yukon FE+ is fast ethernet controller and uses new descriptor
format. Since I don't have this controller, the support code was
written from guess and various feedback from enthusiastic users.
Thanks to all users who patiently tested my initial patches.
Special thanks to Tanguy Bouzeloc who fixed critical bug of initial
patch.
Tested by: bz, Tanguy Bouzeloc ( the.zauron <> gmail dot com )
Bruce Cran ( bruce <> cran dot org dot uk )
Michael Reifenberger ( mike <> reifenberger dot com )
Stephen Montgomery-Smith ( stephen <> missouri dot edu )
The GM_GP_CTRL register may have stale content from previous link
information so clearing it will make hardware update the register
correctly when it established a valid link.
While I'm here remove stale comment.
does not guarantee established link. Also 1000baseT link report for
fast ethernet controller is not valid one so make sure gigabit link
is allowed for this controller.
Whenever we lost link, check whether Rx/Tx MACs were enabled. If both
MAC are not active, do not try to disable it again.
mark controller's capability. Controllers that have jumbo frame
support sets MSK_FLAG_JUMBO, and controllers that does not support
checksum offloading for jumbo frames will set MSK_FLAG_JUMBO_NOCSUM.
For Fast Ethernet controllers it will set MSK_FLAG_FASTETHER and it
would be used in link state handling.
While here, disable Tx checksum offloading if jumbo frame is used
on controllers that does not have Tx checksum offloading capability
for jumbo frame(e.g. Yukon EC Ultra).
FE+ controller. Due to the severe silicon bugs for Yukon FE+,
88E3016 seems to require more workarounds. However I'm not sure
whether the workaround is PHY specific or only applicable to Yukon
FE+. The datasheet for the PHY is publicly available but it lacks
several details for the workaround used in this change. The
workaround information was obtained from Linux. Many thanks to
Yukon FE+ users who helped me add 88E3016 support.
Tested by: bz, Tanguy Bouzeloc ( the.zauron <> gmail dot com )
Bruce Cran ( bruce <> cran dot org dot uk )
Michael Reifenberger ( mike <> reifenberger dot com )
Stephen Montgomery-Smith ( stephen <> missouri dot edu )
advertisement register. Some PHYs such as 88E3016 requires NEXT
Page capability to establish valid link. Also set protocol selector
field which is read only but it makes the intention clearer.
is valid only for auto-negotiation case so check the bit if we know
auto-negotiation is active. While I'm here explicitly checks
current speed with speed mask and set IFM_NONE if resolved speed
is unknown.
checks extended status register to see whether the PHY is fast
ethernet or not. This removes a lot of checks for specific PHY
models and it makes easy to add more PHYs to e1000phy(4).
While I'm here remove setting mii_anegticks as it is set with
mii_phy_add_media().
Remove PAGE_SIZE alignment used in Rx buffer DMA tag creation. The
alignment restriction was used in old local jumbo allocator and
nfe(4) switched to UMA backed page allocator for jumbo frame.
This change should fix jumbo buffer allocation failure.
Reported by: Pascal Braun ( pascal.braun <> continum dot net )
only if prepping the adapter failed.
Slight adjustment to comments.
Fix a bug whereby downing the interface didn't preven it from
processing packets.
Submitted by: Navdeep Parhar
MFC after: 1 week
Some hardware easily comes out of sync with regard to whether the current or
the next control transfer should be stalled, if a stall command is always
issued before receiving the SETUP packet. After this patch the stall command
will only be issued when a transfer should actually be stalled.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
1) Add a sysctl that will say what type of PHYs exist on the card.
2) Fix a bug that occurs when an AEL 2005 PHY resets without a transciever
in the card.
3) Unify the PHY link detection code.
Obtained from: Navdeep Parhar
MFC after: 10 days
and down more cleanly. This addresses a problem where if we have the
link flap during boot the driver would lock up the system.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
thread. Multiple RAID events in quick succession can cause an additional
bus rescan to be scheduled before an earlier scan has completed. In this
case the driver was attempting to use the same CCB storage for two requests.
PR: kern/130330
Reviewed by: Riccardo Torrini riccardo.torrini | esaote com
MFC after: 1 week
o Header file cleanup.
o bus_dma(9) conversion.
- Removed all consumers of vtophys(9) and converted to use
bus_dma(9).
- 64bit DMA support was disabled because DP83821 is not capable
of handling the DMA request. 64bit DMA request on DP83820
requires different descriptor structures and it's hard to
dynamically change descriptor format at run time so I disabled
it. Note, this is the same behavior as previous one but
previously nge(4) didn't explicitly disable 64bit mode on
DP83820.
- Added Tx/Rx descriptor ring alignment requirements(8 bytes
alignment).
- Limit maximum number of Tx DMA segments to 16. In fact,
controller does not seem to have limitations on number of Tx
DMA segments but 16 should be enough for most cases and
m_collapse(9) will handle highly fragmented frames without
consuming a lot of CPU cycles.
- Added Rx buffer alignment requirements(8 bytes alignment). This
means driver should fixup received frames to align on 16bits
boundary on strict-alignment architectures.
- Nuked driver private data structure in descriptor ring.
- Added endianness support code in Tx/Rx descriptor access.
o Prefer faster memory mapped register access to I/O mapped access.
Added fall-back mechanism to use alternative register access.
The hardware supports both memory and I/O mapped access.
o Added suspend/resume methods but it wasn't tested as controller I
have does not support PCI PME.
o Removed swap argument in nge_read_eeprom() since endianness
should be handled after reading EEPROM.
o Implemented experimental 802.3x full-duplex flow-control. ATM
it was commented out but will be activated after we have generic
flow-control framework in mii(4) layer.
o Rearranged promiscuous mode settings and simplified logic.
o Always disable Rx filter prior to changing Rx filter functions as
indicated in DP83820/DP83821 datasheet.
o Added an explicit DELAY in timeout loop of nge_reset().
o Added a sysctl variable dev.nge.%d.int_holdoff to control
interrupt moderation. Valid ranges are 1 to 255(default 1) in
units of 100us. The actual delivery of interrupt would be delayed
based on the sysctl value. The interface has to be brought down
and up again before a change takes effect. With proper tuning
value, users do not need to resort to polling(4) anymore.
o Added ALTQ(4) support.
o Added missing IFCAP_VLAN_HWCSUM as nge(4) can offload Tx/Rx
checksum calculation on VLAN tagged frames as well as VLAN tag
insertion/stripping. Also add IFCAP_VLAN_MTU capability as nge(4)
can handle VLAN tagged oversized frames.
o Fixed media header length for VLAN.
o Rearranged nge_detach routine such that it's now used for general
clean-up routine.
o Enabled MWI.
o Accessing EEPROM takes very long time so read 6 bytes ethernet
address with one call instead of 3 separate accesses.
o Don't set if_mtu in device attach, it's already set in
ether_ifattach().
o Don't do any special things for TBI interface. Remove TBI
specific media handling in the driver and have gentbi(4) handle
it. Add glue code to read/write TBI PHY registers in miibus
method. This change removes a lot of PHY handling code in driver
and now its functionality is handled by mii(4).
o Alignment fixup code is now applied only for strict-alignment
architectures. Previously the code was applied for all
architectures except i386. With this change amd64 will get
instant Rx performance boost.
o When driver fails to allocate a new mbuf, update if_qdrops so
users can see what was wrong in Rx path.
o Added a workaround for a hardware bug which resulted in short
VLAN tagged frames(e.g. ARP) was rejected as if runt frame was
received. With this workaround nge(4) now accepts the short VLAN
tagged frame and nge(4) can take full advantage of hardware VLAN
tag stripping. I have no idea how this bug wasn't known so far,
without the workaround nge(4) may never work on VLAN
environments.
o Fixed Rx checksum offload logic such that it now honors active
interface capability configured with ifconfig(8).
o In nge_start()/nge_txencap(), always leave at least one free
descriptor as indicated in datasheet. Without this the hardware
would be confused with ring descriptor structure(e.g. no clue
for the end of descriptor ring).
o Removed dead-code that checks interrupts on PHY hardware. The
code was designed to detect link state changes but it was
disabled as driving nge_tick clock would break auto-negotiation
timer. This code is no longer needed as nge(4) now uses mii(4)
and link state change handling is done with mii callback.
o Rearranged ethernet address programming logic such that it works
on strict-alignment architectures.
o Added IFCAP_VLAN_HWTAGGING/IFCAP_VLAN_HWCSUM handler in
nge_ioctl() such that the functionality is configurable with
ifconfig(8). DP83820/DP83821 can do checksum offload for VLAN
tagged frames so enable Tx/Rx checksum offload for VLAN
interfaces.
o Simplified IFCAP_POLLING selection logic in nge_ioctl().
o Fixed module unload panic when bpf listeners are active.
o Tx/Rx descriptor ring address uses 64bit DMA address for
readability. High address part of DMA would be 0 as nge(4)
disabled 64bit DMA transfers so it's ok for DP83821.
o Removed volatile keyword in softc as bus_dmamap_sync(9) should
take care of this.
o Removed extra driver private structures in descriptor ring. These
extra elements are not part of descriptor structure. Embedding
private driver structure into descriptor ring is not good idea
as its size may be different on 32bit/64bit architectures.
o Added miibus_linkchg method handler to catch link state changes.
o Removed unneeded nge_ifmedia in softc. All TBI access is handled
in gentbi(4). There is no difference between TBI and non-TBI case
now.
o Removed "gigabit link up" message handling in nge_tick. Link
state change notification is already performed by mii(4) and
checking link state by accessing PHY registers in periodic timer
handler of driver is wrong. All link state and speed/duplex
monitoring should be handled in PHY driver.
o Use our own timer for watchdog instead of if_watchdog/if_timer
interface.
o Added hardware MAC statistics counter, users canget current MAC
statistics from dev.nge.%d.stats sysctl node(%d is unit number of
a device).
o Removed unused macros, NGE_LASTDESC, NGE_MODE, NGE_OWNDESC,
NGE_RXBYTES.
o Increased number of Tx/Rx descriptors from 128 to 256. From my
experience on gigabit ethernet controllers, number of descriptors
should be 256 or higher to get an optimal performance on gigabit
link.
o Increased jumbo frame length to 9022 bytes to cope with other
gigabit ethernet drivers. Experimentation shows no problems with
9022 bytes.
o Removed unused member variables in softc.
o Switched from bus_space_{read|write}_4 to bus_{read|write}_4.
o Added support for WOL.
o replace DLT_IEEE802_11 support in net80211 with DLT_IEEE802_11_RADIO
and remove explicit bpf support from wireless drivers; drivers now
use ieee80211_radiotap_attach to setup shared data structures that
hold the radiotap header for each packet tx/rx
o remove rx timestamp from the rx path; it was used only by the tdma support
for debugging and was mostly useless due to it being 32-bits and mostly
unavailable
o track DLT_IEEE80211_RADIO bpf attachments and maintain per-vap and
per-com state when there are active taps
o track the number of monitor mode vaps
o use bpf tap and monitor mode vap state to decide when to collect radiotap
state and dispatch frames; drivers no longer explicitly directly check
bpf state or use bpf calls to tap frames
o handle radiotap state updates on channel change in net80211; drivers
should not do this (unless they bypass net80211 which is almost always
a mistake)
o update various drivers to be more consistent/correct in handling radiotap
o update ral to include TSF in radiotap'd frames
o add promisc mode callback to wi
Reviewed by: cbzimmer, rpaulo, thompsa
bug referencing a destroyed lock within TX callbacks during device
detach.
Submitted by: hps (original version)
Tested by: Lucius Windschuh <lwindschuh at googlemail.com>
possible future I-cache coherency operation can succeed. On ARM
for example the L1 cache can be (is) virtually mapped, which
means that any I/O that uses temporary mappings will not see the
I-cache made coherent. On ia64 a similar behaviour has been
observed. By flushing the D-cache, execution of binaries backed
by md(4) and/or NFS work reliably.
For Book-E (powerpc), execution over NFS exhibits SIGILL once in
a while as well, though cpu_flush_dcache() hasn't been implemented
yet.
Doing an explicit D-cache flush as part of the non-DMA based I/O
read operation eliminates the need to do it as part of the
I-cache coherency operation itself and as such avoids pessimizing
the DMA-based I/O read operations for which D-cache are already
flushed/invalidated. It also allows future optimizations whereby
the bcopy() followed by the D-cache flush can be integrated in a
single operation, which could be implemented using on-chips DMA
engines, by-passing the D-cache altogether.
register 0x52, not ctrl1. This appears to be a mistake in the bcm
reverse engineering page, and has been corrected there. Tracing
through the code, this is more in keeping with the "documented"
register. Sephe thinks it looks interesting and may be worth
fixing. :)
Submitted by: ddkprog at yahoo com
Reviewed by: Sepherosa Ziehau
- In bce_rx_intr(), use BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD instead of
BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE, as we want to "read" from the
rx page chain pages.
- Document why we need to do PREWRITE after we have updated
the rx page chain pages.
- In bce_intr(), use BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD and
BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD when before and after CPU "reading"
the status block.
- Adjust some nearby style mismatches/etc.
Pointed out by: yongari
Approved by: davidch (no objection) but bugs are mine :)
# Note: The driver doesn't support either these PHY types, so this is
# effectively a nop.
Submitted by: "ddk"
Obtained from: http://paradox.lissyara.su/bwi.diff
believe it was a BCM4319. However, it is the a/b/g variation of the
BCM4318. The chip itself is labelled BCM4318EKFBG, and the board is
BCM94318MKABG.
Paradox's patch includes the type of 802.11 wireless for each card,
but changes all the names (I don't think the latter is quite right).
Import that part of the patch, but keep the current set of BCM names
(with a minor tweak for the 4306 ones). I'll need to verify them via
some other means.
Obtained from: http://paradox.lissyara.su/bwi.diff (partially)
Apart from the 16 virtual terminals, Syscons allocates two device nodes
that should not really be TTYs, even though they are. One of them is
consolectl. In RELENG_7 and before, these device nodes are used in
single user mode. After I simplified input path, we only use this device
node to call ioctl() on (moused, Xorg, vidcontrol).
When you call ioctl() on consolectl, it will behave the same as being
called on the first window.
drops and re-grabs the softc mutex in the middle, resulting in kernel
trap 12. This may happen when a lot of traffic is being hammered on
one bge(4) interface while the system is shutting down.
Reported by: Alexander Sack <pisymbol gmail com>
PR: kern/134548
MFC After: 2 weeks
chipset-specific code to attach chipset-specific data.
- Use chipset-specific data in the acard and promise chipsets rather than
changing the ivars of ATA PCI devices. ivars are reserved for use by the
parent bus driver and are _not_ available for use by devices directly.
This fixes a panic during sysctl -a with certain Promise controllers with
ACPI enabled.
Reviewed by: mav
Tested by: Magnus Kling (kingfon @ gmail) (on 7)
MFC after: 3 days
NULL or change it. We initialize it before we set if_ioctl. It can
therefore never be NULL, and most other drivers don't bother with this
sanity check.
As an experiment, I changed snp(4) to use a mutex instead of an sx lock.
We can't enable this right now, because Syscons still picks up Giant.
It's nice to already have the framework there.
adapted to MPSAFE cam(4) to a isp(4) specific callout structure.
Thanks to Florian Smeets for providing access to a machine exhibiting
this problem for debugging.
Approved by: mjacob
MFC after: 3 days
sc_rixmap is an inverse map
NB: could eliminate the check for an invalid rate by filling in 0 for
invalid entries but the rate control modules use it to identify
bogus rates so leave it for now
previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a
dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context
should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros,
and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions
on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged.
This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE
kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace.
The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an
indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related
operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet
context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's
m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so
far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking
aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other
vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another.
The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros
was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to
reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing
the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the
alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry.
In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when
processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the
kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers
to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing
timer-driven networking functions.
This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all
vnet instances.
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Broadcom BCM43xx chipsets. This driver uses the v3 firmware that
needs to be fetched separately. A port will be committed to create
the bwi firmware module.
The driver matches the following chips: Broadcom BCM4301, BCM4307,
BCM4306, BCM4309, BCM4311, BCM4312, BCM4318, BCM4319
The driver works for 802.11b and 802.11g.
Limitations:
This doesn't support the 802.11a or 802.11n portion of radios.
Some BCM4306 and BCM4309 cards don't work with Channel 1, 2 or 3.
Documenation for this firmware is reverse engineered from
http://bcm.sipsolutions.net/
V4 of the firmware is needed for 11a or 11n support
http://bcm-v4.sipsolutions.net/
Firmware needs to be fetched from a third party, port to be committed
# I've tested this with a BCM4319 mini-pci and a BCM4318 CardBus card, and
# not connected it to the build until the firmware port is committed.
Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD, //depot/projects/vap
Reviewed by: sam@, thompsa@
leading to a bug, when C-state does not decrease on sleep shorter then
declared transition latency. Fixing this deprecates workaround for broken
C-states on some hardware.
By the way, change state selecting logic a bit. Instead of last sleep
time use short-time average of it. Global interrupts rate in system is a
quite random value, to corellate subsequent sleeps so directly.
sleepable context for net80211 driver callbacks. This removes the need for USB
and firmware based drivers to roll their own code to defer the chip programming
for state changes, scan requests, channel changes and mcast/promisc updates.
When a driver callback completes the hardware state is now guaranteed to have
been updated and is in sync with net80211 layer.
This nukes around 1300 lines of code from the wireless device drivers making
them more readable and less race prone.
The net80211 layer has been updated as follows
- all state/channel changes are serialised on the taskqueue.
- ieee80211_new_state() always queues and can now be called from any context
- scanning runs from a single taskq function and executes to completion. driver
callbacks are synchronous so the channel, phy mode and rx filters are
guaranteed to be set in hardware before probe request frames are
transmitted.
Help and contributions from Sam Leffler.
Reviewed by: sam
- Generate fake channel interrupts even if channel busy with previous
request to let it finish. Without this, dumping requests were just queued
and never processed.
- Drop pre-dump requests queue on dumping. ATA code, working in dumping
(interruptless) mode, unable to handle long request queue. Actually, to get
coherent dump we anyway should do as few unrelated actions as possible.
Yukon from common multicast handling code. Yukon uses hash-based
multicast filtering(big endian form) but GENESIS uses perfect
multicast filtering as well as hash-based one(little endian form).
Due to the differences of multicast filtering there is no much
sense to have a common code.
o Remove sk_setmulti() and introduce sk_rxfilter_yukon(),
sk_rxfilter_yukon() that handles multicast filtering setup.
o Have sk_rxfilter_{yukon, genesis} handle promiscuous mode and
nuke sk_setpromisc(). This simplifies ioctl handler as well as
giving a chance to check validity of Rx control register of
Yukon.
o Don't reinitialize controller when IFF_ALLMULTI flags is changed.
o Nuke sk_gmchash(), it's not needed anymore.
o Always reconfigure Rx control register whenever a new multicast
filtering condition is changed. This fixes multicast filtering
setup on Yukon.
PR: kern/134051
- Probe supported sleep states from acpi_attach() just once and do not
call AcpiGetSleepTypeData() again. It is redundant because
AcpiEnterSleepStatePrep() does it any way.
- Treat UNKNOWN sleep state as NONE, i.e., "do nothing", and remove obscure
NONE state (ACPI_S_STATES_MAX + 1) to avoid confusions.
- Do not set unsupported sleep states as default button/switch events.
If the default sleep state is not supported, just set it as UNKNOWN/NONE.
- Do not allow sleep state change if the system is not fully up and running.
This should prevent entering S5 state multiple times, which causes strange
behaviours later.
- Make sleep states case-insensitive when they are used with sysctl(8).
For example,
sysctl hw.acpi.lid_switch_state=s1
sysctl hw.acpi.sleep_button_state=none
are now legal and equivalent to the uppercase ones.
Feature is controlled by hint.ata.X.pm_level tunable:
0 - PM disabled, old behaviour, default.
1 - device is allowed to initiate PM state change, host is passive.
2 - host initiates PARTIAL state transition every time port is idle.
3 - host initiates SLUMBER state transition every time port is idle.
PARTIAL state has up to 100us (50us for me) wakeup latency, but for my
ICH8M saves 0.5W of power per drive. SLUMBER state has up to 10ms (3.5ms
for me) wakeup latency, but saves 0.8W of power.
Modes 2 and 3 are implemented only for AHCI driver now.
Interface power management is incompatible with device presence detection
(host receives no signal from drive, so unable to monitor it), so later is
disabled when PM is used.
- Add some missing const.
- Move the size of the window spun by the registers to the softc
as neither using va_mem_size for this nor va_mem_base for the
start of the bus addresses is appropriate.
MFC after: 1 week
This change adds (possibly redundant) early check for invalid
state input parameter (including S0). Handling of S5 request
is reduced to simply calling shutdown_nice(). As a result
control flow of acpi_EnterSleepState is somewhat simplified
and resume/backout half of the function is not executed
for S5 (soft poweroff) request and invalid state requests.
Note: it seems that shutdown_nice may act as nop when initproc
is already initialized (to grab pid of 1), but init process is in
"pre-natal" state.
Tested by: Fabian Keil <fk@fabiankeil.de>
Reviewed by: njl, jkim
Approved by: rpaulo
controllers may be configured as legacy IDE mode by modifying subclass and
progif without actually changing PCI device IDs. Instead of complicating
code, we always force AHCI mode while probing. Also we restore AHCI mode
while resuming per ATI/AMD register programming/requirement guides.
- Fix SB700/800 "combined" mode. Unlike SB600, this PATA controller can
combine two SATA ports and emulate one PATA channel as primary or secondary
depending on BIOS configuration. When the combined mode is disabled, this
channel disappears and it works just like SB600 PATA controller, however.
- Add more PCI device IDs for SB700/800 and adjust device descriptions.
SB800 shares the same PCI device IDs and added two more SATA IDs.
this driver to compile and limp along with the new layer. These changes
do not deal with proper locking around access to the HW. This is only
a starting point. I have not tested modem control but tip seems to work
okay and I can send and receive characters which I needed for one of my
-current boxes. I have not tied this driver back up to the build since
I don't want people to think it is ready for prime time. If anyone
else has some cycles to work on this feel free to!
Also add support for a 16 port PCI interface I have at work.
Glanced at by: ed
- Update mxge to use if_transmit(), and the new buf_ring
interfaces, so as to enable multiple transmit queues.
Use of if_transmit() is conditional on IFNET_BUF_RING,
and is enabled by default (as in if_em).
- Record a flow id on receive if receive hashing is active.
I currently only record the rx ring id (0..8) rather than
the 32-bit topelitz hash result, as doing the latter would
require shifting the driver to use a larger rx return ring.
Sponsored by: Myricom, Inc.
(1) Don't manually configure if_output(), ether_ifattach() will do that
for us as part of link-layer setup.
(2) Call if_detach() before stopping nve in order to prevent calls into
the device driver after the driver has started shutting down.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 2 weeks
Change the roothub exec functions to take the usb request and data pointers
directly rather than placing them on the parent bus struct.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Fix a bug in the USB power daemon code where connection of multiple HUBs in
series would result in incorrect device suspend.
Reported by: Nicolas xxx@wanadoo.fr
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Use direct reference to parent high-speed HUB instead of indirect, due to
pointer clearing race at detach of parent USB HUB.
Reported by: kientzle
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
PR: usb/133545
respectivly. This will allow one to have a kernel with both devices
present and use it for multiple boards with different types of RTC
sitting on a bus.
Discussed with: imp
number of queued packets in watchdog timeout handler. If there are
no queued packets just print a informational message and return
without resetting controller. Also fix to invoke correct Tx
completion handler as 3C905B needs different handler.
Previously it used to clear the flag only when the transmit queue
is empty which may slow down Tx performance.
While I'm here check whether driver is running and whether we can
queue more packets in if_start handler. This fixes occasional
watchdog timeouts.
Reported by: xer < xernet <> hotmail dot it >
Tested by: xer < xernet <> hotmail dot it >
checksum offload frames. Software workaround used for broken
controllers(RTL8169, RTL8168, RTL8168B) seem to cause watchdog
timeouts on RTL8139C+.
Introduce a new flag RL_FLAG_AUTOPAD to mark automatic padding
feature of controller and set it for RTL8139C+ and controllers that
use new descriptor format. This fixes watchdog timeouts seen on
RTL8139C+.
Reported by: Dimitri Rodis < DimitriR <> integritasystems dot com >
Tested by: Dimitri Rodis < DimitriR <> integritasystems dot com >
registers.
- Cleanup PCI-X capability printf to not leave a dangling "supports" for
some PCI-X bridges.
- Display additional PCI express details including the negotiated and max
link width and the actual and maximum supported max payload.
MFC after: 1 month
when polled mode is enabled. This should help with duplicated/missing
characters problem at mountroot, geli, etc. prompts on multi CPU systems
while kbdmux(4) is enabled.
Tested by: Tobias Grosser <grosser -at- fim -dot- uni-passau -dot- de>
Tested by: Fabian Keil <freebsd-listen -at- fabiankeil -dot- de>
MFC after: 3 days
network load.
1. Leave the RX interrupt routine if there is no mbuf available.
2. Properly initialize and track tx_desc_used_count counter so as not to
leak mbuf while traversing used descriptors.
Obtained from: Semihalf
- Remove redundant softc members for RIDs.
- Change some softc members to be unsigned where more appropriate.
- Add some missing const.
- Remove support for mmap(2)'ing VGA I/O as it was broken [1] and
not required by X.Org anyway.
- Fix some confusion between bus, physical and virtual addresses
which mostly consisted in using members of struct video_adapter
inappropriately but wasn't fatal except for the regular framebuffer
mmap(2)'ing.
- Remove redundant bzero(9)'ing of the softc.
- Don't map the framebuffer twice in case the firmware has already
mapped it as besides wasting resources this isn't possible with
all MMUs. This is a bit tricky as a) just because the firmware
provides a property with a virtual address doesn't mean it's
actually mapped (but typically is when the framebuffer is the
console) and b) the firmware doesn't necessarily map the it with
the same byteorder as we do. This make machfb(4) work on machines
with cheetah-class MMUs (including X.Org).
Reported by: Michael Plass [1]
MFC after: 3 days
addresses to BARs into new pci_read_bar() and pci_write_bar() routines.
pci_add_map(), pci_alloc_map(), and pci_delete_resource() now use these
routines to work with BARs.
- Just pass the device_t for the new PCI device to various routines instead
of passing the device, bus, slot, and function.
Reviewed by: imp
Remote host can advertise smaller MSS than that of sender so upper
stack might have adjusted the MSS which in turn generates IP
packets that are less size than that of interface MTU.
Reported by: Bjoern Koenig ( bkoenig <> alpha-tierchen dot de )
Tested by: Bjoern Koenig ( bkoenig <> alpha-tierchen dot de )
MFC after: 3 days
TCPSTAT_INC(), rather than directly manipulating the fields across the
kernel. This will make it easier to change the implementation of
these statistics, such as using per-CPU versions of the data structures.
MFC after: 3 days
1) Flag it and only access that command on the 3c1
2) The TX PLL appears to power down when not in use, so we have to power
it back up when we've been idle. Do this at the start of ifstart.
Otherwise we fall off the net.
have other media to test against, I've left that media reporting
unchanged.
o Enable the TX_PLL when we enable TX. This is harmless on most
cards, but required to get the 3c1 CF card working. Power savings
could be had by managing this better, but for now it gets my card
working.
We typically wire translation to devices with TLB1 entries and
pmap_kextract() does not know about those and returns 0. This
causes false positives (read: all serial ports suddenly become
the console).
Do not use Giant for kbdmux(4) locking. This is wrong and apparently
causing more problems than it solves. This will re-open the issue
where interrupt handlers may race with kbdmux(4) in polling mode.
Typical symptoms include (but not limited to) duplicated and/or
missing characters when low level console functions (such as gets)
are used while interrupts are enabled (for example geli password
prompt, mountroot prompt etc.)
MFC after: 3 days
(framing, parity, etc), but does not indicate characters
being received. Since no chracters have been received,
ignore the line errors.
PR: 131006
MFC after: 3 days
instead of just register one for the first adapter. Without doing this
there would be some data loss upon shutdown because data could be ignored
when flushing to disk.
MFC after: 3 days
- override_kernel_driver() has been removed since this is an
in-tree version of driver.
- __DATE__ and __TIME__ removed from version string to make
binary update builders happy.
- Utilize pause(9) for __FreeBSDversion >= 700033 (redo 167086).
- Utilize kproc_suspend_check() for __FreeBSDversion >= 800002.
(redo 172836).
- Don't read past end of pVDevice (redo 143787).
- Make sure that controller and channel are initialized (redo 169823).
- Don't include cam/cam_xpt_periph.h (redo 158177).
MFC After: 3 days
and update comments about original patches doing this and it not
working. It works for both the DL10019 and DL10022 based cards that I
have. It really helps the DL10019 cards, since they were using 8k
instead of the normal 16k that regular NE-2000 cards help.
# Note to self: need to provide a common routine to setup memory
# parameters.
DP8390-based cards have no generic way of reporting status of the link
or setting the media type. Some specific versions of these cards do,
however, allow for this, and we already support some of them. Make
the 'ed' experience more uniform by providing "autoselect" as the
meida and status "active" always. This won't affect the chips that
provide more specific details.
It makes little sense to use 100 Hz polling in dcons. We cannot live
without polling, because that's just how dcons works. It polls the
buffer filled by the firewire hardware. 25 Hz is probably enough for
most use cases.
Discussed with: rwatson
Tested by: kan
dcons_drv_init invocations. Testing return value for 0 does not work for
cases where dcons_drv_init was called already as part of low level
console initialization.
Refactor how we interface with the root HUB. This is achieved by making a
direct call from usb2_do_request to the host controller for root hub requests,
this call will perform the controller specific register read/writes and return
the error code.
This cuts out a lot of code in the host controller files and saves one thread
per USB bus.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- add support for more complicated HID descriptors which can have multiple
definitions of the same field.
- remove old modulo patch in ums, which I think is due to bad HID parsing,
which should be fixed now.
Reported by: netchild
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Some cancelable flags are always true. Substitute these away. These cancelable
flags were mostly useful with the root HUB which is now handled differently.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Refactor how we interface with the root HUB. This cuts around 1200 lines of
code totally and saves one thread per USB bus.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- make usb2_power_mask_t 16-bit
- remove "usb2_config_sub" structure from "usb2_config". To compensate for this
"usb2_config" has a new field called "usb_mode" which select for which mode
the current xfer entry is active. Options are: a) Device mode only b) Host
mode only (default-by-zero) c) Both modes. This change was scripted using
the following sed script: "s/\.mh\././g".
- the standard packet size table in "usb_transfer.c" is now a function, hence
the code for the function uses less memory than the table itself.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- bugfixes after the memory usage reduction patch
- Use "udev->pipes_max" instead of USB_EP_MAX
- Use correct "bmRequestType" for getting the config descriptor.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- memory usage reduction by only allocating the required USB pipes and USB
interfaces.
- cleanup some USB parsing functions to be more flexible.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- Fix style for A3N and for a comment
Submitted by: Akira Funahashi <funa@funa.org>
Tested by: Marcin Nowak <marcin.nowak@simplusnet.pl>,
Diego Sardina <diego.sardina@gmx.com>
PR: kern/128634
the ATA status register with a 4-byte read request. This updates it, and
subsequent 1-byte reads will return the correct result.
This commit adds a hack to do this, which is currently ifdef'd powerpc,
although Linux and Darwin do this unconditionally on all platforms.
provided, for example, on the PowerPC 970 (G5), as well as on related CPUs
like the POWER3 and POWER4.
This also adds support for various built-in hardware found on Apple G5
hardware (e.g. the IBM CPC925 northbridge).
Reviewed by: grehan
The DIROUT bit difference between the 19 and 22 is annoying. We can
set both bits on both parts without ill effect. Use this trick to
simplify the code.
The DELAYS in the MII bus bit-bang code for the DL100xx parts aren't
needed. Eliminate them.
packet data. However, the AX88190A moves this on-chip and reduces it
to the more traditional 16k from 16k-32k. The AX88790 follows the
'190A. Probe memory above 32k to see which flavor of the '190 we have
and use the extra memory if we have it.
Eliminate the kludgy read eeprom for the ID code. It really is just a
memory read at location 0x400, so just use that instead. Makes the
code easier to understand as well as eliminates some magic numbers.
ed cards. There's a number of minor nits in a lot of the PHYs on the
PC Cards that use the Axis AX88190 or DLink DL10019 and DL10022 chips.
Forcing the autonegotiation doesn't seem to cause problems on the
cards that have sane PHYs, but makes several cards I have work without
further workarounds.
I'm not 100% sure that kicking the PHY and resetting them is the right
thing to do on the media change callback. Other NICs seem to need
this and do similar things.
only for mic-type inputs. This gives better chances to use it.
Change default configuration for some AD1986A codec based ASUS boards,
use it also for ASUS P5PL2 board. This makes front mic preamplifier working.
Tested by: Vadim Frolov <frolov@frolov.ck.ua>
o Don't run through the register initialization in the read mac routine
for the AX88x90. It duplicates other stuff that we do.
o Eliminate the 10ms delay after we reset the AX88x90. We already wait for
the appropriate bits to indicate reset is done.
a device specific DMA tag. On amd64 it could exhaust all of bounce
pages when bus_dma_tag_create(9) is called at malo_pci_attach() then as
result in next turn it returns ENOMEM. This fix a attach fail on amd64.
Pointed by: yongari
Tested by: dchagin
MFC after: 3 days
It seems that RTL8168D and RTL8102EL requires additional settle
time to complete RL_PHYAR register write. Accessing RL_PHYAR
register right after the write causes errors for subsequent PHY
register accesses.
Tested by: george at luckytele dot com,
Steve Wills < STEVE at stevenwills dot com >
don't have one of the clock cycles (the turn cycle) that the AX88x90
chips have. Make this conditional. But this seems totally crazy and
can't possibly be right. Commit the fix for the moment until I can
explore this mystery more deeply.
On the plus side, the DL10022-based cards I have (D-Link DEF-670TXD
and SMC8040TX) work after this fix.
Add ch_suspend/ch_resume methods for PCI controllers and implement them
for AHCI. Refactor AHCI channel initialization according to it.
Fix Port Multipliers operation. It is far from perfect yet, but works now.
Tested with JMicron JMB363 AHCI + SiI 3726 PMP pair.
Previous version was also tested with SiI 4726 PMP.
Hardware sponsored by: Vitsch Electronics / VEHosting.nl
o call ieee80211_encap in ieee80211_start so frames passed down to drivers
are already encapsulated
o remove ieee80211_encap calls in drivers
o fixup wi so it recreates the 802.3 head it requires from the 802.11
header contents
o move fast-frame aggregation from ath to net80211 (conditional on
IEEE80211_SUPPORT_SUPERG):
- aggregation is now done in ieee80211_start; it is enabled when the
packets/sec exceeds ieee80211_ffppsmin (net.wlan.ffppsmin) and frames
are held on a staging queue according to ieee80211_ffagemax
(net.wlan.ffagemax) to wait for a frame to combine with
- drivers must call back to age/flush the staging queue (ath does this
on tx done, at swba, and on rx according to the state of the tx queues
and/or the contents of the staging queue)
- remove fast-frame-related data structures from ath
- add ieee80211_ff_node_init and ieee80211_ff_node_cleanup to handle
per-node fast-frames state (we reuse 11n tx ampdu state)
o change ieee80211_encap calling convention to include an explicit vap
so frames coming through a WDS vap are recognized w/o setting M_WDS
With these changes any device able to tx/rx 3Kbyte+ frames can use fast-frames.
Reviewed by: thompsa, rpaulo, avatar, imp, sephe
o Introduce new chip_type AX88790. There's a few places we need to know the
exact chip for workaronds.
o Explain the AX88190 workaround for the ISR bits being stuck, and don't
apply them to the AX88790. The datasheet says the bits are fixed, and
experience confirms.
o Fix mii bit-bang read code to read and discard the 'floating' bit.
o Remove empty ed_pccard_ax88x90_mii_reset routine
o Report error from mii_phy_probe
o Don't use ed_probe_Novel_generic for ax88x90 chips. It puts them into
an odd state sometimes. Instead, use a more stream-lined version that
avoids the trouble spots. This was copied and tweaked from the original.
o Move chip reset into its own routine.
o Minor code optimiation on getting MAC address
o Add code for coping with AX88790 cards that are in power down state and
need to be kicked before the PHY registers for the internal phy read right.
o Remove ugly cap of PHYs at 17.
o For AX88790, we need to set a special bit for accessig phy 16 (the internal
phy) and clear it for all others according to a chip erratum.
o streamline the bit-bang code for AX88x90: the delays aren't needed according
to the datasheet timing diagrams and also the Linux driver
o Fix minor bit definition for direction bit.
o Generally: Some comments reformatted
o Only try the toshiba probe on cards labelled as toshiba
# From another Akihabara card (this one from a few years ago from a
# friend in Japan). Fix the Corega FEther II PCC-TXD. This one is
# still on sale new, as of a few weeks ago. should fix all other AX88x90
# based cards, but I have some testing left to finish on my collection...
o remove ic_myaddr from ieee80211com
o change ieee80211_ifattach to take the mac address of the physical device
and use that to setup the lladdr.
o replace all references to ic_myaddr in drivers by IF_LLADDR
o related cleanups (e.g. kill dead code)
PR: kern/133178
Reviewed by: thompsa, rpaulo
It seems that some revision of controller hang while accessing
the VPD. Because VPD access routine are unused, nuke it.
o Let TWSI reload EEPROM if VPD capability is detected. Reloading
EEPROM will also set ethernet address so age(4) now reads AGE_PAR0
and AGE_PAR1 register to get ethernet address. This removes a lot
of hack and enhance readability a lot.
o Double PHY reset timeout as it takes more time to take PHY out of
power-saving state.
o Explicitly check power-saving state by checking undocumented PHY
registers. If link is not up, poke undocumented registers to take
PHY out of power-saving state. This is the same way what Linux
does. On resume, make sure to wake up PHY.
o Don't rely on auto-clearing feature of master reset bit, just wait
1ms and check idle status of MAC.
o Add PCI device revision information in bootverbose mode.
This should fix occasional controller hang in device attach phase.
Reported by: barbara < barbara.xxx1975 at libero DOT it >
Tested by: barbara < barbara.xxx1975 at libero DOT it >
up) rather than amount + 1 / 2, which is the same as amount, or 2x too
many words which leads to data corruption.
# This fixes the sbdrop panics I was seeing with the Toshiba LANCT00A.
Toshiba PCETC ISA card, and even has the same board type code in the
card ID (0x14). So, for this card, call ed_probe_WD80x3_generic after
setting things up apropriately. This makes the card attach and kinda
work (I'm seeing panics in sbdrop). Since history has shown that the
WD80x3 probe routine is dangerous, only do it for this card. Also,
disable the memory range check to make sure it is an valid ISA memory.
I think that it is bogus, but I'm not 100% sure, for these cards.
I removed probing for the WD80x3 in 2005 when I added support for the
AX88x90 and DL100xx cards since none of my cards had ever matched it
and PAO3 removed it and none of the cards in their database died.
It is possible there are other quirks about this card too, since no
other open source OS supports it, or even claims to support it. But
it was a fun half hour hack...
driver. Not sure who sold it/rebadged it.
Add stub entries for Mitsubishi B8895 and Toshiba LANCT00A to the
driver with a comment that they don't work /* NG */.[*] These are
DP83902A based cards, which should work, but don't seem to. Likely
they are from the days before the ne2000 roamed the earth and use a
non-standard hookup (see if_ed_isa or if_ed_cbus for some examples).
Unless I happen to stumble into the right one, these may never work,
but I'm tired of omitting them from commits.
[*] The Japanese adopted OK from English, but also use NG for its
opposite.
rather than behind a seemingly accidental constant likely left over from one of
the related drivers which uses log levels rather than per-facility debugging
flags. This should get rid of contextless messages on the console for people
who have not set (or cleared the default) debugging flags.
packet. Linux, OpenBSD and our iwn(4) all do this. It also results in
a huge performance improvement (and the rejection of a fair number of
apparently-bad packets on receive) on my hardware.
o) Like the wpi(4) driver in OpenBSD, and like our iwn(4), also drop runt
packets.
o) Don't bother doing IFQ_POLL and then IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE, just do
IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE outright. This is more similar to how OpenBSD and our
iwn(4) work.
Reviewed by: sam
into acpi_cpu_startup() which is where all the other code to update this
global variable lives. This fixes a bug where cpu_cx_count was not updated
correctly if acpi_cpu_generic_cx_probe() returned early.
PR: kern/108581
Debugged by: Bruce Cran
Reviewed by: avg, njl, sepotvin
MFC after: 3 days
via the Linux tool.
- Add Linux shim to ipmi(4)
- Create a partitions file to linprocfs to make Linux fdisk see
disks. This file is dynamic so we can see disks come and go.
- Convert msdosfs to vfat in mtab since Linux uses that for
msdosfs.
- In the Linux mount path convert vfat passed in to msdosfs
so Linux mount works on FreeBSD. Note that tasting works
so that if da0 is a msdos file system
/compat/linux/bin/mount /dev/da0 /mnt
works.
- fix a 64it bug for l_off_t.
Grabing sh, mount, fdisk, df from Linux, creating a symlink of mtab to
/compat/linux/etc/mtab and then some careful unpacking of the Linux bmc
update tool and hacking makes it work on newer Dell boxes. Note, probably
if you can't figure out how to do this, then you probably shouldn't be
doing it :-)
When a vt switch occurs the irq handler is uninstalled. Interrupts
and the state tracking of what was enabled/disabled wasn't working
properly. This should resolve the reports of "slow windows" after a
vt switch, among other things. The radeon 2d driver seems to work a
bit more correctly than the Intel driver. With the Intel driver,
vblank interrupts will be enabled at system startup and will only
be disabled after an additional modeset (vt switch, dpms, randr event).
With this patch, I am able to run glxgears synced to vblank and
vt switch while it is running without ill effects.
MFC after: 3 days
prevent individual transactions from crossing a 4GB address boundary. Due
to bus_size_t type limitations, the driver uses a 2GB boundary in PAE
kernels.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 week
quirk requiring it to be enabled even when using MSI. This makes
the latter work again after r189285.
- Remove a comment which no longer applies since r190194.
filtering handle this. Introduce a new function msk_rxfilter that
handles Rx filter configuration and multicast setup as well as
promiscuous mode. This simplifies code a lot.
Promiscuous mode always have preference to any other Rx
filtering so don't disable the mode when ALLMULTI is set.
it is right for only a tiny fraction of these devices and this
wild-card entry is too broad.
# I run a kernel without this entry at all without ill effects...
The tick routine was not being restarted in the init_locked routine
which could resulted in loss of carrier when updating the MTU.
Submitted by: Navdeep Parhar at Chelsio
MFC after: 3 weeks
- If boot verbose, print asicrev, chiprev and bus type on attach.
- For PCI Express devices:
1) Adjust max read request size to 4Kbytes
2) Turn on FIFO_LONG_BURST in RDMA during bge_blockinit()
Though 1) does not seem to have much to do with the poor TX performance
observed on PCI Express bge(4), 2) does fix the problem. [1]
- Nuke the RX CPU self-diag, which prevents working cards from working
(Linux tg3 does not have this diag neither does OpenBSD's bge(4)).
The increasing of the firmware handshaking timeout to 20000 retries
done as part of the original commit isn't merged as way already have a
way higher BGE_TIMEOUT of 100000.
PR: 119361 [1]
Obtained from: tg3 via DragonflyBSD [1], DragonflyBSD
Workaround for buggy USB hardware not handling new SETUP packet before STATUS
stage is complete, this allows xfers to endpoint0 to return a short frame.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Reported by: me
Workaround for buggy USB hardware not handling new SETUP packet before STATUS
stage is complete, this allows xfers to endpoint0 to return a short frame.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Reported by: me
- Move tunable defines into usb_core.h and dependancy towards usb_defs.h
- Leave hardcoded defines in "usb_defs.h".
- Allow overriding all tunable defines.
- Add more customisable typedefs.
- Correct maximum device number.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
It seems I didn't fix this issue before committing teken to the tree. My
initial idea was to somehow add an error mechanism to instruct the video
driver author to increase T_NUMCOL when using very big terminals. It
turns out we have platforms where we have gigantic consoles on systems
like the Apple PowerMac G5, which means we crash there right now.
Just ignore tabstops placed beyond column 160. Just force tabs to be
placed on each 8 columns.
Reported by: nwhitehorn
supported with these pseudo-PHYs. The MIIF_NOLOOP flag currently triggers
nothing but hopefully will be respected by mii_phy_setmedia() later on.
- Don't add IFM_NONE as isolation isn't supported by these pseudo-PHYs.
- Use mii_phy_add_media() instead of mii_add_media() so the latter can
be eventually retired.
driver in Linux 2.6. uscanner was just a simple wrapper around a fifo and
contained no logic, the default interface is now libusb (supported by sane).
Reviewed by: HPS
after vt switch or suspend. I can't really test this on Intel right now
but I think I've heard reports of it on radeon as well. I can't break
it on the radeon here.
MFC after: 3 days
o break out version-related code to simplify rev'ing the protocol
o add parameter validation macros so checks that appear multiple places
are consistent (and easy to change)
o add protocol version check when looking for a scan candidate
o improve scan debug output format
o rewrite beacon update handling to calculate a bitmask of changed values
and pass that down through the driver callback so drivers can optimize work
o do slot bounds check before use when parsing received beacons
or URB_FUNCTION_CLASS_xxx with HAL preemption lock that means it's
non-sleepable during USB requests though usb2_do_request() requires a
sleep so it needs to send queries to the default pipe without those
interfaces to avoid sleep.
Obtained from: Hideotshi Shimokawa
This update is based on comments from Hidetoshi.
Changeset 183550 removed the call to crom_load() in fw_busreset(). Restore
that call such that the Configuration ROM is valid.
Stash and update fwdev settings in fw_explore_node() so that negotiation
works again.
Fix regression issue in the USB file system interface.
- Use cdev_privdata pointer as indicator of correct file handle.
- Remove redundant FIFO opened flags.
Don't send ZLP at close for ulpt and uscanner devices as this causes some
models to stop working. This reverts back to the USB1 behaviour.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
This code is heavily inspired by Takanori Watanabe's experimental SMP patch
for i386 and large portion was shamelessly cut and pasted from Peter Wemm's
AP boot code.
implement CD input in hardware, while unconditional showing it confuse users.
Also it was made in the way that sometimes improper with present driver.
Add patch for ALC268 based Acer TM5320 to make headphones jack sensing work.
Default configuration defines two separate playback associations, which
current driver unable to trace properly due to order they are defined and
limited codec uniformity.
Submitted by: G. Mirov <g.mirov AT gmail.com>
C-NET(PC) has a cfe at location 1 that has both an odd irq mask (it
matches pc98 machines, so maybe it was a flag for pc98 operation) as
well as a memory map. Since this driver doesn't know how to cope, we
start with cfe2, which is purely an I/O space mapped and that seems to
make it work. I say 'seems' here, because the card I have doesn't
seem to have the right dongle for full testing...
(1) Fix pcib_read/write_config prototypes.
(2) When contrainting a resource request for a 'subtractive' bridge,
it is important to select a range outside the base/limit
registers, since those are the only values known to not
possibly work. On my HP laptop, the base bridge excludes I/O
ports 0xa000-0xafff, however that was the range we were passing
up the tree. Instead, when a range spans the "hole" we now
arbitrarily pick the range just above the hole to allocate from.
All of my rl and xl cards, at a minimum, started working again on this
laptop with those fixes.
look like a temperature.
This driver will most likely be renamed to something more meaningful in
the near future.
Submitted by: nork
MFC after: 2 weeks
o add 9280 attach that sets up ini, cal, etc.
o new rf backend for 9280 and later parts
o split ini setup and spur mitigation support out to methods
and provide 9280-specific support
o minor fixups to shared code to handle 9280-specific work
Obtained from: Atheros (ini values and some code)
both disks, or if we should suppress the slave drive. Default to
suppressing the slave, in the case that this REQIURED tuple turns out
to not actually be present...
Based on the HAL preemption lock there is a problem on SMP machines
and causes a panic.
o When a device detached the current tactic to detach NDIS USB driver is
to call SURPRISE_REMOVED event. So it don't need to call
ndis_halt_nic() again. This fixes some page faults when some drivers
work abnormal.
o it assumes now that URB_FUNCTION_BULK_OR_INTERRUPT_TRANSFER is in
DISPATCH_LEVEL (non-sleepable) and as further work
URB_FUNCTION_VENDOR_XXX and URB_FUNCTION_CLASS_XXX should be.
Reviewed by: Hans Petter Selasky <hselasky_at_freebsd.org>
Tested by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda_at_gmail.com>
More HID parsing fixes for usb mice.
- be less strict on the last HID item usage.
- preserve item size and count accross items
- improve default HID usage selection.
Tested by: ache
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
o Header file cleanup.
o bus_dma(9) conversion.
- Removed all consumers of vtophys(9) and converted to use
bus_dma(9).
- Typhoon2 functional specification says the controller supports
64bit DMA addressing. However all Typhoon controllers are known
to lack of DAC support so 64bit DMA support was disabled.
- The hardware can't handle more 16 fragmented Tx DMA segments so
teach txp(4) to collapse these segments to be less than 16.
- Added Rx buffer alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment) and
implemented fixup code to align receive frame. Previously
txp(4) always copied Rx frame to align it on 2 byte boundary
but its copy overhead is much higher than unaligned access on
i386/amd64. Alignment fixup code is now applied only for
strict-alignment architectures. With this change i386 and
amd64 will get instant Rx performance boost. Typhoon2 datasheet
mentions a command that pads arbitrary bytes in Rx buffer but
that command does not work.
- Nuked pointer trick in descriptor ring. This does not work on
sparc64 and replaced it with bcopy. Alternatively txp(4) can
embed a 32 bits index value into the descriptor and compute
real buffer address but it may make code complicated.
- Added endianness support code in various Tx/Rx/command/response
descriptor access. With this change txp(4) should work on all
architectures.
o Added comments for known firmware bugs(Tx checksum offloading,
TSO, VLAN stripping and Rx buffer padding control).
o Prefer faster memory space register access to I/O space access.
Added fall-back mechanism to use alternative I/O space access.
The hardware supports both memory and I/O mapped access. Users
can still force to use old I/O space access by setting
hw.txp.prefer_iomap tunable to 1 in /boot/loader.conf.
o Added experimental suspend/resume methods.
o Nuke error prone Rx buffer handling code and implemented local
buffer management with TAILQ. Be definition the controller can't
pass the last received frame to host if no Rx free buffers are
available to use as head and tail pointer of Rx descriptor ring
can't have the same value. In that case the Rx buffer pointer in
Rx buffer ring still holds a valid buffer and txp_rxbuf_reclaim()
can't fill Rx buffers as the first buffer is still valid. Instead
of relying on the value of Rx buffer ring, introduce local buffer
management code to handle empty buffer situation. This should fix
a long standing bug which completely hangs the controller under
high network load. I could easily trigger the issue by sending 64
bytes UDP frames with netperf. I have no idea how this bugs was
not fixed for a long time.
o Converted ithread interrupt handler to filter based one.
o Rearranged txp_detach routine such that it's now used for general
clean-up routine.
o Show sleep image version on device attach time. This will help
to know what action should be taken depending on sleep image
version. The version information in datasheet was wrong for newer
NV images so I followed Linux which seems to correctly extract
version numbers from response descriptors.
o Firmware image is no longer downloaded in device attach time. Now
it is reloaded whenever if_init is invoked. This is to ensure
correct operation of hardware when something goes wrong.
Previously the controller always run without regard to running
state of firmware. This change will add additional controller
initialization time but it give more robust operation as txp(4)
always start off from a known state. The controller is put into
sleep state until administrator explicitly up the interface.
o As firmware is loaded in if_init handler, it's now possible to
implement real watchdog timeout handler. When watchdog timer is
expired, full-reset the controller and initialize the hardware
again as most other drivers do. While I'm here use our own timer
for watchdog instead of using if_watchdog/if_timer interface.
o Instead of masking specific interrupts with TXP_IMR register,
program TXP_IER register with the interrupts to be raised and
use TXP_IMR to toggle interrupt generation.
o Implemented txp_wait() to wait a specific state of a controller.
o Separate boot related code from txp_download_fw() and name it
txp_boot() to handle boot process.
o Added bus_barrier(9) to host to ARM communication.
o Added endianness to all typhoon command processing. The ARM93C
always expects little-endian format of command/data.
o Removed __STRICT_ALIGNMENT which is not valid on FreeBSD.
__NO_STRICT_ALIGNMENT is provided for that purpose on FreeBSD.
Previously __STRICT_ALIGNMENT was unconditionally defined for
all architectures.
o Rewrote SIOCSIFCAP ioctl handler such that each capability can be
controlled by ifconfig(8). Note, disabling VLAN hardware tagging
has no effect due to the bug of firmware.
o Don't send TXP_CMD_CLEAR_STATISTICS to clear MAC statistics in
txp_tick(). The command is not atomic. Instead, just read the
statistics and reflect saved statistics to the statistics.
dev.txp.%d.stats sysctl node provides detailed MAC statistics.
This also reduces a lot of waste of CPU cycles as processing a
command ring takes a very long time on ARM93C. Note, Rx
multicast and broadcast statistics does not seem to right. It
might be another bug of firmware.
o Implemented link state change handling in txp_tick(). Now sending
packets is allowed only after establishing a valid link. Also
invoke link state change notification whenever its state is
changed so pseudo drivers like lagg(4) that relies on link state
can work with failover or link aggregation without hacks.
if_baudrate is updated to resolved speed so SNMP agents can get
correct bandwidth parameters.
o Overhauled Tx routine such that it now honors number of allowable
DMA segments and checks for 4 free descriptors before trying to
send a frame. A frame may require 4 descriptors(1 frame
descriptor, 1 or more frame descriptors, 1 TSO option descriptor,
one free descriptor to prevent descriptor wrap-around) at least
so it's necessary to check available free descriptors prior to
setting up DMA operation.
o Added a sysctl variable dev.txp.%d.process_limit to control
how many received frames should be served in Rx handler. Valid
ranges are 16 to 128(default 64) in unit of frames.
o Added ALTQ(4) support.
o Added missing IFCAP_VLAN_HWCSUM as txp(4) can offload checksum
calculation as well as VLAN tag insertion/stripping.
o Fixed media header length for VLAN.
o Don't set if_mtu in device attach, it's already set in
ether_ifattach().
o Enabled MWI.
o Fixed module unload panic when bpf listeners are active.
o Rearranged ethernet address programming logic such that it works
on strict-alignment architectures.
o Removed unused member variables in softc.
o Added support for WOL.
o Removed now unused TXP_PCI_LOMEM/TXP_PCI_LOIO.
o Added wakeup command TXP_BOOTCMD_WAKEUP definition.
o Added a new firmware version query command, TXP_CMD_READ_VERSION.
o Removed volatile keyword in softc as bus_dmamap_sync(9) should
take care of this.
o Removed embedded union trick of a structure used to to access
a pointer on LP64 systems.
o Added a few TSO related definitions for struct txp_tcpseg_desc.
However TSO is not used at all due to the limitation of hardware.
o Redefined PKT_MAX_PKTLEN to theoretical maximum size of a frame.
o Switched from bus_space_{read|write}_4 to bus_{read|write}_4.
o Added a new macro TXP_DESC_INC to compute next descriptor index.
Tested by: don.nasco <> gmail dot com
filesystem supports additional operations using shared vnode locks.
Currently this is used to enable shared locks for open() and close() of
read-only file descriptors.
- When an ISOPEN namei() request is performed with LOCKSHARED, use a
shared vnode lock for the leaf vnode only if the mount point has the
extended shared flag set.
- Set LOCKSHARED in vn_open_cred() for requests that specify O_RDONLY but
not O_CREAT.
- Use a shared vnode lock around VOP_CLOSE() if the file was opened with
O_RDONLY and the mountpoint has the extended shared flag set.
- Adjust md(4) to upgrade the vnode lock on the vnode it gets back from
vn_open() since it now may only have a shared vnode lock.
- Don't enable shared vnode locks on FIFO vnodes in ZFS and UFS since
FIFO's require exclusive vnode locks for their open() and close()
routines. (My recent MPSAFE patches for UDF and cd9660 already included
this change.)
- Enable extended shared operations on UFS, cd9660, and UDF.
Submitted by: ups
Reviewed by: pjd (ZFS bits)
MFC after: 1 month
legal in the spec. Add newline to the verbose messages we print when
debugging when this happens. The Hitachi HT-4840-11 is the only card
to hit these in years, and it works well enough if we're liberal about
what we accept.
this fixes geom_redboot on boards that have multiple parts/regions as it
uses the value to locate the FIS directory which is in the last erase
region of flash
Firmware upgraded to 7.1.0 (from 5.0.0).
T3C EEPROM and SRAM added; Code to update eeprom/sram fixed.
fl_empty and rx_fifo_ovfl counters can be observed via sysctl.
Two new cxgbtool commands to get uP logic analyzer info and uP IOQs
Synced up with Chelsio's "common code" (as of 03/03/09)
Submitted by: Navdeep Parhar at Chelsio
Reviewed by: gnn
MFC after: 2 weeks
the PORTEN and MEMEN bits in the command register than to zero the
bars.
Use pci_write_ivar directly instead of a one-line wrapper that adds no
value.
Track verbosity changes in pci.
Remove a stray blank line.
After I imported libteken into the source tree, I noticed syscons didn't
store the cursor position inside the terminal emulator, but inside the
virtual terminal stat. This is not very useful, because when you
implement more complex forms of line wrapping, you need to keep track of
more state than just the cursor position.
Because the kernel messages didn't share the same terminal emulator as
ttyv0, this caused a lot of strange things, like kernel messages being
misplaced and a missing notification to resize the terminal emulator for
kernel messages never to be resized when using vidcontrol.
This patch just removes kernel_console_ts and adds a special parameter
to te_puts to determine whether messages should be printed using regular
colors or the ones for kernel messages.
Reported by: ache
Tested by: nyan, garga (older version)
We should just leave the underlying TTY objects alone when scrolling
around in KDB. It should be handled by Syscons exclusively.
Reported by: pluknet gmail com
get default next page configuration. While I'm here explicitly set
IP1000PHY_ANAR_CSMA bit. This bit is read-only and always set
by hardware so setting it has no effect but it would clear the
intention. With this change controllers that couldn't establish
1000baseT link should work.
PR: kern/130846
mapping. The tunable is OFF for all controllers except RTL8169SC
family. RTL8169SC seems to require more magic to use memory
register mapping. r187483 added a fix for RTL8169SCe controller but
it does not looke like fix other variants of RTL8169SC.
Tested by: Gavin Stone-Tolcher g.stone-tolcher <> its dot uq dot edu dot au
o correct dBm<->mW conversion logic
o set net80211 TXPMGT capability only if driver reports it is capable
PR: kern/132342
Submitted by: "Paul B. Mahol" <onemda@gmail.com>
Fix bugs and improve HID parsing.
- fix possible memory leak found
- fix possible NULL pointer access
- fix possible invalid memory read
- parsing improvements
- reset item data position when a new report ID is detected.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Tested on an HD3850 (RV670) on loan from Warren Block.
Currently, you need one of the following for this to be useful:
x11-drivers/xf86-video-radeonhd-devel (not tested)
xf86-video-ati from git (EXA works, xv is too fast)
xf86-video-radeonhd from git (EXA works, xv works)
There is no 3d support available from dri just yet.
MFC after: 2 weeks
o add Transaction Translator support (still missing ISOC xfers)
o add EHCI_SCFLG_BIGEMMIO flag to force big-endian byte-select to be
set in USBMODE
o split reset work into new public routine ehci_reset so bus shim drivers
can force big-endian byte-select before ehci_init
o enable TT and big-endian MMIO
o force a reset before ehci_init to get byte-select setup
Also go back to using USB_EHCI_BIG_ENDIAN_DESC at compile time to enable the
byteswapping and reduce diffs to the original commits.
This fixes the new USB stack on the Cambria board.
o implement URB_FUNCTION_ABORT_PIPE handling.
o remove unused code related with canceling the timer list for USB
drivers.
o whitespace cleanup and style(9)
Obtained from: hps's original patch
entry is a specific entry to override the generic NetMos entry so that
puc(4) will leave this device alone and let uart(4) claim it.
Submitted by: Navdeep Parhar nparhar @ gmail
Reviewed by: marcel
MFC after: 1 week
when determining the size of a BAR by writing all 1's to the BAR and
reading back the result, always operate on the full 64-bit size.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 month
flag when calling bus_alloc_resource() to allocate resources from a parent
PCI bridge. For PCI-PCI bridges this asks the bridge to satisfy the
request using the prefetchable memory range rather than the normal
memory range.
Reviewed by: imp
Reported by: scottl
MFC after: 1 week
BAR could be allocated twice by different children of a vgapci0 device.
To fix this, change the vgapci0 device to track references on its associated
resources so that they are only allocated once from the parent PCI bus and
released when no children are using them. Previously this leaked a small
amount of KVA on at least some architectures.
We now explicitly enable INTx during bus_setup_intr() if it is needed.
Several of the ata drivers were managing this bit internally. This is
better handled in pci and it should work for all drivers now.
We also mask INTx during bus_teardown_intr() by setting this bit.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 3 days
- Added missing firmware for 5709 A1 controllers.
- Changed some debug statistic variable names to be more consistent.
Submitted by: davidch
MFC after: Two weeks
A while back, Warner changed the PCI bus code to reserve resources when
enumerating devices and simply give devices the previously allocated
resources when they call bus_alloc_resource(). This ensures that address
ranges being decoded by a BAR are always allocated in the nexus0 device
(or whatever device the PCI bus gets its address space from) even if a
device driver is not attached to the device. This patch extends this
behavior further:
- To let the PCI bus distinguish between a resource being allocated by
a device driver vs. merely being allocated by the bus, use
rman_set_device() to assign the device to the bus when it is owned
by the bus and to the child device when it is allocated by the child
device's driver. We can now prevent a device driver from allocating
the same device twice. Doing so could result in odd things like
allocating duplicate virtual memory to map the resource on some
archs and leaking the original mapping.
- When a PCI device driver releases a resource, don't pass the request
all the way up the tree and release it in the nexus (or similar device)
since the BAR is still active and decoding. Otherwise, another device
could later allocate the same range even though it is still in use.
Instead, deactivate the resource and assign it back to the PCI bus
using rman_set_device().
- pci_delete_resource() will actually completely free a BAR including
attemping to disable it.
- Disable BAR decoding via the command register when sizing a BAR in
pci_alloc_map() which is used to allocate resources for a BAR when
the BIOS/firmware did not assign a usable resource range during boot.
This mirrors an earlier fix to pci_add_map() which is used when to
size BARs during boot.
- Move the activation of I/O decoding in the PCI command register into
pci_activate_resource() instead of doing it in pci_alloc_resource().
Previously we could actually enable decoding before a BAR was
initialized via pci_alloc_map().
Glanced at by: bsdimp
This addresses interrupt storms that were noticed after enabling MSI
in drm. I think this is due to a loose interpretation of the PCI 2.3
spec, which states that a function using MSI is prohibitted from using
INTx. It appears that some vendors interpretted that to mean that they
should handle it in hardware, while others felt it was the drivers
responsibility.
This fix will also likely resolve interrupt storm related issues with
devices other than drm.
Reviewed by: jhb@
MFC after: 3 days
name i2c-address instead of reg. Change the OFW I2C probe to check both
locations for the address.
Submitted by: Marco Trillo
Reported by: Justin Hibbits
ready status. Most of controllers managed to issue coommand and set BUSY
bit almost simultaneously, before we will read it, but at least JMicron JMB363
don't. Ignore timeout errors to keep old behavior when error there was
impossible.
For me this fixes timeout errors on the first command after channel attach
or reinit. Boot in my case is not affected, as there is much time passing
between reset and next command giving reset time to complete.
done in other places. Until we have no support for command queueing we have
no any benefit from FBS, while enabling it only here somehow leads to
"port not ready" errors on Intel 63XXESB2 controller.
Tested by: Larry Rosenman <ler AT lerctr.org>
and partially r188903. Revert breaks new drives detection on reinit to the
state as it was before me, but fixes series of new bugs reported by some
people.
Unconditional queueing of ata_completed() calls can lead to deadlock if
due to timeout ata_reinit() was called at the same thread by previous
ata_completed(). Calling of ata_identify() on ata_reinit() in current
implementation opens numerous races and deadlocks.
Problems I was touching here are still exist and should be addresed, but
probably in different way.
drivers' probe routines. It allows not to sleep and so not drop Giant inside
ata_identify() critical section and so avoid crash if it reentered on
request timeout. Reentering of probe call checked inside of it.
Give device own knowledge about it's type (ata/atapi/atapicam). It is not
a good idea to ask channel status for device type inside ata_getparam().
Add softc memory deallocation on device destruction.
at irq install/uninstall time, but when we vt switch, we uninstall the
irq handler. When the irq handler is reinstalled, the modeset ioctl
happens first. The modeset ioctl is supposed to tell us that we can
disable vblank interrupts if there are no active consumers. This will
fail after a vt switch until another modeset ioctl is called via dpms
or xrandr. Leading to cases where either interrupts are on and can't
be disabled, or worse, no interrupts at all.
MFC after: 2 weeks
the devfs clone handler to open the (invisible) devices on the fly.
The /dev entries are layed out as follows,
/dev/usbctl = master device
/dev/usb/0.1.0.5 = usb device, (<bus>.<dev>.<iface>.<endpoint>)
/dev/ugen0.1 -> usb/0.1.0.0 = ugen link to ctrl endpoint
This also removes the custom permissions model from USB. Bump
__FreeBSD_version to 800066.
Submitted by: rink (earlier version)
net/route.h.
Remove the hidden include of opt_route.h and net/route.h from net/vnet.h.
We need to make sure that both opt_route.h and net/route.h are included
before net/vnet.h because of the way MRT figures out the number of FIBs
from the kernel option. If we do not, we end up with the default number
of 1 when including net/vnet.h and array sizes are wrong.
This does not change the list of files which depend on opt_route.h
but we can identify them now more easily.
kernel dumping case.
ata_completed() may initiate ata_reinit() on error, that may lead to drives
attach or detach. Attach and detach are sending requests to drives and sleep
waiting for results. But ata_finish() can be called directly from
interrupt handler where sleeping is prohibited, so we must break this chain
somewhere. This place seems to fit best.
Disable MSI for nVidia MCP51 controller. Enabling MSI there leads to
unexpected errors and timeouts, that should not happen even if interrupts
are not working completely.
required to make 3CR990 familiy controllers run on NV flash
firmware version 03.001.008.
The latest firmware added HMAC digest information so teach txp(4)
to pass them to sleep image before downloading is started.
While I'm here restore previous IMR/IER register if firmware
downloading have failed.
PR: kern/89876, kern/132047
- We don't need to exit the Giant mutex when sleeping. This is done
automatically. Replace Giant by NULL mutex for all control requests in the
enumeration path.
- Optimise away duplicate alternate interface selection requests in USB Host
mode.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Improvements to "usb2_transfer_setup()" and "usb2_transfer_unsetup()". Set
"ppxfer[n]" when the transfer setup is complete to prevent races. Remove
redundant NULL-checks from "usb2_transfer_unsetup()".
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- The software computed HID size is not always correct, because the algoritm
does not handle unsorted HID descriptors.
- Change the way we obtain the report ID.
- Use the X/Y/Z+button locations instead for report ID source for ums.
- Add more range checks.
- Remove Microsoft Mouse quirks. If the positions are moduloed the report
length multiplied by 8, the values seem correct.
- Some minor style changes.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
o add ah_configPCIE and ah_disablePCIE for drivers to configure PCIE
power save operation (modeled after ath9k, may need changes)
o add private state flag to indicate if device is PCIE (replaces private
hack in 5212 code)
o add serdes programming ini bits for 5416 and later parts and setup
for each part (5416 and 9160 logic hand-crafted from existing routines);
5212 remains open-coded but is now hooked in via ah_configPCIE
o add PCIE workaround gunk
o add ar5416AttachPCIE for iodomatic code used by 5416 and later parts
o add output mux support
o gpio pin count is chip-dependent
o 9280 and 9285 do input handling different
o hookup gpio interrupts
o no need to save/restore soft led state around reset
register instead of AAC_RX_FWSTATUS, as that is the way it's done in
Adaptec's vendor driver and in the Linux drivers. (The same applies
to aac_rkt_get_fwstatus as well.)
However, a concern has been raised about the compatibility of this
change and old hardware / firmware versions. In the absense of
specific information, revert to the original behaviour if the firmware
does not support the "New comm." interface. Users of old cards or
firmware haven't reported the problems that are potentially solved by
switching to OMR0.
- protect againtst recursions,
- add new devices detection using ata_identify().
Improve ata_identify():
- do not add duplicate device if device already exist.
Rework SATA hot-plug events handling. Instead of unsafe duplicate
implementation use common ata_reinit() to handle all state changes.
All together this gives quite stable and robust cold- and hot-plug operation,
invariant to false, lost and duplicate events.
[1] Add the support for the NARK controller which seems a variant of
the i960Rx.
[2] Split up memory regions and other resources in 2 different parts
as long as NARK uses them separately (it is not clear to me
why though as long as there are no more informations available
on this controller). Please note that in all the other cases,
the regions overlaps leaving the default behaviour for all the
other controllers.
[3] Implement a clock daemon responsible for maintain updated the
wall clock time of the controller (run any 30 minutes)*.
Submitted by: Adaptec (driver build 15317 [1, 2] and 15727 [3])
Reviewed by: emaste
Tested by: emaste
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
* Please note that originally, in the Adaptec driver, the clock daemon
is not implemented with callouts as in our in-tree driver.
ATA specification declares minimal reset time of 5us. SATA keeps it, but
requires devices to handle commands transmitted even one by one without
any gap.
as ATA RAID, but generic ATAPCI driver unable to detect drives there. AHCI
driver reported to handle them fine. Linux does the same.
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov on stable@
This fixes the low "max device openings" count that has lead to poor
performance in FreeBSD 7.0 and 7.1.
Extra thanks goes to Mike Tancsa at Sentex for providing a debug system for
this.
This is triggered only if BIOS configures ACPI_BITREG_BUS_MASTER_RLD
aka BRLD_EN_BM to 1.
Rationale:
1. we do not support C3 on PIIX4E
2. bus master activity need not break out of C2 state
3. because of CPU_QUIRK_NO_BM_CTRL quirk we may reset bus master
status which would result in immediate break out from C2
So if you have seen
cpu0: too many short sleeps, backing off to C1
with this chipset before you may want to try cx_lowest of C2 again.
Reviewed by: rpaulo (mentor), njl
Approved by: rpaulo (mentor)
ata_detach() to implement IOCATAATTACH/IOCATADETACH ioctls.
This will permit channel drivers to properly shutdown port hardware on channel
detach and init it on attach.
o mark phy type to indicate 1/2 or 1/4-rate operation
o use phy type instead of channel attributes to identify 1/2 and 1/4-rate
operation
o general cleanup of code including move phy constants to ah_internal.h
Eventually this code should go away and we should use the net0211 equivalents.
the old TTY implementation; however, take a cut at stripping its
optional Giant-protected code paths enabled using debug.cx.mpsafenet,
which will no longer work once IFF_NEEDSGIANT is removed.
join allocate() and dmainit() atapci subdriver's channel initialization
methods into single ch_attach() method.
As opposite to ch_attach() add new ch_detach() method to deallocate/disable
channel.
it instead of overloading sbp_show_sdev_info().
replace calls to printf with calls to device_printf and cleanup debug
messages
Remove a bit of dead, commented out code.
Reviewed by: scottl(mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Update to firmware 1.4.39 for dual-chip NIC (10G-PCIE2-xxx)
support, and SFP+ i2c support
- Identify newer "B" NICs (10G-PCIEx-8B-x) correctly, rather than
mis-identifying them as "A" NICs (cosmetic only)
- Identify the IFM_10G_LRM ifmedia type, where applicable.
- Identify ifmedia types for SFP+ based NICs
- Update copyright
Sponsored by: Myricom
MFC after: 1 week
Deprecate unused phy_delay Self ID field as it was removed
by 1394a-2000.
Attempt to parse extended Self ID PHY packets if they are detected
Reviewed by: scottl (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
interesting conditional printf's into single device_printf's
Change a couple of variable names so that I don't have to trace what they
acutally do anymore.
Enable the display of the Self ID PHY packet if firewire_debug > 0
Reviewed by: scottl(mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
Prior to this fix, IEVENT register was always cleared before calling
tsec_error_intr_locked(), which prevented error recovery actions from
happening with polling enabled (and could lead to serious problems, including
controller hang).
Submitted by: Marcin Ligenza marcinl ! pacomp dot com dot pl
- interrupt coalescing
- polling
- jumbo frames
- multicast
- VLAN tagging
The enhanced version of the chip (eTSEC) can also take advantage of:
- TCP/IP checksum calculation h/w offloading
Obtained from: Freescale, Semihalf
If speed of link between two devices is slower than the reported max
speed of both endpoints, the current driver will fail and be unable to
negotiate.
Summary:
Test negotiated speed by reading the CSRROM into a dummy variable.
If that read fails, decrement our speed and retry. If all else fails,
go to lowest speed possible(0).
Report speed to the user.
Add display of the Bus Info Block when debug.firewire_debug > 1
Support the Bus Info Block(1394a-2000) method of speed detection.
I also should note that I am moving "hold_count" to 0 for future
releases.
This variable determines how many bus resets to "hold" a removed
firewire device before deletion. I don't feel this is useful and will
probably drop support for this sysctl in the future.
Reviewed by: scottl(mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
almost once. After we've configured the devices that were present the
first time through, then we know that we're done. If the device has
other devices that are deferred, then it must do a similar dance.
This catches both PC Cards and CardBus cards.
to not allocate them after the recent ata channels enumeration changes.
It allows to save some resources, not bother user with unexisting hardware
and not check unimplemented ports status on every interrupt.
Works fine with AHCI and theoretically other MSI capable devices.
At this moment support disabled by default. To enable it, set
"hint.atapci.X.msi=1" device hint.
Add two new functions to the libusb20 API and required kernel ioctls.
- libusb20_dev_get_iface_desc
- libusb20_dev_get_info
New command to usbconfig, "show_ifdrv", which will print out the kernel driver
attached to the given USB device aswell.
See "man libusb20" for a detailed description.
Some minor style corrections long-line wrapping.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- specification claims that 1 second is just a maximum controller reset time;
implement controller reset properly to save almost 1 second of boot, and
about half second of resume time;
- enable channel interrupts only after channel status reset to fix duplicate
device creation on resume due to unwanted device connection event;
- as described in specification, wait for disk ready status after channel
power-up; it is not so important when disk already touched by BIOS, but
solves device not ready problems on resume and probably some other cases.
- uncomment channel stop/start on soft-reset as it is declared mandatory by
specification; it was commented due to some random drive detection problems
on VIA and JMicron controllers, but I hope it is fixed by previous point.
Move channel softc initialization from ata_XXX_probe() to ata_XXX_attach().
Instead of calculating ata channel number as position in child device list,
pass it's real number directly from controller probe routine using ivars.
It is simpler and IMHO more correct.
Giving a charactere device execute permissions doesn't have any use.
Right now there isn't a single device node in /dev that has it, except
the USB2 device node, so remove it.
Approved by: hps, thompsa
longer do we require SCTP to be in the kernel for the
lib to be able to handle SCTP. We do this by moving
the CRC32c checksum into libkern/crc32.c and then adjusting
all routines to use the common methods. Note that this
will improve the performance of iSCSI since they were
using the old single 256 bit table lookup versus the
slicing 8 algorithm (which gives a 4x speed up in
CRC32c calculation :-D)
Reviewed by:rwatson, gnn, scottl, paolo
MFC after: 4 week? (assuming we MFC the alias_sctp changes)
fails to attach (possibly due to disable hints) then we get called back for
unload. Correctly handle the case where the keyboard isnt found rather than
calling panic.
- Make usb2_transfer_pending() part of the USB core header file.
- Make usb2_transfer_pending() NULL safe.
- Make sure that USB process functions return if the process has been drained.
- Remove two unused functions.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
name) (not sure whether this works correctly, but should be close).
Fix the stub attach phase for some Novatel cards. They expect the CSW
(repsonse to CBW, SCSI eject command) to be fetched before switching to
modem mode.
MFC after: 2 weeks
guaranteed to initialize its two last arguments. Therefore, there is a
warning in the subsequent caller ar5416FillVpdTable(), which doesn't
initialize those arguments.
Change getLowerUpperIndex() to assign values to indexL and indexR even
in the case of assertion failure.
Submitted by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
in 'sc_state'. This allows the lpt_release_ppbus() calls in those two
routines to actually release the ppbus and thus fixes the hangs noticed
with the lpt(4) driver since the recent ppbus changes. The old lpt(4)
driver didn't actually check the HAVEBUS flag in lpt_release_ppbus() which
is why these bugs weren't noticed before.
use patches so far:
+ Envy24:
- fix: broken init data for M Audio Delta DiO 2496
- add: support for M Audio Delta 44
- add: support for M Audio Delta 1010LT
Tested by: Dominique Goncalves, dominique.goncalves at gmail.com
- add: support for Terratec EWX 2496
Tested by: Stefan Sperling, stsp at stsp.name
- add: support for M Audio Delta 66
Tested by: Richard Bown, richard.bown at blueyonder.co.uk
- add: support for M Audio Delta 1010
Tested by: Andrew Reilly, areilly at bigpond.net.au
+ Envy24HT:
- add: support for Terrasoniq TS22PCI
- fix: M-Audio Revolution 5.1 sound volume is very low
Reported by: Oliver Hartmann, ohartman at zedat.fu-berlin.de
Andrey Slusar, anrays at gmail.com
Tested by: Andrey Slusar, anrays at gmail.com
Rusu Silviu, arol.the at gmail.com
- fix: M-Audio Revolution 7.1 sound is distorted and very quiet
Reported by: Olev Hannula, hannula at gmail.com
Tested by: Olev Hannula, hannula at gmail.com
Stanislav Belansky, stanislav at icmail.ru
- fix: Terratec PHASE 22 codec is power-off due to wrong init data
Reported by: Philipp Ost, pj at smo.de
Tested by: Philipp Ost, pj at smo.de
+ SpicDS:
- fix: AK4381 produce hiss sound on 192kHz sample rate
- fix: stupid bug with volume control for AK4396
Submitted by: Konstantin Dimitrov <kosio.dimitrov@gmail.com>
MFp4 //depot/projects/usb; 157412
Sync from svn.freebsd.org/base/user/thompsa/usb which is a minimal changeset
from oldUSB (no config_td).
This excludes the taskqueue changes (for the moment) as requested.
Sync from svn.freebsd.org/base/user/thompsa/usb which is a minimal changeset
from oldUSB (no config_td).
This excludes the taskqueue changes (for the moment) as requested.
- Change "usb2_pause_mtx" so that it takes the timeout value in ticks
- Make sure that attach waits for the generic probe to leave room for firware
loader drivers and device specific USB Audio drivers like USB phone adapters
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- USB serial drivers cleanup, factor out code
- Simplify line state programming
- Integrate uslcom from old USB stack
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
1. Move most of the ifnet logic into the usb2_ethernet module, this includes,
- make all usb ethernet interfaces named ue%d
- handle all threading in usb2_ethernet
- provide default ioctl handler
- handle mbuf rx
- provide locked callbacks for init,start,stop,etc
2. Cleanup CDC-Ethernet driver.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Obtained from: svn.freebsd.org/base/user/thompsa/usb [1]
- Change "usb2_pause_mtx" so that it takes the timeout value in ticks
- Factor out USB ethernet and USB serial driver specific control request.
- USB process naming cleanup.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
- Change "usb2_pause_mtx" so that it takes the timeout value in ticks
- USB controller: EHCI High Speed Interrupt endpoint fix.
- Fix OHCI and EHCI counting bug when multiple TD's are involved in
a short USB transfer and a short packet happens on the non-last TD in the
USB transfer frame.
- USB process naming cleanup.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
controllers that lose Tx completion interrupts under certain
conditions. With this change it's safe to use MSI on PCIe
controllers so enable MSI on these controllers.
offset. This is needed for the ehci hardware buffer rings that assume
this behavior.
This is an interim solution, and a more general one is being worked
on. This solution doesn't break anything that doesn't ask for it
directly. The mbuf and uio variants with this flag likely don't work
and haven't been tested.
Universe builds with these changes. I don't have a huge-memory
machine to test these changes with, but will be happy to work with
folks that do and hps if this changes turns out not to be sufficient.
Submitted by: alfred@ from Hans Peter Selasky's original
solving a possible panic when snd_ai2s is loaded at boot time. Also change
the device setup to indicate to the pcm layer that the device is MPSAFE.
Submitted by: Marco Trillo
Suggestions by: Ariff Abdullah
- correct format strings
- fill opt_agp.h if AGP_DEBUG is defined
- bring AGP_DEBUG to LINT by mentioning it in NOTES
This should hopefully fix a warning that was...
Found by: Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID: 3676
Tested on: amd64, i386
o change tdma packet drop msg when ack required to ATH_DEBUG_TDMA
(ATH_DEBUG_XMIT is too noisy)
o add a debug msg for raw packet drop due to interface down/invalid
o add stats for these two cases
o explain how another drop case is handled
o add CFI_SUPPORT_STRATAFLASH compile option to enable support
o add new ioctls to get/set the factory and user/oem segments of the PR
and to get/set Protection Lock Register that fuses the user segment
o add #defines for bits in the status register
o update cfi_wait_ready to take an offset so it can be used to wait for
PR write completion and replace constants w/ symbolic names
Note: writing the user segment isn't correct; committing now to get review.
Sponsored by: Carlson Wireless
Reviewed by: imp, Chris Anderson
The TTY buffers used the standard <sys/queue.h> lists. Unfortunately
they have a big shortcoming. If you want to have a double linked list,
but no tail pointer, it's still not possible to obtain the previous
element in the list. Inside the buffers we don't need them. This is why
I switched to custom linked list macros. The macros will also keep track
of the amount of items in the list. Because it doesn't use a sentinel,
we can just initialize the queues with zero.
In its simplest form (the output queue), we will only keep two
references to blocks in the queue, namely the head of the list and the
last block in use. All free blocks are stored behind the last block in
use.
I noticed there was a very subtle bug in the previous code: in a very
uncommon corner case, it would uma_zfree() a block in the queue before
calling memcpy() to extract the data from the block.
for slave addressing by using left-adjusted slave addresses (i.e.
xxxxxxx0b).
- Require the low bit of the slave address to always be zero in smb(4) to
help catch broken applications.
- Adjust some code in the IPMI driver to not convert the slave address for
SSIF to a right-adjusted address. I (or possibly ambrisko@) added this in
the past to (unknowingly) work around the bug in ichsmb(4).
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg of icyb.net.ua> (1,2)
MFC after: 1 month
we, like TCP and UDP, move the checksum calculation
into the IP routines when there is no hardware support
we call into the normal SCTP checksum routine.
The next round of SCTP updates will use
this functionality. Of course the IGB driver needs
a few updates to support the new intel controller set
that actually does SCTP csum offload too.
Reviewed by: gnn, rwatson, kmacy
device. The details include the current value of the BAR (including all
the flag bits and the current base address), its length, and whether or not
it is enabled. Since this operation is not invasive, non-root users are
allowed to use it (unlike manual config register access which requires
root). The intention is that userland apps (such as Xorg) will use this
interface rather than dangerously frobbing the BARs from userland to
obtain this information.
- Add a new sub-mode to the 'list' mode of pciconf. The -b flag when used
with -l will now list all the active BARs for each device.
MFC after: 1 month
src/usr.bin/usbhidctl/usbhid.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_hid.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/input/uhid2.c
src/lib/libusbhid/Makefile
src/lib/libusbhid/descr.c
src/lib/libusbhid/descr_compat.c
src/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3
src/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.h
src/lib/libusbhid/usbvar.h
Patches to make libusbhid and HID userland utilities compatible with
the new USB stack. All HID ioctls should go through the libusbhid
library to ensure compatibility. I have found at least one piece of
software in /usr/ports which needs to get updated before USB HID
devices will work. This is the X joystick input driver.
Reported and tested by:
Daichi GOTO and Masanori OZAWA.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_process.c
Correct USB process names.
Reported by:
Andre Guibert de Bruet
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/uftdi2.c
Integrate changes from old USB stack.
Submitted by: hps
Move the interupt handler to a driver_intr_t type function as it was trying
to do way to much for a lightweight filter interrupt function.
Introduce much more locking around fc->mtx. Tested this for lock reversals
and other such lockups. Locking seems to be working better, but there
is much more to do with regard to locking. The most significant lock is
in the BUS RESET handler. It was possible, before this checkin, to set
a bus reset via "fwcontrol -r" and have the BUS RESET handler fire before
the code responsible for asserting BUS RESET was complete. This locking
fixes that issue.
Move some of the memory allocations in the fc struct to the attach function
in firewire.c
Rework the businfo.generation indicator to be merely a on/off bit now.
It's purpose according to spec is to notify the bus that the config ROM
has changed. That's it.
Catch and squash a possible panic in SBP where in the SBP_LOCK was held
during a possible error case. The error handling code would definitely
panic as it would try to acquire the SBP_LOCK on entrance.
Catch and squash a camcontrol/device lockup when firewire drives go away.
When a firewire device was powered off or disconnected from the firewire
bus, a "camcontrol rescan all" would hang trying to poll removed devices
as they were not properly detached. Don't do that.
Approved by: scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
o remove HAL_CHANNEL; convert the hal to use net80211 channels; this
mostly involves mechanical changes to variable names and channel
attribute macros
o gut HAL_CHANNEL_PRIVATE as most of the contents are now redundant
with the net80211 channel available
o change api for ath_hal_init_channels: no more reglass id's, no more outdoor
indication (was a noop), anM contents
o add ath_hal_getchannels to have the hal construct a channel list without
altering runtime state; this is used to retrieve the calibration list for
the device in ath_getradiocaps
o add ath_hal_set_channels to take a channel list and regulatory data from
above and construct internal state to match (maps frequencies for 900MHz
cards, setup for CTL lookups, etc)
o compact the private channel table: we keep one private channel
per frequency instead of one per HAL_CHANNEL; this gives a big
space savings and potentially improves ani and calibration by
sharing state (to be seen; didn't see anything in testing); a new config
option AH_MAXCHAN controls the table size (default to 96 which
was chosen to be ~3x the largest expected size)
o shrink ani state and change to mirror private channel table (one entry per
frequency indexed by ic_devdata)
o move ani state flags to private channel state
o remove country codes; use net80211 definitions instead
o remove GSM regulatory support; it's no longer needed now that we
pass in channel lists from above
o consolidate ADHOC_NO_11A attribute with DISALLOW_ADHOC_11A
o simplify initial channel list construction based on the EEPROM contents;
we preserve country code support for now but may want to just fallback
to a WWR sku and dispatch the discovered country code up to user space
so the channel list can be constructed using the master regdomain tables
o defer to net80211 for max antenna gain
o eliminate sorting of internal channel table; now that we use ic_devdata
as an index, table lookups are O(1)
o remove internal copy of the country code; the public one is sufficient
o remove AH_SUPPORT_11D conditional compilation; we always support 11d
o remove ath_hal_ispublicsafetysku; not needed any more
o remove ath_hal_isgsmsku; no more GSM stuff
o move Conformance Test Limit (CTL) state from private channel to a lookup
using per-band pointers cached in the private state block
o remove regulatory class id support; was unused and belongs in net80211
o fix channel list construction to set IEEE80211_CHAN_NOADHOC,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NOHOSTAP, and IEEE80211_CHAN_4MSXMIT
o remove private channel flags CHANNEL_DFS and CHANNEL_4MS_LIMIT; these are
now set in the constructed net80211 channel
o store CHANNEL_NFCREQUIRED (Noise Floor Required) channel attribute in one
of the driver-private flag bits of the net80211 channel
o move 900MHz frequency mapping into the hal; the mapped frequency is stored
in the private channel and used throughout the hal (no more mapping in the
driver and/or net80211)
o remove ath_hal_mhz2ieee; it's no longer needed as net80211 does the
calculation and available in the net80211 channel
o change noise floor calibration logic to work with compacted private channel
table setup; this may require revisiting as we no longer can distinguish
channel attributes (e.g. 11b vs 11g vs turbo) but since the data is used
only to calculate status data we can live with it for now
o change ah_getChipPowerLimits internal method to operate on a single channel
instead of all channels in the private channel table
o add ath_hal_gethwchannel to map a net80211 channel to a h/w frequency
(always the same except for 900MHz channels)
o add HAL_EEBADREG and HAL_EEBADCC status codes to better identify regulatory
problems
o remove CTRY_DEBUG and CTRY_DEFAULT enum's; these come from net80211 now
o change ath_hal_getwirelessmodes to really return wireless modes supported
by the hardware (was previously applying regulatory constraints)
o return channel interference status with IEEE80211_CHANSTATE_CWINT (should
change to a callback so hal api's can take const pointers)
o remove some #define's no longer needed with the inclusion of
<net80211/_ieee80211.h>
Sponsored by: Carlson Wireless
Inside the kernel, the minor() function was responsible for obtaining
the device minor number of a character device. Because we made device
numbers dynamically allocated and independent of the unit number passed
to make_dev() a long time ago, it was actually a misnomer. If you really
want to obtain the device number, you should use dev2udev().
We already converted all the drivers to use dev2unit() to obtain the
device unit number, which is still used by a lot of drivers. I've
noticed not a single driver passes NULL to dev2unit(). Even if they
would, its behaviour would make little sense. This is why I've removed
the NULL check.
Ths commit removes minor(), minor2unit() and unit2minor() from the
kernel. Because there was a naming collision with uminor(), we can
rename umajor() and uminor() back to major() and minor(). This means
that the makedev(3) manual page also applies to kernel space code now.
I suspect umajor() and uminor() isn't used that often in external code,
but to make it easier for other parties to port their code, I've
increased __FreeBSD_version to 800062.
exceeded the maximum size of 1 page for OHCI controllers. Other serial
drivers use the same size, so I assume this should be enough (1MB/s
throughput?).
Make detach() completely synchronous. Properly handle stalled USB
transfers (use internal mechanism instead of submitting own control
transfers). Rename/remove a couple of variables and update comments.
This work was done in close collaboration with HPS.
Reviewed by: HPS
- To avoid having a bunch of locks that end up always getting acquired as
a group, give each ppc(4) device a mutex which it shares with all the
child devices including ppbus(4), lpt(4), plip(4), etc. This mutex
is then used for all the locking.
- Rework the interrupt handling stuff yet again. Now ppbus drivers setup
their interrupt handler during attach and tear it down during detach
like most other drivers. ppbus(4) only invokes the interrupt handler
of the device that currently owns the bus (if any) when an interrupt
occurs, however. Also, interrupt handlers in general now accept their
softc pointers as their argument rather than the device_t. Another
feature of the ppbus interrupt handlers is that they are called with
the parent ppc device's lock already held. This minimizes the number
of lock operations during an interrupt.
- Mark plip(4), lpt(4), pcfclock(4), ppi(4), vpo(4) MPSAFE.
- lpbb(4) uses the ppc lock instead of Giant.
- Other plip(4) changes:
- Add a mutex to protect the global tables in plip(4) and free them on
module unload.
- Add a detach routine.
- Split out the init/stop code from the ioctl routine into separate
functions.
- Other lpt(4) changes:
- Use device_printf().
- Use a dedicated callout for the lptout timer.
- Allocate the I/O buffers at attach and detach rather than during
open and close as this simplifies the locking at the cost of
1024+32 bytes when the driver is attached.
- Other ppi(4) changes:
- Use an sx lock to serialize open and close.
- Remove unused HADBUS flag.
- Add a detach routine.
- Use a malloc'd buffer for each read and write to avoid races with
concurrent read/write.
- Other pps(4) changes:
- Use a callout rather than a callout handle with timeout().
- Conform to the new ppbus requirements (regular mutex, non-filter
interrupt handler). pps(4) is probably going to have to become a
standalone driver that doesn't use ppbus(4) to satisfy it's
requirements for low latency as a result.
- Use an sx lock to serialize open and close.
- Other vpo(4) changes:
- Use the parent ppc device's lock to create the CAM sim instead of
Giant.
- Other ppc(4) changes:
- Fix ppc_isa's detach method to detach instead of calling attach.
Tested by: no one :-(
Some time ago I tried adding Unicode rendering to the teken demo
application, but I didn't get it working. It seems I forgot to call
setlocale(). Polish this code and make sure it doesn't get lost.
Also a small fix for my previous commit: all Unicode characters in
teken_boxdrawing are below 0x10000, so store them as 16-bit values.
- Always program RX configuration register from scratch instead of
doing read/modify/write.
- Rename re_setmulti() to re_set_rxmode() to be reflect reality.
- Simplify hash filter logic a little while I am here.
Reviewed by: yongari (early version)
Even though VT100-like devices can display non-ASCII characters, they do
not use an 8-bit character set. Special escape sequences allow the VT100
to switch character maps. The special graphics character set stores the
box drawing characters, starting at 0x60, ending at 0x7e. This means
we now pass the character map tests in vttest, even the save/restore
cursor test, combined with character maps. dialog(1) also works a lot
better now.
This commit also includes some other minor fixes:
- Default to 24 lines in teken_demo when using xterm emulation.
- Make white foreground and background work in teken_demo.
Cons25 doesn't seem to use a straight 1:1 mapping to the ANSI colors,
but uses the same color numbers as at least used by syscons on i386. I
suspect if you change the definitions on a different architecture,
things may break? Not sure.
Add a small array to convert syscons-style color codes to ANSI
equivalents, which are used by libteken internally. I didn't notice this
bug, because I only tested my code with black, white and green, all of
them shared the same numbers.
It turns out I forgot to implement two escape sequences that allows the
user to change the default foreground and background colors. I thought
they were implemented by syscons itself, but vidcontrol just generates
some escape sequences, which get interpreted by the terminal emulator.
Reported by: mgp (forums)
The teken library already supports UTF-8 handling and xterm emulation,
but we have reasons to disable this right now. Because we should make it
easy and interesting for people to experiment with these features, allow
them to be set in kernel configuration files.
Before this commit we had a flag called `TEKEN_CONS25' to enable
cons25-style emulation. I'm calling it the opposite now, `TEKEN_XTERM',
because we want to enable it in kernel configuration files explicitly.
Requested by: kib
by writing all 1's to it to determine its length. This fixes issues with
MCFG on at least some machines where a trashed BAR claimed subsequent
attempts at PCI config transactions because the addresses in the MCFG
window fell in the decoding range of the BAR.
In general it is a bad idea to leave the BARs enabled while we are
frobbing with them in this manner.
Sleuthing by: tegge
MFC after: 1 week
The digi(4) driver directory contains some files that cannot be checked
out on Windows filesystems. This isn't a big deal, but the files aren't
used anyway.
There are still some other places where checkouts on Windows don't work,
such as VFS_MOUNT.9/vfs_mount.9. This should already be a small
improvement.
MFC after: 1 month
work when the bus attaches its own children. Instead of hardcoding a unit
number and returning BUS_PROBE_NOWILDCARD, which will break multiple iicbus
systems, check in the probe routine whether the device address is 0. Real
I2C devices will never have this address, but devices added with
BUS_ADD_CHILD() will.
Requested by: jhb
Reviewed by: jhb
heavy loads or working. It looks this bug exists since r158869
so needs to revert a part of the previous.
Reviewed by: imp
Tested by: sam
MFC after: 3 weeks
indicated I2C devices, and provides an ofw_bus interface for driver probing.
This should be MI, but is currently provided only on PowerPC due to lack of
sparc64 hardware with an I2C controller.
Discussed on: freebsd-arch
for jumbo frame.
o Nuke unneeded jlist lock which was used to protect jumbo buffer
management in local allocator.
o Added a new tunable hw.mskc.jumbo_disable to disable jumbo
frame support for the driver. The tunable could be set for
systems that do not need to use jumbo frames and it would
save (9K * number of Rx descriptors) bytes kernel memory.
o Jumbo buffer allocation failure is no longer critical error
for the operation of msk(4). If msk(4) encounter the allocation
failure it just disables jumbo frame support and continues to
work without your intervention.
Using local allocator had several drawbacks such as requirement of
large amount of continuous kernel memory and fixed (small) number
of available buffers. The need for large continuous memory resulted
in failure of loading driver with kldload on running systems.
Also small number of buffer used in local allocator showed poor
performance for some applications.
Add missing set frame data pointer call. The
function call was missed when zero copy was
introduced in UMASS.
Reported by: WATANABE Kazuhiro.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Remove dependancy towards the USB config thread in
the USB serial core. Use USB process msignalling
instead. Saves a little memory and hopefully makes
the code more understandable.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Remove "vbus_interrupt" method from bus methods and use
a global function instead for the various drivers using it.
The reason for the removal is to simplify the code.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Reduce the number of callback processes to 4 per
USB controller. There are two rough categories:
1) Giant locked USB transfers.
2) Non-Giant locked USB transfers.
On a real system with many USB devices plugged in the
number of processes reported by "ps auxw | grep USBPROC"
was reduced from 40 to 18.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
This change is about removing three fields from "struct usb2_xfer"
which can be reached from "struct usb2_xfer_root" instead and cleaning
up the code after this change. The fields are "xfer->udev",
"xfer->xfer_mtx" and "xfer->usb2_sc". In this process the following
changes were also made:
Rename "usb2_root" to "xroot" which is short for "xfer root".
Rename "priv_mtx" to "xfer_mtx" in USB core.
The USB_XFER_LOCK and USB_XFER_UNLOCK macros should only be used in
the USB core due to dependency towards "xroot". Substitute macros
for the real lock in two USB device drivers.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Factor out roothub process into the USB bus structure for
all USB controller drivers. Essentially I am trying to
save some processes on the root HUB and get away
from the config thread pradigm. There will be a follow up
commit where the root HUB control and interrupt callback
will be moved over to run from the roothub process.
Total win: 3 processes become 1 for every USB controller.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Usability improvement. Make sure that setting
power mode ON resurrects the device if powered OFF.
Reported by: Alexander Best.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
Initial version of ATMEGA USB device controller
driver. Has not been tested on real hardware yet.
The driver is based upon the AT91DCI driver.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
down will cause a fault. Check the phy power state before possibly
reading from the bb, this can happen as ar5212Reset intentionally
calls ar5212GetRfgain before bringing the bb out of reset (but we
do it here and not in the caller to guard against other possible uses).
expected in acd_fixate().
This should fix various problems folks are having with 'burncd' reporting
"burncd: ioctl(CDRIOCFIXATE): Input/output error" during the fixate phase
when "fixate" is issued together with the "data" command.
PR: 95979
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh@saunalahti.fi>
created by atapicam is being kept opened or mounted. This is probably just
a temporary solution until we invent something better.
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reported by: Jaakko Heinonen
o add net80211 support for a tdma vap that is built on top of the
existing adhoc-demo support
o add tdma scheduling of frame transmission to the ath driver; it's
conceivable other devices might be capable of this too in which case
they can make use of the 802.11 protocol additions etc.
o add minor bits to user tools that need to know: ifconfig to setup and
configure, new statistics in athstats, and new debug mask bits
While the architecture can support >2 slots in a TDMA BSS the current
design is intended (and tested) for only 2 slots.
Sponsored by: Intel
1.Sync TD on close to ensure USB request in close callback issued.
2.Add sysctls to indicate device role.
3.Enable handsfree port support.
Now modem port and obex port works well.
Handsfree port works but not with good response.
specifically SPI controllers now also work in big-endian
machines and some conversions relevant for FC and SAS
controllers as well as support for ILP32 machines which all
were omitted in previous attempts are now also implemented.
The IOCTL-interface is intentionally left (and where needed
actually changed) to be completely little-endian as otherwise
we would have to add conversion code for every possible
configuration page to mpt(4), which didn't seem the right
thing to do, neither did converting only half of the user-
interface to the native byte order.
This change was tested on amd64 (SAS+SPI), i386 (SAS) and
sparc64 (SAS+SPI). Due to lack of the necessary hardware
the target mode code is still left to be made endian-clean.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 month
functions and stop attaching of dcons(4) and dcons_crom(4) if
they indicate failure. This fixes a panic seen on sparc64 machines
with no free physical memory in the requested 32-bit region but
still doesn't make dcons(4)/dcons_crom(4) these work. I think
the latter can be fixed by simply specifying ~0UL as the upper
limit for contigmalloc(9) and letting the bounce pages and the
IOMMU respectively handle limitations of the DMA engine. I didn't
want to change that without the consensus of simokawa@ though,
who unfortunately didn't reply so far.
MFC after: 1 week
module. These files cause manual interaction when building
ports/audio/aureal-kmod which provides a usable i386-only driver (it requires
linking against some linux object files distributed by vendor which bankrupted
back in 2000).
MFC after: 1 week
subclasses as are available with PCI. Changes I2C device drivers without
real probe logic to return BUS_PROBE_NOWILDWARD to avoid interference with
firmware bus enumeration, and reduces the probe priority of the iicbus
base driver to allow subclass attachment at higher priority.
Discussed on: freebsd-arch
would fail to attach due to unsupported USB revision. It should have
no effect when running on a real hardware.
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
- Implement NP (ASCII 12, Form Feed). When used with cons25, it should
clear the screen and place the cursor at the top of the screen. When
used with xterm, it should just simulate a newline.
- When we want to use xterm emulation, make teken_demo set TERM to
xterm.
Spotted by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda@gmail.com>
driver since it couldn't have worked with NEWCARD w/o these fixes.
This should allow selecting 16-bit memory width as well (which was
what was broken).
Because we now have cons25-style linewrapping, we must also use cons25-
style reverse linewrapping. This means that a ^H on column 0 will move
the cursor one line up.
Also fix a small regression: if the user invokes a RIS (Reset to Initial
State), we must show the cursor again.
Spotted by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda gmail com>
With cons25, there are printable characters below 0x1B. This is not the
case with ASCII, UTF-8, etc. but in this case we just have to.
Also don't set LC_CTYPE to UTF-8 when libteken is compiled without UTF-8
in the demo-application.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20_desc.c
Make "libusb20_desc_foreach()" more readable.
src/sys/dev/usb2/controller/*.[ch]
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/*.[ch]
Implement support for USB power save for all HC's.
Implement support for Big-endian EHCI.
Move Huawei quirks back into "u3g" driver.
Improve device enumeration.
src/sys/dev/usb2/ethernet/*[ch]
Patches for supporting new AXE Gigabit chipset.
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/*[ch]
Fix IOCTL return code.
src/sys/dev/usb2/wlan/*[ch]
Sync with old USB stack.
Submitted by: hps
It turns out I was looking too much at mimicing xterm, that I didn't
take the differences of cons25 into account. There are some differences
between xterm and cons25 that are important. Create a new #define called
TEKEN_CONS25 that can be toggled to switch between cons25 and xterm
mode.
- Don't forget to redraw the cursor after processing a forward/backward
tabulation.
- Implement cons25-style (WYSE?) autowrapping. This form of autowrapping
isn't that nice. It wraps the cursor when printing something on column
80. xterm wraps when printing the first character that doesn't fit.
- In cons25, a \t shouldn't overwrite previous contents, while xterm
does.
Reported by: Garrett Cooper <yanefbsd gmail com>
cells in the map, instead of using a value passed to it and then panicing if it
disagrees. This fixes interrupt map parsing for PCI bridges on some Apple
Uninorth PCI controllers.
Reported by: marcel
Tested on: G4 iBook, Sun Ultra 5
The cursor is only inside the scrolling region when we are in origin
mode. In that case, it should use originreg instead of scrollreg. It is
completely valid to place the cursor outside the scrolling region.
Some time ago I started working on a library called libteken, which is
terminal emulator. It does not buffer any screen contents, but only
keeps terminal state, such as cursor position, attributes, etc. It
should implement all escape sequences that are implemented by the
cons25 terminal emulator, but also a fair amount of sequences that are
present in VT100 and xterm.
A lot of random notes, which could be of interest to users/developers:
- Even though I'm leaving the terminal type set to `cons25', users can
do experiments with placing `xterm-color' in /etc/ttys. Because we
only implement a subset of features of xterm, this may cause
artifacts. We should consider extending libteken, because in my
opinion xterm is the way to go. Some missing features:
- Keypad application mode (DECKPAM)
- Character sets (SCS)
- libteken is filled with a fair amount of assertions, but unfortunately
we cannot go into the debugger anymore if we fail them. I've done
development of this library almost entirely in userspace. In
sys/dev/syscons/teken there are two applications that can be helpful
when debugging the code:
- teken_demo: a terminal emulator that can be started from a regular
xterm that emulates a terminal using libteken. This application can
be very useful to debug any rendering issues.
- teken_stress: a stress testing application that emulates random
terminal output. libteken has literally survived multiple terabytes
of random input.
- libteken also includes support for UTF-8, but unfortunately our input
layer and font renderer don't support this. If users want to
experiment with UTF-8 support, they can enable `TEKEN_UTF8' in
teken.h. If you recompile your kernel or the teken_demo application,
you can hold some nice experiments.
- I've left PC98 the way it is right now. The PC98 platform has a custom
syscons renderer, which supports some form of localised input. Maybe
we should port PC98 to libteken by the time syscons supports UTF-8?
- I've removed the `dumb' terminal emulator. It has been broken for
years. It hasn't survived the `struct proc' -> `struct thread'
conversion.
- To prevent confusion among people that want to hack on libteken:
unlike syscons, the state machines that parse the escape sequences are
machine generated. This means that if you want to add new escape
sequences, you have to add an entry to the `sequences' file. This will
cause new entries to be added to `teken_state.h'.
- Any rendering artifacts that didn't occur prior to this commit are by
accident. They should be reported to me, so I can fix them.
Discussed on: current@, hackers@
Discussed with: philip (at 25C3)
Add support to uscanner.c for known-working devices
(the same should be done for uscanner2.c).
Waiting for 7.1 to be released before the merge.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Log:
- merge in latest xenbus from dfr's xenhvm
- fix race condition in xs_read_reply by converting tsleep to mtx_sleep
Log:
unmask evtchn in bind_{virq, ipi}_to_irq
Log:
- remove code for handling case of not being able to sleep
- eliminate tsleep - make sleeps atomic
Note, that the patch provided with this card for the Linux states that
the card uses DEFAULT_RCLK * 2, while in fact it is '* 10'. So probably
we should also use the subdevice/subvendord here. For now just ignore
that fact.
PR: kern/129665
Submitted by: bsam
Obtained from: united efforst with bsam
Now the NDISulator supports NDIS USB drivers that it've tested with
devices as follows:
- Anygate XM-142 (Conexant)
- Netgear WG111v2 (Realtek)
- U-Khan UW-2054u (Marvell)
- Shuttle XPC Accessory PN20 (Realtek)
- ipTIME G054U2 (Ralink)
- UNiCORN WL-54G (ZyDAS)
- ZyXEL G-200v2 (ZyDAS)
All of them succeeded to attach and worked though there are still some
problems that it's expected to be solved.
To use NDIS USB support, you should rebuild and install ndiscvt(8) and
if you encounter a problem to attach please set `hw.ndisusb.halt' to
0 then retry.
I expect no changes of the NDIS code for PCI, PCMCIA devices.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/ndisusb/...
Disable some unneeded pathes in overcomplicated input mixer to help parser
to handle the rest better. This gives mic input boost control in some
configurations and just more predictable operation in others.
Note that you need at least xf86-video-intel 2.4.3 for this to work.
The G4X doesn't put the GATT into the same area of stolen memory
as all the other chips and older versions of the driver didn't
handle that properly.
Tested by: ganbold
Approved by: kib
MFC after: 2 weeks
Note that there is no working backend (or at least
that is mentioned in the PR ticket) but the device
is now supported on our end.
PR: 117205
Submitted by: Artem Naluzhnyy <tut at nhamon dot com dot ua>
MFC after: 1 week
o add EHCI_SCFLG_BIGEMMIO flag to force big-endian byte-select to be
set in USBMODE
o split reset work into new public routine ehci_reset so bus shim drivers
can force big-endian byte-select before ehci_init
event from mii(4) may not be delivered if valid link was already
established. To address the issue, check current link state after
driving MII_TICK. This should fix a regression introduced in
r185753 on fast ethernet controllers.
Reported by: csjp, Bruce Cran < bruce <> cran DOT org DOT uk >
Tested by: csjp, Bruce Cran (initial version)
o add support to byte swap EHCI descriptor contents; the IXP435
has dual-EHCI controllers integral but descriptor contents are
in big-endian format; this support is configured with the
USB_EHCI_BIG_ENDIAN_DESC option and enabled with EHCI_SCFLG_BIGEDESC
o clean up EHCI USBMODE register setup during init; add #defines for
bit values
o split debug support out into a new file and enable use through ddb
o while here remove a bunch of lingering netbsd-isms
Reviewed by: imp
of OFW access semantics, in order to allow future support for real-mode
OF access and flattened device frees. OF client interface modules are
implemented using KOBJ, in a similar way to the PPC PMAP modules.
Because we need Open Firmware to be available before mutexes can be used on
sparc64, changes are also included to allow KOBJ to be used very early in
the boot process by only using the mutex once we know it has been initialized.
Reviewed by: marius, grehan
Intel 855 chips present the same pci id for both heads. This prevents
us from attaching to the dummy second head. All other chips that I
am aware of either only present a single pci id, or different ids
for each head so that we only match on the correct head.
Approved by: kib@
MFC after: 2 weeks
storage class. This check was lost. It is not important for the most cases,
but as it was reported on current@, it does important for sis driver and
surely inportant for AHCI driver. So restore it there.
Submitted by: Toshikazu ICHINOSEKI, Andrey V. Elsukov
Discussed on: current@
ati pci gart to use bus_dma to handle the allocations. This fixes
a garbled screen issue on at least some radeons (X1400 tested). It is
also likely that this is the correct fix for PR# 119324, though that
is not confirmed yet.
Reviewed by: jhb@ (mentor, prior version)
Approved by: kib@
MFC after: 2 weeks
payload length in TSO case. Leaving unused TBD also seem to cause
SCB timeouts under certain conditions when TSO/non-TSO traffics
are active at the same time.
had been the only flag with random usage patterns.
Switch inc_flags to be used as a real bit field by using
INC_ISIPV6 with bitops to check for the 'isipv6' condition.
While here fix a place or two where in case of v4 inc_flags
were not properly initialized before.[1]
Found by: rwatson during review [1]
Discussed with: rwatson
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 4 weeks
command whenever Tx completion interrupt is raised. The Tx poll
bit is cleared when all packets waiting to be transferred have been
processed. This means the second Tx poll command can be silently
ignored as the Tx poll bit could be still active while processing
of previous Tx poll command is in progress.
To address the issue re(4) used to invoke the Tx poll command in Tx
completion handler whenever it detects there are pending packets in
TxQ. However that still does not seem to completely eliminate
watchdog timeouts seen on RealTek PCIe controllers. To fix the
issue kick Tx poll command only after Tx completion interrupt is
raised as this would indicate Tx is now idle state such that it can
accept new Tx poll command again. While here apply this workaround
for PCIe based controllers as other controllers does not seem to
have this limitation.
Tested by: Victor Balada Diaz < victor <> bsdes DOT net >
out of sleep mode prior to accessing to PHY. This should fix device
attach failure seen on these controllers. Also enable the sleep
mode when device is put into sleep state.
PR: kern/123123, kern/123053
result in panic:
mdconfig -af blah.img -o force
mount /dev/md0 /mnt
mdconfig -du 0
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
configuration registers (which are not going to change) on every interrupt
looks expensive, especially when interrupt is shared. Profiling shows me 3%
of time spent by atapci0 on pure network load due to IRQ sharing with em0.
- Initialize variables before use.
- Remove a KASSERT() that could falsely trigger if there are other sources
of NMIs in the system.
Efficiency tweak:
- When checking PMCs that overflowed, ignore PMCs that were not configured for
sampling.
a real packet error but simply indicate that an unexpected unicast or multicast
error was received by the NIC, which was not counted in the past as well.
Reported by: many (on -stable@)
Reviewed by: davidch
MFC after: 3 days
controllers. Reading this register, for which there are indications
that it doesn't really exist, returns 0 on at least some 12160
and doing so on Sun Fire V880 causes a data access error exception.
Reported and tested by: Beat Gaetzi
Approved by: mjacob
Obtained from: OpenBSD (modulo setting isp_lvdmode)
the code for parsing interrupt maps) to PowerPC and reflect their new MI
status by moving them to the shared dev/ofw directory.
This commit also modifies the OFW PCI enumeration procedure on PowerPC to
allow the bus to find non-firmware-enumerated devices that Apple likes to add,
and adds some useful Open Firmware properties (compat and name) to the pnpinfo
string of children on OFW SBus, EBus, PCI, and MacIO links. Because of the
change to PCI enumeration on PowerPC, X has started working again on PPC
machines with Grackle hostbridges.
Reviewed by: marius
Obtained from: sparc64
1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables
2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as
possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations
3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route
cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction
in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in
struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of
RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland
applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect
those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing
entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the
past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and
Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing
the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting
active functional testing
- Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and
provided valuable reviews
- Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped
me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
time it is marked for user space callchain capture in the NMI
handler and the time the callchain capture callback runs.
- Improve code and control flow clarity by invoking hwpmc(4)'s user
space callchain capture callback directly from low-level code.
Reviewed by: jhb (kern/subr_trap.c)
Testing (various patch revisions): gnn,
Fabien Thomas <fabien dot thomas at netasq dot com>,
Artem Belevich <artemb at gmail dot com>
if (batt_sleep_ms)
AcpiOsSleep(1);
where the rest are all:
if (batt_sleep_ms)
AcpiOsSleep(batt_sleep_ms);
I can't recall why that one was different, so change it
to match the rest.
Pointed out by: Christoph Mallon
MFC after: 2 weeks
On some laptops with smart batteries, enabling battery monitoring
software causes keystrokes from atkbd to be lost. This has also been
reported on Linux, and is apparently due to the keyboard and I2C line
for the battery being routed through the same chip. Whether that's
accurate or not, adding extra sleeps to the status checking code
causes the problem to go away.
I've been running this for nearly six months now on my laptop,
it works like a charm.
Reviewed by: Nate Lawson (in a previous revision)
MFC after: 2 weeks
o recognize ixp435 cpu
o change memory layout for for ixp4xx to not assume memory is aliases
to 0x10000000 (Cambria/ixp435 memory starts at zero)
o handle 64 irqs for ixp435
o dual EHCI USB 2.0 controller integral to ixp435
o overhaul NPE code for ixp435 and better MAC+MII naming
o updated NPE firmware (including NPE-A image for ixp435/ixp465)
o Gateworks Cambria board support:
- IDE compact flash
- MCU
- front panel LED on i2c bus
- Octal LED latch
Sanity-tested with NFS-root on Avila and Cambria boards. Requires
pending boot2 mods for CF-boot on Cambria.
o Try to be smarter about reading the ExCA CSC register. Now, we only
do it for 16-bit cards. Add some experimental code to treat it like
a power interrupt, but I'm not 100% sure that I like it. It may be
removed upon further testing. It seemed to help in one test case, but
the evidence may be inconclusive. This may be beneficial for cleaning up
exca_reset and exca_wait_ready.
o Check for CSTS events on the socket event register. We ask for it when
we're powering up a card, but I don't think we're otherwise using
it. Just ACK the interrupt for now. In theory, we can use it
instead of the busy wait we do in cbb_cardbus_reset. More research
is necessary to see if we can optimize things there when we're
waiting for the DEVVENDOR register to become valid.
o Rework the comments a bit. Minor tidying up. Etc.
causes data corruption in combination with certain bridges.
Information about this problem was kindly provided by davidch. [1]
- As BGE_FLAG_PCIX is meant to indicate that the controller is in
PCI-X mode, revert to the pre __FreeBSD_version 602101 method of
reading the bus mode register rather than checking the mere
existence of a PCI-X capability, which is also there when the
NIC f.e. is put into a 32-bit slot causing it not to be in PCI-X
mode. Setting BGE_FLAG_PCIX inappropriately could cause the NIC
to be tuned incorrectly.
PR: 128833 [1]
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 3 days
When VLAN tagged frame is received the hardware sets 'LONG' bit of
Rx status word. It is always set when the size of received frame
exceeded 1518 bytes, including CRC. This VLAN tagged frame clears
'OK' bit of Rx status word such that driver should not rely on 'OK'
bit of Rx status word to pass the VLAN tagged frame to upper stack.
To fix the bug, don't use SIS_CMDSTS_PKT_OK for Rx error check and
introduce SIS_RXSTAT_ERROR macro that checks Rx errors. If we are
configured to accept VLAN tagged frames and the received frame size
is less than or equal to maximum allowed length of VLAN tagged
frame, clear 'LONG' bit of Rx status word before checking Rx
errors.
Reported by: Vladimir Ermako < samflanker <> gmail DOT com >
Tested by: Vladimir Ermako < samflanker <> gmail DOT com >
Waiting for 1ms for each GMII register access looks overkill and it
may also decrease overall performance of driver because re(4)
invokes mii_tick for every hz.
Tested by: rpaulo
established a valid link or not. In miibus_statchg handler add a
check for established link is valid one for the controller(e.g.
1000baseT is not a valid link for fastethernet controllers.)
o Added a flag RE_FLAG_FASTETHER to mark fastethernet controllers.
o Added additional check to know whether we've really encountered
watchdog timeouts or missed Tx completion interrupts. This change
may help to track down the cause of watchdog timeouts.
o In interrupt handler, removed a check for link state change
interrupt. Not all controllers have the bit and re(4) did not
rely on the event for a long time. In addition, re(4) didn't
request the interrupt in RL_IMR register.
Tested by: rpaulo
drivers, there should be a 1us delay after every write when
bit-banging the MII. Also insert barriers in order to ensure
the intended ordering. These changes hopefully will solve the
bus wedging occasionally experienced with DM9102A since r182461.
- Deobfuscate dc_mii_readreg() a bit.
multiple algorithms and potentially collect multiple samples.
Instead of a single calibration interval we now have short and long
intervals; the long interval roughly corresponds to the previous
single interval. The short interval is used to speedup collection
of samples and happens much quicker. We make calls using the short
interval until we're told the calibration work is complete at which
point we fallback to the long interval. In addition there is a
much longer reset interval used to flush all calibration state and
cause everthing to start anew.
With these changes you can also disable calibration entirely by
setting the long interval to zero.
at. I don't think this will make a huge difference, but I have
received a report of a interrupt storm on one 16-bit card that this
might fix (chances are it won't, since I think that we may need to
check both the CBB registers for the 16-bit card as well as the PCIC
registers for power state change).
Submitted by: jhb@
the power interrupt and init code waiting for the interrupt are
running on different CPUs. I haven't seen this make any real
difference, but I've also had some reports of odd behavior I can't
otherwise explain. It is an infrequent operation, and certainly
wouldn't hurt.
my right mouse button and keyboard LEDs from working due to mangled
configuration packets. Fixed several other races and associated problems in the
main ADB stack that were exposed while fixing this.
Now it is possible to suspend/resume with inserted and active card.
To reinitialize card on resume and to detect card change while suspended,
implement bus rescan routines. It can also be used by controllers without
card presence detection signals or with multiple cards per slot support.
While there, cleanup msleep() usage. We have no any rights to exit without
"request done" signal from driver as it could lead to modify after free.
interrupt code to be more robust. I've been running these changes for
over a year... With these changes, I don't see the ath card going
into reset like the code in the tree.
packet loss, of between 10-30%. The fix is to put the PHY into
and take it out of local loopback mode when resetting the interface.
Obtained from: Chelsio Inc.
MFC after: 3 days
o Chip full mask revision 2 or later controllers have to
set correct Tx MAC and Tx offload clock depending on negotiated
link speed.
o JMC260 chip full mask revision 2 has a silicon bug that can't
handle 64bit DMA addressing. Add workaround to the bug by
limiting DMA address space to be within 32bit.
o Valid FIFO space of receive control and status register was
changed on chip full mask revision 2 or later controllers. For
these controllers, use default 16QW as it's supposed to be the
safest value for maximum PCIe compatibility. JMicron confirmed
performance will not be reduced even if the FIFO space is set
to 16QW.
o When interface is put into suspend/shutdown state, remove Tx MAC
and Tx offload clock to save more power. We don't need Tx clock
at all in this state.
o Added new register definition for chip full mask revision 2 or
later controllers.
Thanks to JMicron for their continuous support of FreeBSD.
change. As a side effect, this makes the excessive interrupts to
disappear which has been observed as a regression in recent stable/7.
Reported by: many (on -stable@)
Reviewed by: davidch
directly include only the header files needed. This reduces the
unneeded spamming of various headers into lots of files.
For now, this leaves us with very few modules including vnet.h
and thus needing to depend on opt_route.h.
Reviewed by: brooks, gnn, des, zec, imp
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
when it sees only received packets. In some cases where a device only
recieves data it mistakenly thinks that its transmitting side is broken
and resets the device.
Obtained from: Chelsio Inc.
MFC after: 3 days
hardware for PMCs that have been configured for sampling.
- Bug fix: acknowledge PMC hardware overflows irrespective of the
the (software) PMC's state.
- break complex conditionals in to multiple lines to avoid wrapping
- remove copious unused debug statements
- be more aggressive about cleaning in the calling thread
- eliminate usage of ENOSPC
- increase number of iterations that cxgbsp can do
- eliminate "initerr" usage to simplify ENOBUFS handling
- when coalescing pass all packets to BPF
- always set overrun if hardware queue is full
offload for VLAN frames are also supported. The VLAN hardware
assistance is available only on 82550/82551 based controllers.
While I'm here change the confusing name of bit1 in byte 22 of
configuration block to vlan_drop_en. The bit controls whether
hardware strips VLAN tagged frame or not. Special thanks to wpaul
who sent valuable VLAN related information to me.
Tested on: i386, sparc64
events. Just reading PMDR register was not enough to have fxp(4)
immuninize against received magic packets during system boot.
Tested by: Alexey Shuvaev < shuvaev <> physik DOT uni-wuerzburg DOT de >
module; the ath module now brings in the hal support. Kernel
config files are almost backwards compatible; supplying
device ath_hal
gives you the same chip support that the binary hal did but you
must also include
options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416
to enable the extended format descriptors used by 11n parts.
It is now possible to control the chip support included in a
build by specifying exactly which chips are to be supported
in the config file; consult ath_hal(4) for information.
o eliminate private state indexed by 802.11 rate codes; use the hal's
rate tables directly to get the same info
o calculate a mask of operational rates to optimize lookups and checks
(instead of using for loops and similar)
o optimize size bin operations
o ignore rates marked as "do not use" in the hal phy tables
o fix bug that caused upshifting to break in 11g once the rate dropped
below 11Mb/s
o add more intelligent multi-rate tx schedules
o add support for 1/2 and 1/4 width channels
o add dev.ath.X.sample_stats sysctl to dump runtime statistics to the console
(needs to go up to a user app)
o export more tuning knobs via sysctls (still a couple of magic constants)
necessary workarounds, add code to detect these hangs and distinguish
them from other events; note this code is only invoked for anomalous
conditions and (at the moment) is a noop because the hang detection
code is in a new hal that's coming shortly
and Core Duo), models 0xF (Core2), model 0x17 (Core2Extreme) and
model 0x1C (Atom).
In these CPUs, the actual numbers, kinds and widths of PMCs present
need to queried at run time. Support for specific "architectural"
events also needs to be queried at run time.
Model 0xE CPUs support programmable PMCs, subsequent CPUs
additionally support "fixed-function" counters.
- Use event names that are close to vendor documentation, taking in
account that:
- events with identical semantics on two or more CPUs in this family
can have differing names in vendor documentation,
- identical vendor event names may map to differing events across
CPUs,
- each type of CPU supports a different subset of measurable
events.
Fixed-function and programmable counters both use the same vendor
names for events. The use of a class name prefix ("iaf-" or
"iap-" respectively) permits these to be distinguished.
- In libpmc, refactor pmc_name_of_event() into a public interface
and an internal helper function, for use by log handling code.
- Minor code tweaks: staticize a global, freshen a few comments.
Tested by: gnn
controllers. ICH based controllers are treated as 82559. 82557,
earlier revision of 82558 and 82559ER have no WOL capability.
o WOL support requires help of a firmware so add check whether
hardware is capable of handling magic frames by reading EEPROM.
o Enable accepting WOL frames only when hardware is about to
suspend or shutdown. Previously fxp(4) used to allow receipt of
magic frame under normal operation mode which could cause
hardware hang if magic frame is received by hardware. Datasheet
clearly states driver should not allow WOL frames under normal
operation mode.
o Disable WOL frame reception in device attach so have fxp(4)
immunize against system hang which can be triggered by magic
packets when the hardware is not in fully initialized state.
o Don't reset all hardware configuration data in fxp_stop()
otherwise important configuration data is lost and this would
reset WOL configuration to default state which in turn cause
hardware hang on receipt of magic frames. To fix the issue,
preserve hardware configuration data by issuing a selective
reset.
o Explicitly disable interrupts after issuing selective reset as
reset may unmask interrupts.
Tested by: Alexey Shuvaev < shuvaev <> physik DOT uni-wuerzburg DOT de >
will sometimes fail to initialize problem due to a lock
contention with management hardware. However, in order to
deliver that fix it was necessary to take a shared code
update as a whole, and this required scattered changes in
the core code to be compatible.
The em driver now has VLAN HW support added as the igb
driver had previously.
MFC after: ASAP - in time for 7.1 RELEASE
-This version has header split, and as a result a number of
aspects of the code have been improved/simplified.
- Interrupt handling refined for performance
- Many small bugs fixed along the way
MFC after: ASAP - in time for 7.1
- Bugfix: Don't excede static number of ports allowed when iterating
over endpoints within an interface.
- u3g_speeds contains speeds in baud, not bytes per second, so divide
the buffer size by 10.
o Configure controller to use dynamic TBD as TSO requires that
operation mode.
o Add a dummy TBD to tx_cb_u as TSO can access one more TBD in TSO
operation.
o Increase a DMA segment size to 4096 to hold a full IP segment
with link layer header.
o Unlike other TSO capable controllers, 82550/82551 does not
modify the first IP packet in TSO operation so driver should
create an IP packet with proper header. Subsequent IP packets
are generated from the header information in the first IP packet
header. Likewise pseudo checksum also should be computed by
driver for the first packet.
o TSO requires one more TBD to hold total TCP payload. To make
code simple for TSO/non-TSO case, increase the index of the
first available TBD array.
o Remove KASSERT that checks the size of a DMA segment should be
less than or equal to MCLBYTES as it's no longer valid in TSO.
o Tx threshold and number of TBDs field is used to store MSS in
TSO. So don't set the Tx threshold in TSO case.
82559 or later controllers added simple checksum calculation logic
in RU. For backward compatibility the computed checksum is appended
at the end of the data posted to Rx buffer. This type of simple
checksum calculation support had been used on several vendors such
as Sun HME/GEM, SysKonnect GENESIS and Marvell Yukon controllers.
Because this type of checksum offload support requires parsing of
received frame and pseudo checksum calculation with software
routine it still consumes more CPU cycles than that of full-fledged
checksum offload controller. But it's still better than software
checksum calculation.
Rx buffer and loads DMA map. Also add a function
fxp_discard_rfabuf that handles reusing Rx buffer/DMA map. With
this change fxp_add_rfabuf just handles appending a new RFA to
existing chain.
o Initialize mbuf length in fxp_new_rfabuf.
o Don't reset rnr and have fxp(4) handle received frames even if
it couldn't allocate new Rx buffer. This will make fxp(4) reload
updated RFA under rnr case. The rnr would still be reset to 0 if
polling is active and fxp(4) processed number of allowed Rx
events.
o Update if_iqdrops if fxp(4) couldn't allocate Rx buffer.
Previously fxp(4) used to try to reuse Rx buffer when new buffer
allocation is failed. But fxp(4) didn't take into account loaded
DMA map such that the same DMA map was loaded again without
unloading the map. There is no reason to unload the loaded map and
reload the same map again, just reusing the map is enough. I
believe the spare DMA map in softc was introduced to implement this
behaviour. Also fxp(4) used to stop Rx processing if once Rx buffer
allocation or DMA map load fails which in turn resulted in losing
incoming frames under heavy network load. With this change fxp(4)
should survive from resource shortage condition.
Fix some issues about re-scanning of the devices.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20_ugen20.c
Fix issue about libusb20 having to release the
USB transfers before doing a SET_CONFIG, else
the kernel will kill the file handle.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_device.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_generic.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_generic.h
Add support for U3G devices.
Improve and cleanup FIFO free handling.
Improve device re-enumeration.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_msctest.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_msctest.h
Fix some problems in the USB Mass Storage Test.
Add Huawei vendor specific quirks.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_request.c
Improve device re-enumeration.
src/sys/dev/usb2/ethernet/if_aue2.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devid.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devtable.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/quirk/usb2_quirk.c
Integrate changes from the old USB driver.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_standard.h
Add definition of USB3.0 structures from USB.org.
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/u3g2.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/ugensa2.c
src/sys/modules/usb2/Makefile
src/sys/modules/usb2/serial_3g/Makefile
Import U3G driver.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky (usb4bsd)
many bugs fixes, many more performance improvements.
Submitted by: Danny Braniss
M sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.8
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.h
M sbin/iscontrol/config.c
M sbin/iscontrol/fsm.c
M sbin/iscontrol/login.c
M sbin/iscontrol/pdu.c
M sbin/iscontrol/misc.c
M sbin/iscontrol/auth_subr.c
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_cam.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi.h
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_soc.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi_subr.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsivar.h
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_subr.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_sm.c
IFF_DRV_OACTIVE to note resource shortage to upper stack.
- Don't count number of mbuf chains. Default 32 DMA segments for a
frame is enough for most cases. If bus_dmamap_mbuf_sg fails use
m_collapse(9) to collapse the mbuf chain instead of relying on
expensive m_defrag(9).
- Move bpf handling to fxp_start_body() which is supposed to be
more appropriate place.
- Always arm watchdog timer whenever a new Tx request is made.
Previously fxp(4) used to arm watchdog timer only when
FXP_CXINT_THRESH-th Tx request is made. Because fxp(4) does not
rely on Tx interrupt to reclaim transmitted mbufs it's better to
arm watchdog timer to detect potential lockups.
- Add more aggresive Tx buffer reclaiming in fxp_start_body to make
room for new Tx requests. Since fxp(4) does not request Tx
completion interrupt for every frames it's necessary to clean
TXCBs in advance to saturate link.
- Make fxp(4) try to start more packets transmitting regardless of
interrupt type in fxp_intr_body.
patch the RX/TX performance becomes about 17~18 Mbps comparing with
the previous whose values were RX 7~8Mbps and TX 13~14Mbps.
- improve AL2230 RF handling in zd1211b
- support AL2230S RF that PV2000 is renamed to AL2230S
- use register ZYD_CR244, ZYD_CR243, ZYD_CR242 when the driver writes
values on RF. This routine is more faster than the original one
- use private TX lock to avoid LOR at zyd_raw_xmit()
- increase TX slots from 1 to 5
- needs to set the channel at IEEE80211_S_AUTH not IEEE80211_S_RUN
- detailed error handling. In previous the next command was sent to the
device even if there was errors
- setting ZYD_MAC_RX_THRESHOLD value should be different between 1211
and 1211b
- only try to stop the device at zyd_init_locked() if the device is
UPed
- do not use MTX_RECURSE
- do not try to grap Giant lock when the channel is changing
- move the device initialization routines from zyd_attach to zyd_init to
give a device full-reset chance to the driver.
- code cleanup at zyd_raw_xmit()
- simplify zyd_attach() routines
- resort functions and clean up variables
- DPRINTF style change.
- style(9)
Reviewed by: sam
check to fxp_txeof(). While I'm here unarm watchdog timer only if
there are no pending queued Tx requests.
Previously the watchdog timer was unarmed whenever Tx interrupt is
raised. This could be resulted in hiding root cause of watchdog
timeouts.
checksum offload configuration. Now checksum offload can be
controlled by ifconfig(8).
While I'm here add an additional check for interface capabilities
before applying user's request.
nodes capabilities. Add "Analog"/"Digital" marks to the pcm device names.
I hope it will help new users easier accept concept of several PCM devices
and understand exact purposes of that devices.
- invert sense of hw.cxgb.singleq tunable to hw.cxgb.multiq
- don't wake up transmitting thread by default
- add per tx queue ifaltq to handle ALTQ
- remove several unused functions in cxgb_multiq.c
- add several sysctls: multiq_tx_enable, coalesce_tx_enable,
and wakeup_tx_thread
- this obsoletes the hw.cxgb.snd_queue_len as ifq is replaced
by a buf_ring
and ifnet functions
- add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h>
- update drivers to only conditionally define their own
- add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer
- remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers
- add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to
allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues
(i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq)
- expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues
This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
1) Fix a bug in dealing with the Alerus 1006 PHY which prevented the
device from ever coming back up once it had been set to down.
2) Add a kernel tunable (hw.cxgb.snd_queue_len) which makes it possible
to give the device more than IFQ_MAXLEN entries in its send queue. The
default remains 50.
3) Add code to place the card'd identification and serial number into
its description (%desc) so that users can tell which card they have
installed.
and output, set BUS_DMA_COHERENT when creating the DMA map used for
loading the buffer. As a side-effect this solves locking issues on
sparc64 when dcons(4) calls bus_dmamap_sync(9) while in an interrupt
filter, which are executed in a critical section, and iommu(4) has
to use a sleep lock when taking advantage of the streaming buffer.
Reported and tested by: kensmith
Approved by: simokawa
For some reason the nmdm(4) driver doesn't use CALLOUT_MPSAFE, even
though we live in the MPSAFE TTY era. Add the CALLOUT_MPSAFE flags.
System survives.
for virtualization.
Instead of initializing the affected global variables at instatiation,
assign initial values to them in initializer functions. As a rule,
initialization at instatiation for such variables should never be
introduced again from now on. Furthermore, enclose all instantiations
of such global variables in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks.
Essentialy, this change should have zero functional impact. In the next
phase of merging network stack virtualization infrastructure from
p4/vimage branch, the new initialization methology will allow us to
switch between using global variables and their counterparts residing in
virtualization containers with minimum code churn, and in the long run
allow us to intialize multiple instances of such container structures.
Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usbdevs
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/urio2_ioctl.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/ustorage2_fs.h
These files are not used any more.
src/usr.sbin/Makefile
src/etc/mtree/BSD.include.dist
src/include/Makefile
src/lib/Makefile
src/share/man/man7/hier.7
src/share/mk/bsd.libnames.mk
src/etc/mtree/BSD.include.dist
Make "usbconfig" and "libusb20" a part of the default build.
src/sys/dev/usb/rio500_usb.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/urio2.c
Use common include file.
src/sys/dev/usb2/bluetooth/ng_ubt2.c
Make USB bluetooth depend on "ng_hci" module.
src/sys/dev/usb2/controller/ehci2.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/controller/ehci2.h
Patches for Marvell EHCI.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_busdma.c
Bugfix for 64-bit platforms. Need to unload the previously loaded DMA
map and some cleanup regarding some corner cases.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_core.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_dev.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_dev.h
Bugfix for libusb filesystem interface.
New feature: Add support for filtering device data at the expense of the
userland process.
Add some more comments.
Some minor code styling.
Remove unused function, usb2_fifo_get_data_next().
Fix an issue about "fifo_index" being used instead of "ep_index".
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_device.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_generic.c
Bugfix for Linux USB compat layer. Do not free non-generic FIFOs when
doing an alternate setting.
Cleanup USB IOCTL and USB reference handling.
Fix a corner case where USB-FS was left initialised after
setting a new configuration or alternate setting.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_hub.c
Improvement: Check all USB HUB ports by default at least one time.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_request.c
Bugfix: Make sure destination ASCII string is properly zero terminated
in all cases.
Improvement: Skip invalid characters instead of replacing with a dot.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_util.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/image/uscanner2.c
Spelling.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/Makefile
Share "usbdevs" with the old USB stack.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devid.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devtable.h
Regenerate files.
Alfred: Please fix the RCS tag at the top.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_ioctl.h
Fix compilation of "kdump".
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/ubsa2.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/ugensa2.c
Remove device ID's which will end up in a new 3G driver.
src/sys/dev/usb2/sound/uaudio2.c
Correct a debug printout.
src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/umass2.c
Sync with old USB stack.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20.3
Add more documentation.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20.c
Various bugfixes and improvements.
src/usr.sbin/usbconfig/dump.c
src/usr.sbin/usbconfig/usbconfig.c
New commands for dumping strings and doing custom USB requests from
the command line.
Remove keyword requirements from generated files:
"head/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devid.h"
"head/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devtable.h"
- An "at" hint now reserves a device name.
- A new BUS_HINT_DEVICE_UNIT method is added to the bus interface. When
determining the unit number of a device, this method is invoked to
let the bus driver specify the unit of a device given a specific
devclass. This is the only way a device can be given a name reserved
via an "at" hint.
- Implement BUS_HINT_DEVICE_UNIT() for the acpi(4) and isa(4) bus drivers.
Both of these busses implement this by comparing the resources for a
given hint device with the resources enumerated by ACPI/PnPBIOS and
wire a unit if the hint resources are a subset of the "real" resources.
- Use bus_hinted_children() for adding hinted devices on isa(4) busses
now instead of doing it by hand.
- Remove the unit kludging from sio(4) as it is no longer necessary.
Prodding from: peter, imp
OK'd by: marcel
MFC after: 1 month
read before we configure the card, so we can implement
/dev/cardbus*.cis. Also, do this on a per-child basis, so we now have
a different name than before. I think i'll have to fix that for some
legacy tools to keep working.
I can now do a dumpcis on my running atheros card and have it still work!
redundant malloc/free. Add comments about how this should really be
done. Fix an overly verbose comment about under 1MB mapping: go ahead
and set the bits, but we ignore them.
- If the flag is set and auto-select fails, assume disk is not present.
- Set disk empty flag only when the floppy controller reset is needed.
It fixes regression introduced in r1.311, which prevented it from ignoring
errors. Now fdformat(1) and dd(1) with conv=noerror option can continue
when read/write errors occur as they should.
- Do not retry disk probing as it is extremely slow and pointless.
- Move the disk probing code into a separate function.
- Do not reset disk empty flag if write-protect check fails somehow.
PR: kern/116538[1]
the softc is reset a few times during probing.
Print 'changing to modem mode' messages if booting verbose to show the
reason for the time delay. Note: Some devices (Huawei for one) take 20
seconds to appear on the USB bus).
can be controlled by ifconfig(8). Note, VLAN hardware tagging
controls still lacks required handler but it requires more driver
cleanups so I didn't touch that part.
PR: kern/128766
- Fix to ioctl path in which the length could be 0 which means
no data in/out from LSI.
- Fix to ioctl path in which the data in the sense data space
of the ioctl packet is a really a pointer to some location in
user-space. From LSI re-worked a bit by me.
- Add HW support for next gen cards from LSI.
Thanks to LSI for their support!
Submitted by: jhb, LSI
MFC after: 3 days
The same (vendor, product) tuple is used for aue(4) adapters,
but I am not sure if the quirk is correct. I'm using the USB
device 'release' info to skip aue(4) detection right now, but
if there's a better way to differentiate between USB-LAN and
USB Bluetooth we should update the quirk.
Reviewed by: imp, rink
MFC after: 2 weeks
controller. The controller is also known as L1E(AR8121) and
L2E(AR8113/AR8114). Unlike its predecessor Attansic L1,
AR8121/AR8113/AR8114 uses completely different Rx logic such that
it requires separate driver. Datasheet for AR81xx is not available
to open source driver writers but it shares large part of Tx and
PHY logic of L1. I still don't understand some part of register
meaning and some MAC statistics counters but the driver seems to
have no critical issues for performance and stability.
The AR81xx requires copy operation to pass received frames to upper
stack such that ale(4) consumes a lot of CPU cycles than that of
other controller. A couple of silicon bugs also adds more CPU
cycles to address the known hardware bug. However, if you have fast
CPU you can still saturate the link.
Currently ale(4) supports the following hardware features.
- MSI.
- TCP Segmentation offload.
- Hardware VLAN tag insertion/stripping with checksum offload.
- Tx TCP/UDP checksum offload and Rx IP/TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- Tx/Rx interrupt moderation.
- Hardware statistics counters.
- Jumbo frame.
- WOL.
AR81xx PCIe ethernet controllers are mainly found on ASUS EeePC or
P5Q series of ASUS motherboards. Special thanks to Jeremy Chadwick
who sent the hardware to me. Without his donation writing a driver
for AR81xx would never have been possible. Big thanks to all people
who reported feedback or tested patches.
HW donated by: koitsu
Tested by: bsam, Joao Barros <joao.barros <> gmail DOT com >
Jan Henrik Sylvester <me <> janh DOT de >
Ivan Brawley < ivan <> brawley DOT id DOT au >,
CURRENT ML
- Do not let individual KLD module unregister firmware image loaded by ispfw
or vice versa.
- Make 'kldunload ispfw' actually unregister all firmware images loaded by
ispfw, not just 'isp_1040'.
- Print which KLD module actually loaded the firmware image.
- Remove unused return value from do_load_fw() and do_unload_fw() and remove
duplicate sys/param.h while I am here.
dependencies. A 'struct pmc_classdep' structure describes operations
on PMCs; 'struct pmc_mdep' contains one or more 'struct pmc_classdep'
structures depending on the CPU in question.
Inside PMC class dependent code, row indices are relative to the
PMCs supported by the PMC class; MI code in "hwpmc_mod.c" translates
global row indices before invoking class dependent operations.
- Augment the OP_GETCPUINFO request with the number of PMCs present
in a PMC class.
- Move code common to Intel CPUs to file "hwpmc_intel.c".
- Move TSC handling to file "hwpmc_tsc.c".
On RELENG_6 (and probably RELENG_7) we see our syscons windows and
pseudo-terminals have the following buffer sizes:
| LINE RAW CAN OUT IHIWT ILOWT OHWT LWT COL STATE SESS PGID DISC
| ttyv0 0 0 0 7680 6720 2052 256 7 OCcl 1146 1146 term
| ttyp0 0 0 0 7680 6720 1296 256 0 OCc 82033 82033 term
These buffer sizes make no sense, because we often have much more output
than input, but I guess having higher input buffer sizes improves
guarantees of the system.
On MPSAFE TTY I just sent both the input and output buffer sizes to 7
KB, which is pretty big on a standard FreeBSD install with 8 syscons
windows and some PTY's. Reduce the baud rate to 9600 baud, which means
we now have the following buffer sizes:
| LINE INQ CAN LIN LOW OUTQ USE LOW COL SESS PGID STATE
| ttyv0 1920 0 0 192 1984 0 199 7 2401 2401 Oil
| pts/0 1920 0 0 192 1984 0 199 5631 1305 2526 Oi
This is a lot smaller, but for pseudo-devices this should be good
enough. You need to do a lot of punching to fill up a 7.5 KB input
buffer. If it turns out things don't work out this way, we'll just
switch to 19200 baud.
NATM needs 'struct in_addr' to compile, which is a problem on its own
but include in.h for now if we have NATM but neither INET or INET6.
MFC after: 2 months
the sc does not have 'an_have_rssimap' variable.
Add an ANCACHE check to poperly hide the case and make an(4)
compile without INET.
MFC after: 2 months
Because the TTY hooks interface was not finished when I imported the
MPSAFE TTY layer, I had to disconnect the snp(4) driver. This snp(4)
implementation has been sitting in my P4 branch for some time now.
Unfortunately it still doesn't use the same error handling as snp(4)
(returning codes through FIONREAD), but it should already be usable.
I'm committing this to SVN, hoping someone else could polish off its
rough edges. It's always better than having a broken driver sitting in
the tree.
Note that these changes will not make the driver work on powerpc, but it should fix at least the i386/amd64 cases.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/usb/src/sys/dev/usb2/wlan/if_zyd2.c#20
Noticed by: jeli, ed
vnode in question does not need to be held. All the data structures used
during the name lookup are protected by the global name cache lock.
Instead, the caller merely needs to ensure a reference is held on the
vnode (such as vhold()) to keep it from being freed.
In the case of procfs' <pid>/file entry, grab the process lock while we
gain a new reference (via vhold()) on p_textvp to fully close races with
execve(2).
For the kern.proc.vmmap sysctl handler, use a shared vnode lock around
the call to VOP_GETATTR() rather than an exclusive lock.
MFC after: 1 month
that includes significant features and SMP safety.
This commit includes a more or less complete rewrite of the *BSD USB
stack, including Host Controller and Device Controller drivers and
updating all existing USB drivers to use the new USB API:
1) A brief feature list:
- A new and mutex enabled USB API.
- Many USB drivers are now running Giant free.
- Linux USB kernel compatibility layer.
- New UGEN backend and libusb library, finally solves the "driver
unloading" problem. The new BSD licensed libusb20 library is fully
compatible with libusb-0.1.12 from sourceforge.
- New "usbconfig" utility, for easy configuration of USB.
- Full support for Split transactions, which means you can use your
full speed USB audio device on a high speed USB HUB.
- Full support for HS ISOC transactions, which makes writing drivers
for various HS webcams possible, for example.
- Full support for USB on embedded platforms, mostly cache flushing
and buffer invalidating stuff.
- Safer parsing of USB descriptors.
- Autodetect of annoying USB install disks.
- Support for USB device side mode, also called USB gadget mode,
using the same API like the USB host side. In other words the new
USB stack is symmetric with regard to host and device side.
- Support for USB transfers like I/O vectors, means more throughput
and less interrupts.
- ... see the FreeBSD quarterly status reports under "USB project"
2) To enable the driver in the default kernel build:
2.a) Remove all existing USB device options from your kernel config
file.
2.b) Add the following USB device options to your kernel configuration
file:
# USB core support
device usb2_core
# USB controller support
device usb2_controller
device usb2_controller_ehci
device usb2_controller_ohci
device usb2_controller_uhci
# USB mass storage support
device usb2_storage
device usb2_storage_mass
# USB ethernet support, requires miibus
device usb2_ethernet
device usb2_ethernet_aue
device usb2_ethernet_axe
device usb2_ethernet_cdce
device usb2_ethernet_cue
device usb2_ethernet_kue
device usb2_ethernet_rue
device usb2_ethernet_dav
# USB wireless LAN support
device usb2_wlan
device usb2_wlan_rum
device usb2_wlan_ral
device usb2_wlan_zyd
# USB serial device support
device usb2_serial
device usb2_serial_ark
device usb2_serial_bsa
device usb2_serial_bser
device usb2_serial_chcom
device usb2_serial_cycom
device usb2_serial_foma
device usb2_serial_ftdi
device usb2_serial_gensa
device usb2_serial_ipaq
device usb2_serial_lpt
device usb2_serial_mct
device usb2_serial_modem
device usb2_serial_moscom
device usb2_serial_plcom
device usb2_serial_visor
device usb2_serial_vscom
# USB bluetooth support
device usb2_bluetooth
device usb2_bluetooth_ng
# USB input device support
device usb2_input
device usb2_input_hid
device usb2_input_kbd
device usb2_input_ms
# USB sound and MIDI device support
device usb2_sound
2) To enable the driver at runtime:
2.a) Unload all existing USB modules. If USB is compiled into the
kernel then you might have to build a new kernel.
2.b) Load the "usb2_xxx.ko" modules under /boot/kernel having the same
base name like the kernel device option.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky hselasky at c2i dot net
Reviewed by: imp, alfred
Also: Change the initialisation of the command string to a static
initialiser. Verify it against the output of umass.c when being sent a
command using 'camcontrol eject da0' to a Bulk-Only device.
This should make those devices work that need a SCSI eject command to
switch to modem mode (Novatel 950D and others).
allocating resources to read the CIS. I'm not sure when this changed,
but it is totally wrong. Also, add a minor improvement to the
debugging.
This should help everybody trying to run dumpcis on atheros wireless
card as well.
MFC after: 2 days
right... Good thing the size was ignored...
Where this macro is used, there's no reason to do it anyway. There
seems to have been some old-time confusion between the CIS pointer
definition, and the BAR definitions at the base of this bug.
compiled into the main AMR driver. It's code that is nice to have but not
required for normal operation, and it is reported to cause problems for some
people.
For an unknown reason the touch pad of my PowerBook generates button 5
events when you operate it. This causes the adb_mouse code to convert
them to button 2 events, which is not what we want.
Add a new flag, AMS_TOUCHPAD, which is used to distinguish the touch
pad. When set, don't convert button events of unknown buttons to the
last button.
There are still three problems left with respect to user input:
- The mouse button events are not properly processed when the touch pad
isn't touched.
- The arrow keys on the keyboard don't work inside X11.
- The power button isn't handled by the kernel, similar to the ACPI
power button on i386/amd64.
Approved by: nwhitehorn
use process ID as ACPI thread ID. Concurrent requests with equal thread
IDs broke ACPI mutexes operation causing unpredictable errors including
AE_AML_MUTEX_NOT_ACQUIRED that I have seen.
Use kernel thread ID instead of process ID for ACPI thread.
Right now ams_read() uses cv_wait() to wait for new data to arrive on
the mouse device. This means that when you run `cat /dev/ams0', it
cannot be interrupted directly. After you press ^C, you first need to
move the mouse before cat will quit. Make this function use
cv_wait_sig(), which allows it to be interrupted directly.
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
capabilities reported by the ap. These need to be cross-checked
against the local configuration in the vap. Previously we were
only checking the ap capabilities which meant that if an ap reported
it was ff-capable but we were not setup to use them we'd try to do
ff aggregation and drop the frame.
There are a number of problems to be fixed here but applying this
fix immediately as the problem causes all traffic to stop (and has
not workaround).
Reported by: Ashish Shukla
sdhci supports up to 65535 blocks transfers, at91_mci - one block.
Enable multiblock operations disabled before to follow at91_mci driver
limitations.
Reviewed by: imp@
driver (rev 1.3), by Joerg Sonnenberger.
Note: This change is untested as I do not own the hardware. Let me know
if things work or do not work for you by sending me the output dmesg (and
usbctl -f /dev/usbX if possible). Thanks.
for the BCM5714 revision A0 when in a multi-port configuration
and unconditionally for the remainder of the class of BCM575X
and beyond chips.
This was prodded by mav and is based on a suggestion and a
patch submitted by jhb.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 2 months
rs400/rs480 should clear the RADEON_BUS_MASTER_DIS bit. This should get
the rs485 IGP chips going again.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
Obtained from: drm git master
making the use of sc_hwmap to do direct mapping impractical. Switch to
indexing by the rate index instead of the rate code and adjust associated
state and logic appropriately. This has several benefits including
simplification of the led code.
o fix radiotap capture of HT rates
o fix conditional compilation of HT radiotap support to be based on the
hal having 5416 support; not the ABI version as hal builds may or may
not include 5416 support
o update tx rssi data only when an ACK was received
o return tx rssi from sampled data instead of the last frame
o track noise floor
o return rx rssi and noise floor (was broken)
o pass country code, outdoor indication, and ecm mode into the hal
when requesting a channel list
o add a console msg when regulatory setup fails
o add placeholder code to map between Atheros sku's and 802.11 sku's
that handles only the debug country code used to unlock the full
channel list (to be used only for debugging)
o fix multiple instances of mismapping the 802.11 location to the
outdoor indication (anywhere may be outdoor also)
in sta and adhoc modes; this should've been done forever ago as most all
drivers use this hook to set per-station transmit parameters such as for
tx rate control
o adjust drivers to remove explicit calls to the driver newassoc method
The cn_unit and cn_tp fields don't seem to be used anywhere. Some
drivers set them, while others don't. Just remove them, in an attempt to
make our consdev code a little easier to understand.
G3 as well as the internal ADB keyboard and mice in PowerBooks and iBooks. This
also brings in Mac GPIO support, for which we should eventually have a better
interface.
Obtained from: NetBSD (CUDA and PMU drivers)
Olaf Kirch noticed that the i915_set_status_page() function of the i915
kernel driver calls ioremap with an address offset that is supplied by
userspace via ioctl. The function zeroes the mapped memory via memset
and tells the hardware about the address. Turns out that access to that
ioctl is not restricted to root so users could probably exploit that to
do nasty things. We haven't tried to write actual exploit code though.
It only affects the Intel G33 series and newer.
Approved by: bz (secteam)
Obtained from: Intel drm repo
Security: CVE-2008-3831
Memory Interface (CFI). The flash memory can be read and written
to through /dev/cfi# and an ioctl() exists so processes can read
the query information.
The driver supports the AMD and Intel command set, though only
the AMD command has been tested.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc.
with several points unappropriate for the present parser. This patch
disables input-to-output analog monitoring but instead fixes recording.
Tested by Tobias Grosser on ThinkPad T61p.
might make Qualcomm and Option cards (which have all endpoints in 1
interface) work.
- Change the USB buffer sizes to depend on the transfer speed. With UMTS
we use a buffer 384k / 1000 frames/sec * 50msecs =~ 15kB for example.
- Add a MODULE_VERSION statement
but I inadvertently overwrote the change when I synced to git. Commit
the fix in both places, so this doesn't happen again.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
This update fixes a transmit bug in the multi-queue (MSI-X) firmware
which happens when RDMAs complete out of order, and provides
improved support for the new Myri10GE NIC models (10G-PCIE-8Bx)
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
MFC after:3 days
With our new TTY layer we use a two step device destruction procedure.
The TTY first gets abandoned by the device driver. When the TTY layer
notices all threads have left the TTY layer, it deallocates the TTY.
This means that the device unit number should not be reused before a
callback from the TTY layer to the device driver has been made. newbus
doesn't seem to support this concept (yet), so right now just add a
destructor with a big comment in it. It's not ideal, but at least it's
better than panicing.
Reported by: rnoland
Driver supports PCI devices with class 8 and subclass 5 according to
SD Host Controller Specification.
Update NOTES, enable module and static build.
Enable related mmc and mmcsd modules build.
Discussed on: mobile@, current@
other fixes:
- Add pointers back to device_t objects in softc structures instead
of storing the unit and using devclass_get_device().
- Add 'lpbb', 'pcf', 'pps', and 'vpo' child devices to every 'ppbus' device
instead of just the first one.
- Store softc pointers in si_drv1 of character devices instead of
pulling the unit number from the minor number and using
devclass_get_softc() and devclass_get_device().
- Store the LP_BYPASS flag in si_drv2 instead of encoding it in the minor
number.
- Destroy character devices for lpt(4) when detaching the device.
- Use bus_print_child_footer() instead of duplicating it in
ppbus_print_child() and fix ppbus_print_child()'s return value.
- Remove unused AVM ivar from ppbus.
- Don't store the 'mode' ivar in the ppbus ivars since we always fetch it
from the parent anyway.
- Try to detach all the child devices before deleting them in
ppbus_detach().
- Use pause() instead of a tsleep() on a dummy address when polling the
ppbus.
- Use if_printf() and device_printf() instead of explicit names with unit
numbers.
Silence on: current@
Erase operation gives card's logic information about unused areas to help it
implement wear-leveling with lower overhead comparing to usual writing.
Erase is much faster then write and does not depends on data bus speed.
Also as result of hitting in-card write logic optimizations I have measured
up to 50% performance boost on writing undersized blocks into preerased areas.
At the same time there are strict limitations on size and allignment of erase
operations. We can erase only blocks aligned to the erase sector size and
with size multiple of it. Different cards has different erase sector size
which usually varies from 64KB to 4MB. SD cards actually allow to erase
smaller blocks, but it is much more expensive as it is implemented via
read-erase-write sequence and so not sutable for the BIO_DELETE purposes.
Reviewed by: imp@
(still a power of 2) rather than 63k transfers. Even with 63k transfers
some machines (such as Dell SC1435's) were experiencing chronic data
corruption.
- Use the MIO method to talk to the Serverworks HT1000_S1 SATA controller
like all the other SATA controllers rather than the compat PATA
method. This lets the controller see all 4 SATA ports and also
matches the behavior of the Linux driver.
Silence from: sos
MFC after: 3 days
bank instead of copper/fiber bank which in turn resulted in
wrong registers were accessed during PHY operation. It is
believed that page 0 should be used for copper PHY so reinitialize
E1000_EADR to select default copper PHY.
This fixes link establishment issue of nfe(4) on Sun Fire X4140.
OpenBSD also has similimar patch but they just reset the E1000_EADR
register to page 0. However some Marvell PHYs((88E3082, 88E1000)
don't have the extended address register and the meaning of the
register is quite different for each PHY model. So selecting copper
PHY is limited to 88E1149 PHY which seems to be the only one that
exhibits link establishment problem. If parent device know the type
of PHY(either copper or fiber) that information should be notified
to PHY driver but there is no good way to pass this information yet.
Reported by: thompsa
Reviewed by: thompsa
the Sierra and Novatel devices, ignore all umass devices and hide the umass
devices that represent the CD ROM devices (but not the SD card slot in the
Huawei Mobile dongle).
Note: This driver in FBSD7 seems to suffer from memory corruption when used
with an Option GT Quad. The E220 however works flawlessly.
Also add the ID for the Option GTMaxHSUPA, provided by Olivier Fromme.
o better quality of the movement smoothing
o more features such as tap-hold and virtual scrolling
Support must still be enabled with this line in your /boot/loader.conf:
hw.psm.synaptics_support="1"
The following sysctls were removed:
hw.psm.synaptics.low_speed_threshold
hw.psm.synaptics.min_movement
hw.psm.synaptics.squelch_level
An overview of this new driver and a short documentation about the added
sysctls is available on the wiki:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/SynapticsTouchpad
simplifies certain device attachments (Kauai ATA, for instance), and makes
possible others on new hardware.
On G5 systems, there are several otherwise standard PCI devices
(Serverworks SATA) that will not allow their interrupt properties to be
written, so this information must be supplied directly from Open Firmware.
Obtained from: sparc64
This supports 1Gbps Ethernet engine found on ARM-based SOCs (Orion, Kirkwood,
Discovery), as well as on system controllers for PowerPC processors (MV64430,
MV6446x).
The following advanced features are supported:
- multicast
- VLAN tagging
- IP/TCP/UDP checksum calculation offloading
- polling
- interrupt coalescing
Obtained from: Marvell, Semihalf
the last byte of the ethernet address was not read which in turn
resulted in getting 5 out of the 6 bytes of ethernet address and
always returned ENOENT. I did not notice the bug on FPGA version
because of additional configuration data in EEPROM.
Pointed out by: bouyer at NetBSD
example the Huawei Mobile has an SD card slot on the second interface.
- Do not attach to Qualcomm and Novatel cards. If ignored these cards will
switch to modem mode automatically it seems.
- Reduce the priority on generic attachment to the appropriate level.
Note: A better solution is to send an eject command straightaway, but that can
be left till later.
* Orion
- 88F5181
- 88F5182
- 88F5281
* Kirkwood
- 88F6281
* Discovery
- MV78100
The above families of SOCs are built around CPU cores compliant with ARMv5TE
instruction set architecture definition. They share a number of integrated
peripherals. This commit brings support for the following basic elements:
* GPIO
* Interrupt controller
* L1, L2 cache
* Timers, watchdog, RTC
* TWSI (I2C)
* UART
Other peripherals drivers will be introduced separately.
Reviewed by: imp, marcel, stass (Thanks guys!)
Obtained from: Marvell, Semihalf
will ease the identification of memory leaks as the OS will be able to track
allocations for us by malloc type. vmstat -m will show all of the
allocations.
Convert the calls to drm_alloc() and friends, which are used in shared code
to static __inline__ while we are here.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
from operating on a list with a single item. This code is used much more by
the i915 driver with xorg-7.4. Correct it to match the actual linux
implementation.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
busmastering support. This also adds register definitions for MSI support,
which we will be using shortly.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
Obtained from: drm git master
macio's enable-enet word, which apparently does nothing on some machines,
open an OF instance of the ethernet controller. This fixes cold booting
from disk on my Blue & White G3.
MFC after: 3 days
device id is JMC260 family. Previously it just verified the deivce
is JMC260 Rev A0. This will make it easy for newer JMC2xx support.
Pointed out by: bouyer at NetBSD
This was located in the ubsa driver, but should be moved into a separate
driver:
- 3G modems provide multiple serial ports to allow AT commands while the PPP
connection is up.
- 3G modems do not provide baud rate or other serial port settings.
- Huawei cards need specific initialisation.
- ubsa is for Belkin adapters, an Linuxy choice for another device like 3G.
Speeds achieved here with a weak signal at best is ~40kb/s (UMTS). No spooky
STALLED messages as well.
Next: Move over all entries for Sierra and Novatel cards once I have found
testers, and implemented serial port enumeration for Sierra (or rather have
Andrea Guzzo do it). They list all endpoints in 1 iface instead of 4 ifaces.
Submitted by: aguzzo@anywi.com
MFC after: 3 weeks
have in common right now is a memset. This saves a parameter to
these routines, as well as a level of indentation.
o Make mmc_get_bits a little clearer... It really only works on 128-bit
registers right now.
reduce ABI disruptions when new cpu types and new PMC events are added
in the future.
- Support alternate spellings for PMC events. Derive the canonical
spelling of an event name from its enumeration name in 'enum pmc_event'.
- Provide a way for users to disambiguate between identically named events
supported by multiple classes of PMCs in a CPU.
- Change libpmc's machine-dependent event specifier parsing code to
better support CPUs containing two or more classes of PMC resources.
If you just config KERNEL as usual there should be no apparent changes, you'll get all chipset support code compiled in.
However there is now a way to only compile in code for chipsets needed on a pr vendor basis. ATA now has the following "device" entries:
atacore: ATA core functionality, always needed for any ATA setup
atacard: CARDBUS support
atacbus: PC98 cbus support
ataisa: ISA bus support
atapci: PCI bus support only generic chipset support.
ataahci: AHCI support, also pulled in by some vendor modules.
ataacard, ataacerlabs, ataadaptec, ataamd, ataati, atacenatek, atacypress, atacyrix, atahighpoint, ataintel, ataite, atajmicron, atamarvell, atamicron, atanational, atanetcell, atanvidia, atapromise, ataserverworks, atasiliconimage, atasis, atavia; Vendor support, ie atavia for VIA chipsets
atadisk: ATA disk driver
ataraid: ATA softraid driver
atapicd: ATAPI cd/dvd driver
atapifd: ATAPI floppy/flashdisk driver
atapist: ATAPI tape driver
atausb: ATA<>USB bridge
atapicam: ATA<>CAM bridge
This makes it possible to config a kernel with just VIA chipset support by having the following ATA lines in the kernel config file:
device atacore
device atapci
device atavia
And then you need the atadisk, atapicd etc lines in there just as usual.
If you use ATA as modules loaded at boot there is few changes except the rename of the "ata" module to "atacore", things looks just as usual.
However under atapci you now have a whole bunch of vendor specific drivers, that you can kldload individually depending on you needs. Drivers have the same names as used in the kernel config explained above.
can reliably provoke data corruption on systems equipped with a
plenty of memory during high load.
Reported by: gnn via iXsystems
MFC candidate: RELENG_7_1, RELENG_7
We don't explicity check for error here and M_WAITOK will just put the
process to sleep waiting on resources to become available.
Suggested by jhb@
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
in GENERIC and LINT. [1]
- Rename hpt_dbg_level to hpt_iop_dbg_level to avoid multiple definition
of hpt_dbg_level (hptmv also has hpt_dbg_level).
PR: 127551 [1]
Reviewed by: scottl@
MFC after: 1 month
NDIS_TXPKTS and don't allocate unused extra spaces for sc->ndis_txarray
and sc->ndis_txpool.
PR: kern/127644
Submitted by: Antoine Pelisse <apelisse_at_gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
This reverts a private patch which is causing issues with many Intel chipsets.
I will review that patch and see what we need to do to fix it up later, but
for the time being, we will just get these chips working again.
This update contains a lot of code cleanup and is post gem merge
(no, we don't have gem support). It should prove much easier to read the
code now. A lot of thanks goes to vehemens for that work. I have adapted
the code to use cdevpriv for tracking per open file data. That alleviates
the old ugly hack that we used to try and accomplish the task and helped to
clean up the open / close behavior a good bit. This also replaces the hack
that was put in place a year or so ago to prevent radeons from locking up
with AIGLX enabled. I have had a couple of radeon testers report that it
still works as expected, though I no longer have radeon hardware to test with
myself. Other various fixes from the linux crew and Intel, many of
which are muddled in with the gem merge.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
Obtained from: mesa/drm git master
MFC after: 2 weeks
obtained from Linux forcedeth driver.
While I'm here move creating a sysctl node for process_limit to
function nfe_sysctl_node().
Tested by: "Arno J. Klaassen" < arno <at> heho dot snv dot jussieu dot fr >
g33 based chips use a different method of identifying the gtt size.
g45 based chips gtt is located in a different area of stolen memory.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
- Support for Myricom 10G-PCIE-8B NICs
- multi-slice firmware: fix a bug when the presence of 32-bit or
64-bit DMA addresses for interrupt queues and data is not uniform across
slices.
- Improves automatic selection between ethp_z8e/eth_z8e
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
- simplify page hold logic
- allow pages for processes other than that of curthread to
have pages held
- normalize the interface to more closely resemble the functions in
sys/vm
MFC after: 1 week
only mode and restore original value of extended address register
instead of overwriting it with page 1. There are still instance
information passing issue(e.g configured media type: fiber or
copper) from driver to PHY layer but this change make the selected
PHY work with 88E1112 PHY.
Reported by: Krzysztof Jedruczyk < beaker <at> hot dot pl >
Tested by: Krzysztof Jedruczyk < beaker <at> hot dot pl >
This should fix occasional Tx checksum corruption issue.
Reported by: Garrett Cooper < yanefbsd <at> gmail dot com >
Tested by: Garrett Cooper < yanefbsd <at> gmail dot com >
disabled by default because there's problems with it on AT91RM9200,
currently the only host controller in the tree. I've not had time to
track those problems to ground. I'm committing because this is
important for other host controllers that are in the pipeline.
Submitted by: mav@
but an RW mapping exists for the underlying page. This change fixes the bug by using the
page / NULL returned from pmap_extract_and_hold to determine whether or not vm_fault needs
to be called.
The bug was pointed out by alc.
MFC after: 3 days
former more explicitly tells the compiler that you want an empty loop.
There are some lint programs that use this hint to avoid generating
warnings.
No functional change...
After I removed all the unit2minor()/minor2unit() calls from the kernel
yesterday, I realised calling minor() everywhere is quite confusing.
Character devices now only have the ability to store a unit number, not
a minor number. Remove the confusion by using dev2unit() everywhere.
This commit could also be considered as a bug fix. A lot of drivers call
minor(), while they should actually be calling dev2unit(). In -CURRENT
this isn't a problem, but it turns out we never had any problem reports
related to that issue in the past. I suspect not many people connect
more than 256 pieces of the same hardware.
Reviewed by: kib
When I changed kern_conf.c three months ago I made device unit numbers
equal to (unneeded) device minor numbers. We used to require
bitshifting, because there were eight bits in the middle that were
reserved for a device major number. Not very long after I turned
dev2unit(), minor(), unit2minor() and minor2unit() into macro's.
The unit2minor() and minor2unit() macro's were no-ops.
We'd better not remove these four macro's from the kernel, because there
is a lot of (external) code that may still depend on them. For now it's
harmless to remove all invocations of unit2minor() and minor2unit().
Reviewed by: kib
Thanks goes to ITE who provided docs and feedback and made this possible.
Minor fixups to the Intel ICH code for bugs found while doing this.
(ITE8213 is very semilar to an Intel ICH)
MFC after: 1 week
Kick the device into the right mode if it comes up as a flash-disk.
Set the buffers to a sensible 1024 bytes instead of a far too small
default.
Don't attempt to change speed, baud, parity and such, the device does
not understand it.
have hardware ram buffer. The silicon bug seem to be triggered by
pause frames if receive buffer is not aligned on FIFO word(8 bytes).
To workaround the issue, make sure to align Rx buffers on 8 bytes.
Unfortunately this workaround requires yet another Rx fixup for
strict alignment architecture machines to align IP header.
For newer hardwares that lacks ram buffer may not have this bug so
check number of available ram buffer size to see the existence of
ram buffer.
Reported by: Ian Freislich (ianf <at> clue dot co dot za), das
Tested by: Ian Freislich (ianf <at> clue dot co dot za)
containing an Ethernet address fitted as this is yet another thing
that fails in that case in order to avoid the one second delay
until pci_read_vpd_reg() times out.
- Const'ify the bge_devs array.
when it runs on half-duplex media.
While I'm here add register definition for GPREG1. ATM the GPREG1
register is only valid for JMC250 A1/A2.
Submitted by: Ethan at JMicron
o don't use the key index to identify when the driver has been
asked to allocate a key slot, use an explicit flag; allows
drivers to force s/w fallback for entries in the global table
o change callback api to allocate driver resources for a crypto key:
- de-const the key parameter so drivers can muck with the flags
- on callback failure don't automatically try to setup s/w crypto;
instead the driver must now mark the key entry for s/w crypto and
the caller will re-attach the cipher module
NB: api change permits drivers more control over fallback to s/w
crypto (e.g. based on a limited number of h/w key slots)
to vga_pci.c to request on behalf of it's children. This causes vgapci to show
up as the interrupt owner in vmstat -i, rather than the child device.
Approved by: jhb(mentor)
kib@ and I have decided we will MFC the bpf(4)/snp(4) fixes after we've
released 7.1. Make sure the code in HEAD doesn't refer to a flag we
don't need anyway.
snp(4) in the MPSAFE TTY P4 branch already works, but still needs some
polishing before it can be integrated to SVN.
this also can be happened if we pull the USN stick out forcibly.
Currently the ZyDAS driver uses tsleep() when it try to query a read
command to the device and it'd make a timeout if the device doesn't
response within about 1 sec.
In a case of that the USB stick is gone by hand and the driver's
scanning with changing the channel numbers, the thread which is sleeping
until a command requested is responded can be waked up after all
detaching routines finished that means the zyd softc already freed.
Tring to touch the softc freed by the wakeup thread makes a panic.
So make sure that all sleeping threads should be waken up before the
detach is completed and any other new requests to the device should be
prevented.
years by the priv_check(9) interface and just very few places are left.
Note that compatibility stub with older FreeBSD version
(all above the 8 limit though) are left in order to reduce diffs against
old versions. It is responsibility of the maintainers for any module, if
they think it is the case, to axe out such cases.
This patch breaks KPI so __FreeBSD_version will be bumped into a later
commit.
This patch needs to be credited 50-50 with rwatson@ as he found time to
explain me how the priv_check() works in detail and to review patches.
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
Reviewed by: rwatson
Left only parts surely required for basic troubleshooting and configuration
purposes. There is still very long output, but further shrinking makes it
less informative.
Original debugging can be enabled with hw.snd.verbose=4.
the command set (only so long as the module is present):
o add db_command_register and db_command_unregister to add and remove
commands, respectively
o replace linker sets with SYSINIT's (and SYSUINIT's) that register
commands
o expose 3 list heads: db_cmd_table, db_show_table, and db_show_all_table
for registering top-level commands, show operands, and show all operands,
respectively
While here also:
o sort command lists
o add DB_ALIAS, DB_SHOW_ALIAS, and DB_SHOW_ALL_ALIAS to add aliases
for existing commands
o add "show all trace" as an alias for "show alltrace"
o add "show all locks" as an alias for "show alllocks"
Submitted by: Guillaume Ballet <gballet@gmail.com> (original version)
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
- Retire IVARs for passing IRQs around. Instead, ppbus and ppc now allow
child devices to access the interrupt by via a rid 0 IRQ resource
using bus_alloc_resource_any().
- ppc creates its own interrupt event to manage the interrupt handlers of
child devices. ppc does not allow child devices to use filters. It
could allow this if needed, but none of the current drivers use them
and it adds a good bit of complication. It uses
intr_event_execute_handlers() to fire the child device interrupt handlers
from its threaded interrupt handler.
- Remove the ppbus_dummy_intr() hack. Now the ppc device always has an
interrupt handler registered and we no longer bounce all the way up to
nexus to manage adding/removing ppbus child interrupt handlers. Instead,
the child handlers are added and removed to the private interrupt event
in the ppc device.
On the i386 architecture, the processor only saves the current value
of `%esp' on stack if a privilege switch is necessary when entering
the interrupt handler. Thus, `frame->tf_esp' is only valid for
an entry from user mode. For interrupts taken in kernel mode, we
need to determine the top-of-stack for the interrupted kernel
procedure by adding the appropriate offset to the current frame
pointer.
Reported by: kris, Fabien Thomas
Tested by: Fabien Thomas <fabien.thomas at netasq dot com>
Because of using more clear and same time more functional codec parser
new driver is able to handle more codecs, use them better then before and
without most of previous quirks. All of tested codecs itself manage playback,
record, input mixing and monitoring quite fine. In all of investigated
trouble cases problem was found or in nonstandard codec usage or incorrect
codec configuration made by BIOS. Most of that cases could be fixed using
device hints, some of which are already included to the driver.
New driver supports multiple codecs per HDA bus, multiple audio function
groups per codec and multiple logical sound devices per audio function group.
So don't worry when you get several PCM devices instead of one, it is normal.
It is usual situation with powerful codecs to provide, for example, 3 PCM
devices: one for 7.1 playback and main recording, one for headset and one
for digital SPDIF I/O.
New driver implements Universal Audio Architecture (UAA) much better then
previous one. Most information about recommended codec usage now taken from
the codec configuration registers initialized by BIOS. User may alter that
configuration using device hints to reconfigure logical audio devices to
his needs in a very broad range up to the limits of the codec functionality.
New driver supports digital PCM playback and AC3 pass-through. I am not sure
about completeness of this implementation, but I have several success stories
including my own. Vchans subsystem does not support AC3 pass-through so it
had to be disabled for that devices at this moment.
New driver is ready for multichannel playback, but until our OSS is unable
to use this it will just duplicate same stereo stream into all channel
pairs.
New driver supports suspend/resume. I am unable to really test this part
myself, but I have got several success stories.
Driver has very informative verbose boot messages. So if you have any
questions or problems - enable and read them first.
Discussed on: freebsd-multimedia@
Tested by: many
- When searching for the next system drive, return the next one instead
of always returning the first one.
- Plug fd lead and make sure that the MLX_NEXT_CHILD ioctl is called
on the controller fd, not the disk's one.
While there, fix a cut-n-pase error in a warning.
Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: kan (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
detaching that when the USB is pulled out forcibly during the driver is
running background scan, a page fault can be occurred even if we called
usb_rem_task() when detaching. It looks like a kind of races.
be un-cached. Our previous memory barrier was not sufficient. This patch
allocates the IGP GART tables using the BUS_DMA_NOCACHE flag to get these
cards working.
Approved by: kib
calls to bus_dma. There were multiple paths that held different locks or
no locks at all. This patch ensures that all of the calling paths drop
their lock(s) before calling drm_pci_alloc().
Reviewed by: kib
the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends
don't need to add it.
o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the
SBus device.
o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for
SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint
and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably
is a bug though).
o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The
former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum
frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the
inverse of minimum sync period.
o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD:
1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and
NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select().
1.125: free allocated resources on detach.
o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset()
as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c.
o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching
fails.
o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4)
reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and
restore the default parameters for the target in question.
o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know
that we use 32-bit transfers.
o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes
distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the
target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary
and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous
transfers are negotiated.
o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are
currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit
as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations.
o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init()
instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an
interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by
ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now
no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset().
o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun.
o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate
and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages.
o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing
it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one.
o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when
appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI
status information.
o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared.
o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate.
o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label.
o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is
still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as
this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering
this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense.
o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs.
o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving
the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass
the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9).
o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the
Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as
sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel
after a DMA transfer.
o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments.
o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9)
and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc
members.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 month
but needs a lot more work. In particular, it has no flow control and has
a tendency to race when giving commands. It still uses Giant for the
tty and driver lock, but this is a keep-it-simple feature for now.
Some of the [temporary] proliferation of messages lines are way too long.
reading from EEPROM doesn't seem to work on these controllers.
Reported by: Milan Obuch ( freebsd-net at dino dot sk )
Tested by: Milan Obuch ( freebsd-net at dino dot sk )
the device indicates that it wasn't able to write all the data in the
buffer out.
Ed Schouten doesn't like the idea of a panic here. I think for
production code, we need something better. For right now, while we're
trying to assess the impact of this issue, a panic is OK. So complain
to me, not him if this is hit.
The D_NEEDMINOR flag was introduced for drivers that do not actually
depend on storing a device unit/minor number, but require the ability to
address the cdevs by this number, which is used by clone_create().
The cpuctl(4) driver sets D_NEEDMINOR, even though it doesn't use the
clone_create() API. Remove the flag, because maybe we want to get rid of
it somewhere in the far future.
The syscons code disabled scroll lock inside sc_cnputs() if it's going
to print a system message. The code currently wants to process any TTY
output data as well, but we cannot do this, because the TTY lock is a
sleep mutex, while cnputs() picks up a spin mutex.
Disable the code for now. It solves a panic when a console message is
printed while scroll lock is enabled. One solution would be to
initialize a task structure here.
Reported by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda gmail com>
from umodem and ufoma.
With these changes, umodem kinda works for me now. It certainly gets
past the "tip" bug that I found earlier where 115200 wasn't a valid
baud rate. This was "broken" in the mpsafetty commit, but in reality,
umodem was always broken.
anholt thinks that he added this check as part of some regression testing,
but it is failing at least some of the time. I don't want to remove it
just yet. I added a bit of debugging to help identify the issue.
Approved by: kib
stopped nor the waiting state and also no other means to check
whether the receiver is idle (see also r163774), we have no choice
than to call mii_tick(9) unconditionally even in the case of the
DC_REDUCED_MII_POLL handling as far as the RX side is concerned.
This isn't necessarily worse than checking whether RX is idle
though because unlike as with TX we're racing with the hardware,
which might receive packets any time while we poll the MII, anyway.
Reported and tested by: Jacob Owens
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 3 days
that there are 3 different interrupt enable bits, 2 for different
families of cards, and 1 for when MSI is used. Also apply a big
hammer backstop for cards that aren't recognized. This should fix
all of the interrupt issues at boot.
- changes in support of the VLAN filter fix to 126850
- removal of a bunch of legacy code that was cruft, if not
possibly harmful.
- removal of POLLING from this driver, with multiqueue and
MSIX it just makes no sense here.
- Fix an LRO bug that I've been working on internally, intermittent
panics under stress, the problem was releasing the RX ring lock
before the LRO flushing.
- Following the above fix I now enable LRO by default
- For performance reasons increase the default number of RX queues
to 4.
- Add AIM - "Adaptive Interrupt Moderation", a fancy way of saying
that the EITR value is dynamically changed based on the size of
packets in the last interrupt interval.
- Much goodness to try, enjoy!!
Use the much simpler cdevpriv for per-fd state and enable it. This allows
multiple opens of /dev/ipmi0 (e.g. using ipmitool while ipmievd is running
in the background).
MFC after: 1 week
- Added some additional code for debug builds.
- Fixed a problem printing physical memory on 64bit system during debugging.
- Modified some of the context memory and mailbox register names to more
clearly distinguish their use.
- Added memory barriers for Intel CPUs when accessing host memory data
structures which are written by hardware.
MFC after: Two weeks.
says that in such cases we can pick any interrupt. One of these cards
is the LG11 Wireless LAN card. I don't have one of these, but I do
know that this doesn't hurt any cards I've tried it with.
PR: 92070
Submitted by: Helge Oldach
MFC after: 3 days
first driver that does the configuration dance with CFE's. There's
likely some additional configuration that's needed to get things
working completely...
Split the driver into the core functionality part (sys/dev/tsec/if_tsec.c) and
the bus attachment (sys/dev/tsec/if_tsec_ocp.c).
This lets better integrate and maintain the driver in other environments with
different attachment abstractions (there is at least one other FreeBSD port --
MPC83xx -- which uses this TSEC driver, but with different local bus model
i.e. some OF derivative). While there, clean up and fix minor cosmetics.
Obtained from: Semihalf
taken from PR/121184 which was mechanically generated from similar
lists in the Linux ipaq driver. I then took the numbers we had in
usbdevs and filled in the right symbols and eliminated duplicates.
PR: 121184
When I was hacking on uart(4) to make it work with the MPSAFE TTY layer,
I noticed there was a difference between the way syscons and uart work
with respect to consoles:
- The uart(4) driver sets cn_name to the corresponding ttyu%r node,
which means init(8) (which opens /dev/console) will have its output
redirected to /dev/ttyu%r. After /etc/rc is done, it can spawn a getty
on that device node as well.
- Syscons used a little different approach. Apart from the /dev/ttyv%r
nodes, it creates a /dev/consolectl node. This device node is used by
moused and others to deliver their data, but for some reason it also
acts as a TTY, which shares its stat structure with ttyv0. This device
node is used as a console (run conscontrol).
There are a couple advantages of this approach:
- Because we use two different TTY's to represent the 0th syscons
window, we allocate two sets of TTY buffers. Even if you don't use
/dev/consolectl after the system has booted (systems that don't run
moused), it seems the buffers are still allocated.
- We have to apply an evil hack to redirect input to /dev/consolectl.
Because each window (stat) is associated not associated with one TTY,
syscons solves this by redirecting all input to closed TTY's to
consolectl.
This means that opening /dev/ttyv0 while in single user mode will
probably cause strange things to happen with respect to keyboard input
redirection.
The first patch that I discussed with philip@ turned consolectl into a
symlink to ttyv0, but this was not a good idea, because in theory we
would want consolectl to be a simple device node, which contains all the
`privileged' ioctl()'s. Apart from that, it didn't work, because each
time /dev/ttyv0 got revoked, moused also lost its descriptor to deliver
input, which meant you had to plug out/in your mouse to make it work
again. This version just leaves the consolectl device the way it is. It
can still be used to write output to ttyv0, but it can no longer receive
any input.
In my opinion this patch is not a complete solution, but it's already a
step in the good direction. It would allow us to turn consolectl into a
special (non-TTY) device node in the far future. It shaves off 15 KB of
wasted TTY buffer space.
Discussed with: philip
When I changed syscons(4) to work with the MPSAFE TTY code, I just
locked all device nodes down using the compatibility feature that allows
you to override the TTY's lock (Giant in this case). Upon closer
inspection, it seems sysmouse(4) only has two internal variables that
need locking: mouse_level and mouse_status.
I haven't done any performance benchmarks on this, though I think it
won't have any dramatic improvements on the system. It is good to get
rid of Giant here, because the third argument of tty_alloc() has only
been added to ease migration to MPSAFE TTY. It should not be used when
not needed.
While there, remove SC_MOUSE, which is a leftover from the MPSAFE TTY
import.
number in the irq register. While there are other issues with these
variants, avoiding writing to it helps interrupt generation on at
least one card, and doesn't hurt on the others. Flag ISA attachment
as needing INT_NO_REG written, and don't update the PC Card attachment
(which will have the effect of not touching it for PC Cards).
Document this in a comment, and tweak one or two formatting nits while
I'm here.
This is a sync to mesa/drm pre-gem, with a few fixes on top of that.
It also contains one local patch supplied by kib@ that I can't apply to
git.master shared code.
Approved by: flz
Obtained from: mesa/drm git.master
MFC after: 2 weeks
in a noticeable reduction in system time spent.
- If bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) fails with EFBIG and we already have
defragmented the mbuf chain, don't bother to defragment and load it
a second time just yet as it's likely to fail again anyway.
MFC after: 3 days
night.
Free the children after each pci bus that is searched. Otherwise we
leak them. With free in the new place, we also have to free children
before going to done when we find the device we're looking for.
Also, if we can't get the children of a device, just ignore that bus.
When there's an error, we don't want to free the children, since it
will be stack garbage. While we did fail to dereference it by setting
devs to 0, we didn't fail to call free. We never failed to fail, it
was the easiest thing to do.
PHY only and not also in the case of an external PHY currently
doing full duplex, which accidentally got broken in r172334.
It's still not clear to me why we need to enable the buffer for
an internal PHY though.
- Count excess and late collisions as output errors. [1]
- Count receive errors as input errors. [1]
Obtained from: NetBSD [1]
MFC after: 3 days
only in low memory situations, so the error fork of these fixes is
lightly tested, but they should do the least-wrong thing...
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
counters for Rx/Tx statistics. Various counters in ifnet is also
updated with these hardware counters.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
interrupt mask register again. This saves one register access per
each interrupt.
Also don't try to process frames when driver is not running.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
- Rename pciereg_cfgopen() to pcie_cfgregopen() and expose it to the
rest of the kernel. It now also accepts parameters via function
arguments rather than global variables.
- Add a notion of minimum and maximum bus numbers and reject requests for
an out of range bus.
- Add more range checks on slot/func/reg/bytes parameters to the cfg reg
read/write routines. Don't panic on any invalid parameters, just fail
the request (writes do nothing, reads return -1). This matches the
behavior of the other cfg mechanisms.
- Port the memory mapped configuration space access to amd64. On amd64
we simply use the direct map (via pmap_mapdev()) for the memory mapped
window.
- During acpi_attach() just after loading the ACPI tables, check for a
MCFG table. If it exists, call pciereg_cfgopen() on each subtable
(memory mapped window). For now we only support windows for domain 0
that start with bus 0. This removes the need for more chipset-specific
quirks in the MD code.
- Remove the chipset-specific quirks for the Intel 5000P/V/Z chipsets
since these machines should all have MCFG tables via ACPI.
- Updated pci_cfgregopen() to DTRT if ACPI had invoked pcie_cfgregopen()
earlier.
MFC after: 2 weeks
link state and detach request.
While I'm here make sure established link is IFM_10_T or
IFM_100_TX as bfe(4) just supports 10/100Mbps media.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
o Removed unneeded header files.
o bus_dma(9) fix:
- created parent tag with 1GB dma address limit with no
alignment restrictions.
- set 4096 alignment limit for Tx/Rx descriptor rings.
- separate Rx buffer tag from Tx buffer tag such that Tx tag
allows up-to 16 segments while Rx buffer tag only allows
single segment.
- it seems the controller has no alignment restrictions on Tx/Rx
buffers. Remove ETHER_ALIGN alignment restriction in Tx/Rx
buffers.
- created a spare Rx dma map which would be used to cope with
failure of loading a dma map.
- make sure to load full Tx/Rx descriptor size for Tx/Rx
descriptor dma maps, previously bfe(4) used to load single
descriptor size for each descriptor rings. I have no idea how
it could be run without problems.
- don't blindly cast bus_addr_t type to 32bits in bfe_dma_map().
- created bfe_dma_free() to free allocated dma memory/tags.
- make sure to invoke bus_dmamap_sync(9) before/after processing
descriptor rings/buffers. Because the hardware has severe dma
address space limitation, bounce-buffers would be always used
on systems with more than 1GB memory during
descriptors/buffers access.
- added Tx descriptor ring initialization function,
bfe_list_tx_init().
- moved producer/consumer index initialization to
bfe_list_tx_init() and bfe_list_rx_init() from
bfe_chip_reset().
- added bfe_discard_buf() which will update loaded descriptors
without unloading/reloading the dma map to speed up error
recovery.
- implemented Tx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9). The number of
segments allowed was chosen to be 16 which should be enough for
non-TSO capable hardwares. Setting SOF bit of Tx descriptor is
done in the last to avoid potential race.
- don't give up sending frames in bfe_start() until the hardware
lacks free descriptors.
- added XXX comment to second kick command and possible workaround.
- implemented Rx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- removed bfe_dma_map_desc() as it's not needed anymore after
the conversion to bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- added endianness support. With this change bfe(4) should work
on any architectures that can create bounce buffers within 1GB
address range.
- add missing bus_dmamap_sync() in bfe_tx_eof()/bfe_rx_eof().
o Use PCI_BAR instead of hardcoded value to set BARs.
Simplified register access with bus_write_4(9)/bus_read_4(9) and
removed bfe_btag, bfe_bhandle, bfe_vhandle in softc as it's not
used anymore.
o Reorder device detach logic such that bfe_detach() is also used
for handling driver attach failure case.
o Remove unnecessary KASSERT in bfe_detach().
o Remove bfe_rx_cnt, bfe_up, bfe_vpd_prodname, bfe_vpd_readonly in
softc. It's not used at all.
o Remove BFE_RX_RING_SIZE/BFE_RX_RING_SIZE/BFE_LINK_DOWN.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
memory area's base and limit are optional. The low 4-bits of the "low"
prefetchable registers indicates whether or not a 32-bit or 64-bit
region is supported. The PCI-PCI driver had been assuming that all bridges
supported a 64-bit region (and thus the two upper 32-bit registers). Fix
the driver to only use those registers if the low 4-bits of the "low"
registers indicate that a 64-bit region is supported. The PCI-PCI bridge
in the XBox happens to be a bridge that only supports a 32-bit region.
Reported by: rink
MFC after: 1 week
I initially didn't want to integrate the Xen console driver, because it
did not receive any testing. Kip Macy suggested that I'd better check it
in right now, because this is the easiest way for him to test it while
he is working on the Xen import.
Requested by: kmacy
The last half year I've been working on a replacement TTY layer for the
FreeBSD kernel. The new TTY layer was designed to improve the following:
- Improved driver model:
The old TTY layer has a driver model that is not abstract enough to
make it friendly to use. A good example is the output path, where the
device drivers directly access the output buffers. This means that an
in-kernel PPP implementation must always convert network buffers into
TTY buffers.
If a PPP implementation would be built on top of the new TTY layer
(still needs a hooks layer, though), it would allow the PPP
implementation to directly hand the data to the TTY driver.
- Improved hotplugging:
With the old TTY layer, it isn't entirely safe to destroy TTY's from
the system. This implementation has a two-step destructing design,
where the driver first abandons the TTY. After all threads have left
the TTY, the TTY layer calls a routine in the driver, which can be
used to free resources (unit numbers, etc).
The pts(4) driver also implements this feature, which means
posix_openpt() will now return PTY's that are created on the fly.
- Improved performance:
One of the major improvements is the per-TTY mutex, which is expected
to improve scalability when compared to the old Giant locking.
Another change is the unbuffered copying to userspace, which is both
used on TTY device nodes and PTY masters.
Upgrading should be quite straightforward. Unlike previous versions,
existing kernel configuration files do not need to be changed, except
when they reference device drivers that are listed in UPDATING.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
Approved by: philip (ex-mentor)
Discussed: on the lists, at BSDCan, at the DevSummit
Sponsored by: Snow B.V., the Netherlands
dcons(4) fixed by: kan
The PCM's sound.h file only seems to include <sys/tty.h>, because
channel_if seems to require selinfo. Just replace it with
<sys/selinfo.h>.
There's no real problem with including <sys/tty.h> here, even with
MPSAFE TTY, but <sys/tty.h> is something that should be used by the TTY
layer, its driver and code that integrated it with the process tree.
corresponding USAGE should be skipped as well.
For example, below is a report desc fragment of some mouse:
COLLECTION
...
USAGE TWHEEL
FEATURE ...
...
USAGE WHEEL
INPUT ...
...
END COLLECTION
"USAGE TWHEEL" should be consumed after the FEATURE item is skipped,
otherwise, the INPUT item will be assigned to "USAGE TWHEEL" later,
other than "USAGE WHEEL".
Tested by: Grzegorz Blach
PR: usb/125941
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
domain, pribus (the primary bus, eg the bus that this chip is on),
secbus (the secondary bus, eg the bus immediately behind this chip)
and subbus (the number of the highest bus behind this chip).
Normally, this information is reported via bootverbose parameters, but
that's hard to use for debugging in some cases.
This adds reading of pribus to make this happen. In addition, change
the narrow types to u_int to allow for easier reporting via sysctl for
domain, secbus and subbus. This should have no effect, but if it
does, please let me know.
Now we have a single /dev/snp device node, which can be opened by
watch(8) multiple times. Even though snp(4) will be dead as of next
week, it's nice having this in SVN, because:
- We may want to MFC it to RELENG_7.
- By the time we fix snp(4) again, it's already there, existing watch(8)
binaries should already work.
Just like bpf(4), I'm adding a symlink from snp0 to snp to remain binary
compatible.
This can be used to disable the 80pin cable check on systems which forget to
set the bit -- such as certain laptops and Soekris boards.
PR: kern/114605 (somewhat reworked)
Submitted by: marck
MFC after: 1 week
priority of some of the drivers that manage the same state (e.g. ichss0
vs est0). Specifically, powernow, est, and p4tcc are added at order 10,
ichss at order 20, and smist at order 30. Previously, some laptops were
seeing both ichss0 and est0 attaching and stomping on each other.
XXX: This isn't quite ideal, but works with the existing hacks, I think
what we really want instead is a single "speedstep0" device for CPUs
that the ichss, est, and smist drivers probe (but with differing
priorities).
MFC after: 1 week
Compilation of the AVILA kernel failed because of two reasons:
- It needed curthread, which is defined through <sys/pcpu.h>.
- It still referred the softc's sc_mtx field, which has been replaced by
sc_lock three weeks ago.
To solve the first problem, I decided to include <sys/pcpu.h> in
<sys/sx.h>, which also seems to be done by <sys/mutex.h> and
<sys/rwlock.h>. Those header files also require curthread.
Approved by: jhb
Also report current link state while auto-negotiation is in
progress.
With this change link loss should be reported within a second
and drivers that rely on link state should work.
Reported by: Pete French < petefrench at ticketswitch dot com >
Tested by: Pete French < petefrench at ticketswitch dot com >
MFC after: 1 week
- Extend the DS1339 driver to recognize more chips in the family:
DS1337, DS1338, DS1339 are now supported
- Provide run-time chip detection
Reviewed, tested by: stas
Obtained from: Piotr Ziecik kosmo ! semihalf dot com
(glxsb_process()) we don't block others when looking for our session.
- Simplify the loop responsible for freeing sessions on detach.
- No need to drop a lock around malloc(M_NOWAIT).
- Treat ses_used as boolean.
- Avoid gotos where possible.
- Various style(9) fixes.
Reviewed by: philip, Patrick Lamaiziere <patfbsd@davenulle.org>
This driver supports GW3887 based chipsets and works on
x86/powerpc/sparc64. You need upgtfw kernel module before loading
upgt(4). Please see the manpage.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
on a variety of cards. Adjust the comments accordingly to match the
code. Even if the vendor chose 0xffff for the device ID, the vendor
ID can't be 0xffff, so the test is still valid from a standards
perspective.
found in Soekris hardware, for instance). The hardware supports acceleration
of AES-128-CBC accessible through crypto(4) and supplies entropy to random(4).
TODO:
o Implement rndtest(4) support
o Performance enhancements
Submitted by: Patrick Lamaizière <patfbsd -at- davenulle.org>
Reviewed by: jhb, sam
MFC after: 1 week
that I have. Wait up to 1.1s for the card to become ready. Document
what the standards say, and use that to justify the behavior in the
code: PCI standard says that a card must respond to configuration
cycles within 2^25 cycles after reset goes high, which is
approximately 1s. Therefore, give cards a little break and wait for
up to 1.1s for VENDOR to become valid. Only look at the vendor part
of the ID, since only it can't be 0xffff (although in practice
vendor/device will always be != 0xfffffffff). Include detailed
pointers to standards so epople understand why we're doing what we're
doing and why it just might be OK. Make it clear in the timeout
message that it is just a warning, sinc we try to soldier on as best
we can anyway.
This should eliminate an error message that r181453 produced on
certain Atheros cards.
and also holds things up, check every 20ms to see if we can read the
vendor of device 0.0. It will be 0xffffffff until the card is out of
reset. Always wait at least 20ms, for safety.
I think this is a better fix to the reset problem. However, I did it
as a separate commit in case something bad happens, people can roll
back to the commit before this one to see if that gives them reliable
behavior. I don't have FreeBSD up on enough machines to do exhaustive
testing on all known bridges...
some bridge + card combinations that take longer for reasons unknown.
Adjust the timeout to be 100ms on all !RICOH bridges, but leave RICOH
at 400ms. The 400ms is "lore" from other open source projects, and
I've never see my ricoh bridge chips take this long. Maybe it is the
same thing? Maybe a bit should be read instead of a hard-wired pause?
After this adjustment, a few cards that I'd insert and get only:
cbb0: card_power: 3V
cbb0: card_power: 0V
with full debugging enabled would actually try to attach.
Reported by: sam@ (I think)
MFC after: 3 days
features of CPUs like reading/writing machine-specific registers,
retrieving cpuid data, and updating microcode.
- Add cpucontrol(8) utility, that provides userland access to
the features of cpuctl(4).
- Add subsequent manpages.
The cpuctl(4) device operates as follows. The pseudo-device node cpuctlX
is created for each cpu present in the systems. The pseudo-device minor
number corresponds to the cpu number in the system. The cpuctl(4) pseudo-
device allows a number of ioctl to be preformed, namely RDMSR/WRMSR/CPUID
and UPDATE. The first pair alows the caller to read/write machine-specific
registers from the correspondent CPU. cpuid data could be retrieved using
the CPUID call, and microcode updates are applied via UPDATE.
The permissions are inforced based on the pseudo-device file permissions.
RDMSR/CPUID will be allowed when the caller has read access to the device
node, while WRMSR/UPDATE will be granted only when the node is opened
for writing. There're also a number of priv(9) checks.
The cpucontrol(8) utility is intened to provide userland access to
the cpuctl(4) device features. The utility also allows one to apply
cpu microcode updates.
Currently only Intel and AMD cpus are supported and were tested.
Approved by: kib
Reviewed by: rpaulo, cokane, Peter Jeremy
MFC after: 1 month
There is no need to mark this device node to use Giant. The only
architectures that use io(4) (i386 and amd64) only change a flag in
td->td_frame, which is only accessed by curthread.
Apart from this change, I think some fishy things may happen when using
/dev/io in multithreaded applications. I haven't tested, but looking at
the code, the flag doesn't get cleared when close() is called from
another thread, but this may not be this important.
I'm not removing D_NEEDGIANT from mem(4), because this driver isn't
Giant safe at all (it calls GIANT_REQUIRED).
NEC PC-9801N-J02 and PC-9801N-J02R. I can't test the former because
it requires resources that conflict with my laptop. I can't test the
latter because my dog chewed up my -J02R card and it didn't survive
well enough for me to test.
would call ed_release_resources() when we should have called
ed_detach() to properly undo the effects of prior calls to
ed_attach(). This would leave a stray ed interface ifnet alive in the
system, which was, well, bad, since we called if_free() on the
underlying memory... Fix the ed_detach routine to cope being called
in this context now.
This should never come up because the miibus is always there. Except
for now when it seems to be failing for reasons unknown... That's a
different bug that hits at least ed, xl, dc and fxp...
procedure. There were some subtle differences before that could lead
to a variety of bugs, including resources being lost (in one case
forever). pccard_probe_and_attach_card does this now, and includes
comments about what's going on and why, since it isn't obvious from
the code. Please let me know if I've missed anything...
Provide a new function called pccard_select_cfe that allows drivers to
select which configuration entry to use. This is needed for some
older pre-MFC standard cards with many functions that want to activate
all their functions by selecting alternative entries, or to work
around broken ones. pccard_select_cfe will migrate into the
pccard_if.m interface as its interface stabilizes to keep all the
pccard drivers from referencing any symbols in the pccard.ko module
directly.
Fix a printf to refer to the right function name.
pci_add_map(). First, this condition is already handled earlier in
the function. Second, as written the check would never fire as the
'start' value was overwritten with a long value (rman_get_start() returns
long) before the comparison was done.
Discussed with: imp
MFC after: 2 weeks
for a PCI device during the boot-time probe of the parent PCI bus, then
zero the BAR and clear the resource list entry for that BAR. This forces
the PCI bus driver to request a valid resource range from the parent bridge
driver when the device driver tries to allocate the BAR. Similarly, if the
initial value of a BAR is a valid range but it is > 4GB and the current OS
only has 32-bit longs, then do a full teardown of the initial value of the
BAR to force a reallocation.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
of having duplicate versions in each bus attachment.
- Add a DRIVER_MODULE() instance so that the iicbus(4) driver will
actually attach to pcf(4) driver instances.
- Fix compile of envctrl.c.
Pointy hat: jhb (3)
- ad7418(4) uses an sx lock instead of a mtx since the iicbus(4) stuff it
calls can sleep (request_bus()). Also, I expanded the locking slightly
to serialize writes to data stored in the softc.
- Similarly, the icee(4) driver now uses an sx lock instead of a mutex.
I also removed the pointless OPENED flag and flags field from the softc.
- The locking for the ic(4) driver was a bit trickier:
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect softc data.
- The driver uses malloc'd buffers that are the size of the interface
MTU to send and receive packets. Previously, these were allocated
every time the interface was brought up and anytime the MTU was
changed, with various races that could result in memory leaks. I
changed this to be a bit simpler and more like other NIC drivers in
that we allocate buffers during attach for the default MTU size and
only reallocate them on MTU changes. The reallocation procedure
goes to some lengths with various flags to not replace either the
the receive or transmit buffers while the driver is busy receiving
or transmitting a packet.
- Store the device_t of the driver in the softc instead of detours into
new-bus using if_dunit from the ifnet and an even more bizarre detour
to get the softc instead of using if_softc.
- Drop the driver mutex when invoking netisr_dispatch() to pass the
packet up to IP.
- Use if_printf().
- Add an sx lock to the iic(4) driver to serialize open(), close(), read(),
and write and to protect sc_addr and sc_count in the softc.
- Use cdev->si_drv1 instead of using the minor number of the cdev to
lookup the softc via newbus in iic(4).
- Store the device_t in the softc to avoid a similar detour via minor
numbers in iic(4).
- Only add at most one instance of iic(4) and iicsmb(4) to each iicbus(4)
instance, and do it in the child driver.
- Add a mutex to the iicbus(4) softc to synchronize the request/release bus
stuff.
- Use __BUS_ACCESSOR() for IICBUS_ACCESSOR() instead of rolling our own.
- Add a mutex to the iicsmb(4) softc to protect softc state updated in the
interrupt handler.
- Remove Giant from all the smbus methods in iicsmb(4) now that all the
iicbus(4) backend is locked.
- Just grab Giant in the ixp425_iic(4) driver since this driver uses
a shared address/data register window pair to access the actual
I2C registers. None of the other ixp425 drivers lock access to these
shared address/data registers yet and that would need to be done before
this could use any meaningful locking.
- Add locking to the interrupt handler and 'iicbus_reset' methods of the
at91_twi(4) driver.
- Add locking to the pcf(4) driver. Other pcf(4) fixes include:
- Don't needlessly zero the softc.
- Use bus_foo rather than bus_space_foo and remove bus space tag and
handle from softc.
- The lpbb(4) driver just grabs Giant for now. This will be refined later
when ppbus(4) is locked.
- As was done with smbus earlier, move the DRIVER_MODULE() lines to match
the bus driver (either iicbus or iicbb) to the bridge driver into the
bridge drivers.
Tested by: sam (arm/ixp425)
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer routine to drive the transmit watchdog timer instead
of using if_watchdog/if_timer.
- If if_alloc() fails during attach, fail the attach with an error rather
than panic'ing.
- Clear RUNNING and OACTIVE only in sncstop().
- Don't mess with IFF_UP.
- Don't leak 'struct ifnet' on detach.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Call ether_ifdetach() rather than if_detach() in the pccard detach
routine.
Tested by: no one despite repeated requests
PZERO + 1. The sleeping process at the priority <= PZERO is counted as
blocked, or, as comment states, 'disk wait'. PZERO + 1 works as well,
and does not cause user confusion.
Reported by: sam <samflanker at gmail com>
MFC after: 1 week
watchdog timeout issues and the root cause seems to stem from
silicon bug of controller. Personally I couldn't reproduce it on
RTL8169 controller but it seems it's dependent on usage pattern.
For newer PCIe based controllers I have no TSO complaints but
turning off TSO would be more safe. Users who are sure that
their controller works with TSO can still reenable the TSO with
ifconfig(8).
Reported by: Oliver Lehmann (lehmann at ans-netz dot de), Eugene Butusov (ebutusov at gmail dot com)
11bits. This limits the maximum interface MTU size in TSO case
as upper stack should not generate TCP segments with MSS greater
than the limit. Armed with this information, disable TSO if
interface MTU is greater than the limit.
code interfered with Performant mode and legacy interrupts. Also
remove a register read operation on the Simplq code that was
effectively a time-wasting no-op.
proved to be necessary to make the static drivers work
in EITHER/OR or BOTH configurations. Modules will still
build in sys/modules/igb or em as before.
This also updates the igb driver for support for the 82576
adapter, adds shared code fixes, and etc....
MFC after: ASAP
revision and (on Prism cards) the primary firmware revision via
sysctl. Move the printing of this information under bootverbose,
since it is relatively easy to get to it now.
the beginning. There's a race in the shared interrutp case. If
another interrupt happens after the interrupt is setup, then we'd try
to lock an uninitialized mutex. In addition, if we bailed out due to
a too old version of firmware, we'd leave the interrupt enabled with
all the fun that ensues....
The kbd, kbdmux, ugen and uhid drivers included <sys/tty.h>, because
they needed clists, which have been moved to <sys/clist.h> some time
ago. In the MPSAFE TTY branch, <sys/tty.h> does not include
<sys/clist.h>, which means we have to teach these drivers to include
this header file directly.
Approved by: philip (mentor, implicit)
behavior. Specifically, probe Host-PCI bridges in the order they are
encountered in the tree. For CPUs, just use an order of 100000 and assume
that no Host-PCI bridges will be more than 10000 levels deep in the
namespace. This fixes an issue on some boxes where the HPET timer stopped
attaching.
used but MSI to HyperTransport IRQ mapping is enabled, and would act as
if MSI is turned on, resulting in interrupt loss.
This commit will,
1. enable MSI mapping on a device only when MSI is enabled for that
device and the MSI address matches the HT mapping window.
2. enable MSI mapping on a bridge only when a downstream device is
allocated an MSI address in the mapping window
PR: kern/118842
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
kthread of the mpt(4) driver that hangs around for the entire lifetime of
the thread. Previously the driver would allocate a new CCB using M_WAITOK
with a lock held each time it updated its state. While here, use the
CAM API for allocating a CCB rather than raw malloc(9).
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 week
and handle NIC hardware watchdog resets.
- remove buggy code at the top of mxge_tick() which tried
to detect a race which is already detected in the kernel's
callout code.
- move callout_stop() and callout_reset() into mxge_close()
mxge_open() rather than doing the callout manipulation
all over the place.
- use callout_drain(), rather than callout_stop() to prevent
a potential race between mxge_tick() and mxge_detach()
which could lead to softclock using a destroyed mutex
- restructure the mxge_tick() and mxge_watchdog_reset()
routines to avoid resetting a callout, and then
immediately stopping it if the watchdog reset routine
is called, and fails.
- enable the driver to handle NIC hardware watchdog
resets by restoring the NIC's PCI config space, which is
lost when the NIC hardware watchdog triggers.
Reviewed by: jhb (previus version)
vr(4) overhauling(r177050).
It seems that filtering multicast addresses with multicast CAM
entries require accessing 'CAM enable bit' for each CAM entry.
Subsequent accessing multicast CAM control register without
toggling the 'CAM enable bit' seem to no effects.
In order to fix that separate CAM setup from CAM mask configuration
and CAM entry modification. While I'm here add VLAN CAM filtering
feature which will be enabled in future(FreeBSD now can receive
VLAN id insertion/removal event from vlan(4) on the fly).
For VT6105M hardware, explicitly disable VLAN hardware tag
insertion/stripping and enable VLAN CAM filtering for VLAN id 0.
This shall make non-VLAN frames set VR_RXSTAT_VIDHIT bit in Rx
status word.
Added multicast/VLAN CAM address definition to header file.
PR: kern/125010, kern/125024
MFC after: 1 week
years. All datasheet I have indicates the bit 15 is the
VR_RXSTAT_RX_OK. The bit 14 is reserved for all Rhine family
except VT6105M. VT6105M uses that bit to indicate a VLAN frame
with matching CAM VLAN id.
Use the VR_RXSTAT_RX_OK instead of VR_RXSTAT_RXERR when vr(4)
checks the validity of received frame.
This should fix occasional dropping frames on VT6105M.
Tested by: Goran Lowkrantz ( goran.lowkrantz at ismobile dot com )
MFC after: 1 week
1. The FreeBSD driver was setting an interrupt coalesce delay of 1000us
for reasons that I can only speculate on. This was hurting everything
from lame sequential I/O "benchmarks" to legitimate filesystem metadata
operations that relied on serialized barrier writes. One of my
filesystem tests went from 35s to complete down to 6s.
2. Implemented the Performant transport method. Without the fix in
(1), I saw almost no difference. With it, my filesystem tests showed
another 5-10% improvement in speed. It was hard to measure CPU
utilization in any meaningful way, so it's not clear if there was a
benefit there, though there should have been since the interrupt handler
was reduced from 2 or more PCI reads down to 1.
3. Implemented MSI-X. Without any docs on this, I was just taking a
guess, and it appears to only work with the Performant method. This
could be a programming or understanding mistake on my part. While this
by itself made almost no difference to performance since the Performant
method already eliminated most of the synchronous reads over the PCI
bus, it did allow the CISS hardware to stop sharing its interrupt with
the USB hardware, which in turn allowed the driver to become decoupled
from the Giant-locked USB driver stack. This increased performance by
almost 20%. The MSI-X setup was done with 4 vectors allocated, but only
1 vector used since the performant method was told to only use 1 of 4
queues. Fiddling with this might make it work with the simpleq method,
not sure. I did not implement MSI since I have no MSI-specific hardware
in my test lab.
4. Improved the locking in the driver, trimmed some data structures.
This didn't improve test times in any measurable way, but it does look
like it gave a minor improvement to CPU usage when many
processes/threads were doing I/O in parallel. Again, this was hard to
accurately test.
it in detail.
When setting media, don't error out when a specific media is selected.
# Note: There may be some issues still here since the EtherJet PC Card doesn't
# conform to the datasheet. Many different kinds of dongles can be plugged in
# and it is unknown how to ask which one it is.
Also, add a /* bad! */ comment to a 1/2 second delay after we set the
DC/DC parameters. This should be a *sleep of some sort for !cold.
Fortunately it is the only one and is only used when setting media, so
the benefit from removing it is small. Unfortunately, it likely
serves as an exemplar of good programming techniques, which it isn't.
when it worked as generic IDE.
PR: 125422
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher at yandex dot ru>
Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit)
MFC after: 1 week
generation of RTL810x PCIe fast ethernet controller. Note, Tx/Rx
descriptor format is different from that of first generation of
RTL8101E series. Jumbo frame is not supported for RTL810x
family.
Tested by: NAGATA Shinya ( maya AT negeta DOT com )
mutexes and replacing the obsolete if_watchdog interface. The ndis_ticktask
function calls into ieee80211_new_state under one condition with NDIS_LOCK
held. The ieee80211_new_state would call into ndis_start in some cases too,
resulting in the occasional case where ndis_start acquires NDIS_LOCK from
inside the NDIS_LOCK held by ndis_ticktask.
Obtained from: Paul B. Mahol <onemda@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
appropriate (versions not appropriate to merge omitted):
o 1.226 imp nop, save for NetBSD string (minor merging the other way)
o 1.225 jnemeth Coreage LAPCCTXD
o 1.224 martin (remove 3rd and 4th clauses)
o 1.223 kiyohara (TDK bluetooth PC Card)
o 1.222 kiyohara (Anycom BlueCard)
o 1.221 ichiro (NEC Infrontia AX420N)
o 1.219 jmcneill (EDIMAX EP-4101)
o 1.213 tsutsui (TEAC IDECARDII entry fix)
Also, while I'm here, fix some tab problems that have crept in.
Our hook creates the sysctl node before root is mounted, but after cpu
is probed. It seems that k8temp can be loaded before the cpu module and,
in those cases, dev.cpu.0.temperature was not created.
PR: 124939
global symbols, such as raw_input and raw_output, to have lmc_ prefixes.
This doesn't affect actual functionality since the functions are static,
but will limit the opportunities for current confusion and future
difficulty.
MFC after: 3 days
to global hostname and domainname variables. Where necessary, copy
to or from a stack-local buffer before performing copyin() or
copyout(). A few uses, such as in cd9660 and daemon_saver, remain
under-synchronized and will require further updates.
Correct a bug in which a failed copyin() of domainname would leave
domainname potentially corrupted.
MFC after: 3 weeks
AcpiEvaluateObject() calls, otherwise, we are not able to bring devices
back up (NULL means 0, hence always off).
While there add missing WLAN on/off support.
MFC after: 3 days
Pointy hat to: rpaulo
MPSAFE patches on current@ and stable@. This driver also has a fundamental
issue in that it sleeps when sending commands to the card including in the
if_init/if_start routines (which can be called from interrupt context). As
such, the driver shouldn't be working reliably even on 4.x.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Remove unused sbsh_watchdog() routine.
- Protect against concurrent attempts to load firmware.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after attaching device to network stack.
- Use device_set_desc() rather than device_quiet() plus a manual printf
that simulates the normal probe printf.
- Axe next_sbni_unit and instead just leave room for two sbni devices for
each bus attachment.
- Don't bzero the already-zero'd softc.
- Add a detach method to the PCI driver.
- Add a lock to protect the list of available devices used to chain
interrupt handlers for dual port ISA cards.
- Remove unused watchdog routine.
- If if_alloc() fails, make sbni_attach() return an error rather than
panic'ing.
- Consolidate code to free bus resources into sbni_release_resources().
- Clear IFF_DRV_RUNNING|OACTIVE in stop() routine instead of in callers.
- Let ether_ioctl() handle SIOCSIFMTU.
and stable@. It also is a driver for an older non-802.11 wireless PC card
that is quite slow in comparison to say, wi(4). I know Warner wants this
driver axed as well.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to lock the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer to replace if_watchdog/if_timer.
- Use if_printf() rather than if_xname.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Use a private timer instead of if_timer/if_watchdog.
- Retire arl_unit from the softc and use if_printf() and device_printf()
instead.
Note that the unpatched driver in 6.x and later does not work with the
hardware, so the one person who had volunteered to test the patch wasn't
able to test it.
dispatched without Giant, and add NETISR_FORCEQUEUE, which allows specific
netisr handlers to always be dispatched via a queue (deferred). Mark the
usb and if_ppp netisr handlers as NETISR_FORCEQUEUE, and explicitly
acquire Giant in those handlers.
Previously, any netisr handler not marked NETISR_MPSAFE would necessarily
run deferred and with Giant acquired. This change removes Giant
scaffolding from the netisr infrastructure, but NETISR_FORCEQUEUE allows
non-MPSAFE handlers to continue to force deferred dispatch so as to avoid
lock order reversals between their acqusition of Giant and any calling
context.
It is likely we will be able to remove NETISR_FORCEQUEUE once
IFF_NEEDSGIANT is removed, as non-MPSAFE usb and if_ppp drivers will no
longer be supported.
Reviewed by: bz
MFC after: 1 month
X-MFC note: We can't remove NETISR_MPSAFE from stable/7 for KPI reasons,
but the rest can go back.
ATM Tx/Rx checksum offload is supported but TSO and jumbo frame is
not yet supported. Because these newer controllers use different
descriptor formats, a flag RL_FLAG_DESCV2 flag was introduced to
handle that case in Tx/Rx handler. Also newer controllers seems to
require to not touch 'enable Tx/Rx bit' in RL_CPLUS_CMD register
so don't blindly try to set that bits.
Note, it seems that there is still power-saving related issue where
driver fails to attach PHY. Rebooting seems to fix that issue but
number of required reboots varys.
Many thanks to users that helped during developement. I really
appreciate their patient and test/feedbacks.
a dedicated flag that represents controller capabilities/events.
This will simplify many part of code that requires different
workaround for each controller revisions and will enhance
readability.
While I'm here move PHY wakeup code up before mii_phy_probe() which
seems to help to wake PHY in some cases.
RL_TXCFG register to identify a device in device probe. Reflect the
fact by modifing device description with general ethernet
controller family.
Note, rl_basetype in struct rl_type is not used and the more
detailed information is provided with rl_hwrev structure.
Previously we reused the space in the request buffer after the request
header to hold config pages during a transaction. This does not work when
reading large pages however. Also, we were already malloc'ing a buffer to
do a copyin/copyout w/o holding locks that was then copied into/out of the
request buffer. Instead, go ahead and use bus dma to alloc a buffer for
each config page request (and RAID actions that have an associated
ActionSGE). This results in fewer data copies and allows for larger sized
requests. For now the maximum size of a request is arbitrarily limited to
16 MB.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Adaptec RAID 2045
Adaptec RAID 2405
Adaptec RAID 2445
Adaptec RAID 2805
Without this change these devices are supported by the driver's family
support, but they then appear as "Adaptec RAID Controller" in boot
messages and the dev.aac.0.%desc sysctl.
This includes hotkeys support and sysctl variables to control camera
and card reader. These new sysctls don't have CTFLAG_ANYBODY set.
While there add entries to devd.conf related to the Eee volume keys.
Reviewed by: phillip
MFC after: 1 week
Also tested by: lme (previous version)
- Each log entry contains a text description in the "description" field of
the entry. The existing decode logic always ended up duplicating
information that was already in the description string. This made the
logs overly verbose. Now we just print out the description string.
- Add some simple parsing of the timestamp and event classes.
Reviewed by: ambrisko, scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Fetch events from the controller in batches of 15 rather than a single
event at a time.
- When fetching events from the controller, honor the event class and
locale settings (via hw.mfi tunables). This also allows the firmware to
skip over unwanted log entries resulting in fewer requests to the
controller if there many unwanted log entries since the last clean
shutdown.
- Don't drop the driver mutex while decoding an event.
- If we get an error other than MFI_STAT_NOT_FOUND (basically EOF for
hitting the end of the event log) then emit a warning and bail on
processing further log entries.
Reviewed by: ambrisko, scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
Now that st_rdev is being automatically generated by the kernel, there
is no need to define static major/minor numbers for the iodev and
memdev. We still need the minor numbers for the memdev, however, to
distinguish between /dev/mem and /dev/kmem.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
problem where Adaptec's arcconf monitoring tool hangs after producing
its expected output.
Submitted by: Adaptec, via driver ver 15317
MFC after: 1 week
from the softc.
- Rework the watchdog timer to match other NIC drivers:
- Start a timer in fe_init() that runs once a second and checks a counter
in the softc that is identical to the deprecated 'if_timer'.
- Just adjust the softc tx timeout value when sending packets instead of
scheduling the timer.
- Use IFQ_SET_MAXLEN().
Tested by: WATANABE Kazuhiro
some time now so collapse calls accordingly.
o Given that gem_load_txmbuf() is allowed to fail resulting in a packet
drop also for quite some time now implement the functionality of
gem_txcksum() by means of m_pullup(9), which de-obfuscates the code
and allows to always retrieve the correct length of the IP header.
o Add missing BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD when syncing the control DMA maps in
gem_rint() and gem_start_locked().
o Correct some bus_barrier(9) calls to do a read/write barrier as we
do a read after a write. Add some missing ones in gem_mii_readreg()
and gem_mii_writereg().
o According to the Apple GMAC driver, the GEM ASIC specification and
the OpenSolaris eri(7D) the TX FIFO threshold has to be set to 0x4ff
for the Gigabit variants and 0x100 for the ERI in order do avoid TX
underruns.
o In gem_init_locked():
- be conservative and enable the RX and TX MACs,
- don't clear GEM_LINK otherwise we don't ever mark the link as up
again if gem_init_locked() is called from gem_watchdog(),
- remove superfluous setting of sc_ifflags.
o Don't bother to check whether the interface is running or whether its
queue is empty before calling gem_start_locked() in gem_tint(), the
former will check these anyway.
o Call gem_start_locked() in gem_watchdog() in order to try to get
some more packets going.
o In gem_mii_writereg() after reseting the PCS restore its configuration.
GMAC testing: grehan, marcel
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private watchdog timer.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Use bus_foo() rather than bus_space_foo() and remove bus space tag and
handle from softc.
Tested by: imp
Except for the case where we use the cloner library (clone_create() and
friends), there is no reason to enforce a unique device minor number
policy. There are various drivers in the source tree that allocate unr
pools and such to provide minor numbers, without using them themselves.
Because we still need to support unique device minor numbers for the
cloner library, introduce a new flag called D_NEEDMINOR. All cdevsw's
that are used in combination with the cloner library should be marked
with this flag to make the cloning work.
This means drivers can now freely use si_drv0 to store their own flags
and state, making it effectively the same as si_drv1 and si_drv2. We
still keep the minor() and dev2unit() routines around to make drivers
happy.
The NTFS code also used the minor number in its hash table. We should
not do this anymore. If the si_drv0 field would be changed, it would no
longer end up in the same list.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
mtx interface for NDIS_LOCK/UNLOCK. This should result in less
CPU utilization on behalf of the ndis driver. Additionally, this
commit also fixes a potential LOR in the ndis_tick code, by
not locking inside the ndis_tick function, but instead delegating
that work to the helpers called through IoQueueWorkItem. The
way that this is currently set up for NDIS prevents us from
simply implementing a callout_init_mtx mechanism.
However, the helper functions that handle the various timeout
cases implement fine-grained locking using the spinlocks provided
by the NDIS-compat layer, and using the mtx that is added with
this commit. This leaves the following ndis_softc members operated
on in ndis_tick in an unlocked context:
* ndis_hang_timer - Only modified outside of ndis_tick once, before
the first callout_reset to schedule ndis_tick
* ifp->if_oerrors - Only incremented in two places, which should be
an atomic op
* ndis_tx_timer - Assigned to 5 (when guaranteed to be 0) or 0
(in txeof), to indicate to ndis_tick what to
do. This is the only member of which I was
suspicious for needing the NDIS_LOCK here. My
testing (and another's) have been fine so far.
* ndis_stat_callout - Only uses a simple set of callout routines,
callout_reset only called by ndis_tick after
the initial reset, and then callout_drain is
used exactly once in shutdown code.
The benefit is that ndis_tick doesn't acquire NDIS_LOCK unless one of
the timeout conditions is flagged, and it still obeys the locking
order semantics that are dictated by the NDIS layer at the moment. I
have been investigating a more thorough s/spinlock/mtx/ of the NDIS
layer, but the simplest naive approach (replace KeAcquireSpinLock
with an mtx implementation) has anti-succeeded for me so far. This
is a good first step though.
Tested by: onemda@gmail.com
Reviewed by: current@, jhb, thompsa
Proposed by: jhb
We still use the interrupt filter due to performance problems that show up if
we don't. The main problem seen is that, due to the interrupt being edge
triggered, we occasionally miss interrupts which leads us to not notice that
we can transmit more packets. Using the new approach, which just schedules
a task on a taskqueue, we are guaranteed to have the task run even if the
interrupt arrived while we were already executing. If we were to use an
ithread the system would mask the interrupt while the handler is run and we'd
miss interrupts.
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer to implement a watchdog for tx timeouts and drive
the timer for auto negotiation.
- Use bus_foo() rather than bus_space_foo() and remove the bus space
tag & handle from the softc.
- Call bus_setup_intr() after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: Florian Smeets flo of kasimir.com
Remove the code which disables port status change interrupts for 1s
when one occured -- this makes that events get lost or delayed until
the next change.
Obtained from: NetBSD
- Fixed a problem on i386 architecture when using split header/jumbo frame
firmware caused by hardware alignment requirements.
- Added #define BCE_USE_SPLIT_HEADER to allow the feature to be enabled/
disabled. Enabled by default.
PR: kern/123696
MFC after: 2 weeks
In the FreeBSD base system, there are only two utilities that use struct
tty, namely pstat and sicontrol. The sicontrol utility calls the
TCSI_TTY ioctl(), which copies struct tty back to userspace.
sicontrol should not have this functionality. The same data is already
provided by pstat. If we really want to be able to export these numbers
through a file descriptor to userspace, we can export struct xtty, which
should provide a better abstraction. The ttystat option was only used as
a debugging aid.
This makes sicontrol compile in the mpsafetty branch.
Reviewed by: peter
Approved by: philip (mentor)
is in little endian form. Likewise setting DC_AL_PAR0/DC_AL_PAR1
register expect the address to be in little endian form. For big
endian architectures the address should be swapped to get correct
one.
Change setting/getting ethernet hardware address to big endian
architecture frendly.
Reported by: Robert Murillo ( billypilgrim782001 at yahoo dot com )
Tested by: Robert Murillo ( billypilgrim782001 at yahoo dot com )
some longstanding issues:
o pass the vap since it's now the "coin of the realm" and required
to do things like set initial tx parameters in private node
state for use prior to association
o pass the mac address as cards that maintain outboard station
tables require this to create an entry (e.g. in ibss mode)
o remove the node table reference, we only have one node table
and it's unlikely this will change so this is not needed to
find the com structure
- Store the softc of the device in the 'si_drv1' of the cdev.
- Lookup the softc via 'si_drv1' in cdev methods rather than using the
minor number as a unit for devclass_get_softc().
- Lookup the device_t via the softc field in cdev methods rather than
using the minor number as a unit for devclass_get_device().
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect 'sc_opened'.
- Remove D_NEEDGIANT as all the smbus drivers are now MPSAFE and this driver
is now MPSAFE.
- Remove some checks for NULL softc pointers that can't happen and don't
bzero the softc during attach.
it. Bad imp. Removing us dips us under 10,000 in size too.
o Replace an unconditional 30ms DELAY (yes, busy wait) with a check of the
SIBUSY bit in the SelfST register before accessing the eeprom. This changes
the time to read the EEPROM from 2 * 20 * 30ms (1.2s) to < 20*25us (.0005s)
and make the attach of the card tolerable when ethernet media is present.
Include data from the datasheet about why this works. While this is a 2500x
speed increase, it doesn't really matter at all once the card is probed...
o set dev earlier in softc.
o remove unused fields from softc and args from cs_alloc_irq
o remove some commented code that will never be implemented.
o Don't try to send a packet and see if it worked. We don't
need this anymore, and it doesn't add any value.
o tweaks for BNC and AUI.
o limit possible time hung in the kernel to 4s rather than 40s.
sn(4) driver and also looking at newer drivers. The reason for the rewrite is
to support MII and to try and resolve some performance issues found when trying
to use the sn(4) driver on the Gumstix network boards.
For reference, the SMSC LAN91C111 is a non-PCI ethernet part whose lineage
dates back to Ye Olde Days of ISA. It seems to get some use in the embedded
space these days on parts lacking on-board MACs or on-board PCI controllers,
such as the XScale PXA line of ARM CPUs.
This also includes a driver for the SMSC LAN83C183 10/100 PHY.
Man page to follow.
they can re-added. Remove CS_NAME. Don't whine when there's an
ignored checksum error: User has said STFU, so we should S the FU.
(remove mandated properties).
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and the device hardware.
- Add a private timer to manage transmit watchdogs rather than using
if_timer/if_watchdog.
- Setup the interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: imp
for this driver is called 'ie'. Otherwise, ifconfig(8) doesn't recognize
any of the modules as being the ie(4) driver and will always try to kldload
the driver even when it is already present in the kernel.
Reported by: Thierry Herbelot
10BaseT' since it required 10BaseT to have carrier to switch to it.
This chip makes it hard to do proper auto, so we don't do it. We
can't test carrier on things easily.
Don't insist on carrier when we set the media. Don't report failures.
Remove a 1s! delay that appears to not be needed.
With these patches, and John Baldwin's patches, I'm able to pass
packets on my IBM EtherJet card again.
MAC events.
- Use bus_*() rather than bus_space_*() and remove the bus space tag and
handle from the softc.
- Retire unused macros for examining CIS tuples.
o When forced to be 10baseT, don't require that the 10baseT interface
have link to succeed. Still require it for IFM_AUTO, however, since it
appears that there's no way to tell if a specific type of interface
worked. I'm doing a web search for a datasheet now to see if there's
anything obvious.
o Minor incidental formatting nits, including collapsing code of the form
if (foo) {
bar();
} else {
if (baz)
bing();
}
into:
if (foo) {
bar();
} else if (baz) {
bing();
}
to save an indentation level.
o Remove stray reference to 3.x config file syntax.
# I believe John's patches still apply after this...
timer by keeping a once-a-second timer running that decrements a counter
similar to if_timer and reset the chip if it gets down to zero via the
decrement.
- Use IFQ_SET_MAXLEN().
systems where the CardBus bridge was connected to a APIC. The case
where the probe routine is told to not setup the IRQ was mishandled
but the error was masked in the case where the IRQ was a valid one
for the card.
MFC after: 1 week
bring it more up to date. The watchdog timer, and its
associated code, is all collapsed into the ndis_tick function
that was implemented for the NDIS-subsystem watchdog. This
implementation is similar to what numerous other drivers use
to implement the watchdog.
Reviewed by: thompsa, jhb
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Don't leak bus resources if if_alloc() fails during attach.
- Setup the interrupt handler after calling ether_ifattach().
- Use a private timer to manage the transmit watchdog.
Tested by: WATANABE Kazuhiro CQG00620 of nifty.ne.jp
- Add a mutex to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a callout rather than a callout_handle for the media timer.
- Use a dedicated timer for managing the tx watchdog rather than if_timer.
- Fix some resource leaks if xe_attach() fails.
- Shutdown the device before detaching the driver.
- Setup the interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: Ian FREISLICH ianf of clue.co.za
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device.
- Setup the interrupt handler in the common code instead of in each front
end and do it after ether_ifattach().
- Use ie_stop() and ieinit_locked() in iereset() rather than frobbing IFF_UP
and invoking ieioctl().
- Use DELAY() to implement a spin loop on a register with a timeout rather
than scheduling a timeout and then doing a tight spin on the register.
In the non-MPSAFE case this would never have worked because the spinning
code held Giant and the timeout routine would have been blocked on Giant
forever. The same approach would not worke in the MPSAFE case either for
the same reason, hence use a loop around DELAY().
- Clear IFF_DRV_(RUNNING|OACTIVE) in ie_stop() rather than in callers.
- Call ieinit_locked() directly rather than ieioctl(!) from ie_mc_reset().
- Don't leak the rx frame buffer on detach.
Tested by: Thierry Herbelot thierry of herbelot.com
pretend to be IntelliMouse (which have a few more features than generic mice)
causing the IntelliMouse probe to work and the Synaptics code never to be
called.
This should not break "real" IntelliMouse because the Synaptics detection code
is fairly specific.
PR: kern/120833
Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd -at- codelabs.ru>
MFC after: 1 week
variations from normal 16x50 behaviour however is the the use of a normally
unused bit of IER to control RX timeout interrupts independently of the
generally used RXRDY bit. If this bit is not enabled, we only ever get
interrupts when the FIFO is full, never before. This is not very useful when
the UART is being used as a console.
In order to support this without causing potential problems on more "normal"
16x50 variants, this change introduces two hints for the uart device, ier_mask
and ier_rxbits. These can be used to override which bits get set and cleared
when we're enabling and disabling RX interrupts.
Reviewed by: marcel
Even though we got rid of device major numbers some time ago, device
drivers still need to provide unique device minor numbers to make_dev().
These numbers are only used inside the kernel. They are not related to
device major and minor numbers which are visible in devfs. These are
actually based on the inode number of the device.
It would eventually be nice to remove minor numbers entirely, but we
don't want to be too agressive here.
Because the 8-15 bits of the device number field (si_drv0) are still
reserved for the major number, there is no 1:1 mapping of the device
minor and unit numbers. Because this is now unused, remove the
restrictions on these numbers.
The MAXMAJOR definition was actually used for two purposes. It was used
to convert both the userspace and kernelspace device numbers to their
major/minor pair, which is why it is now named UMINORMASK.
minor2unit() and unit2minor() have now become useless. Both minor() and
dev2unit() now serve the same purpose. We should eventually remove some
of them, at least turning them into macro's. If devfs would become
completely minor number unaware, we could consider using si_drv0 directly,
just like si_drv1 and si_drv2.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
clocked at 10x normal speed. That is, when you set it for 9600
baud, it actually does 96000 baud. In order to make it plug and
play with other serial ports, it has to have its clock rate
reduced by a factor of 10.
Discussed with: Marcel Moolenaar
MFC after: 2 weeks
o do not put the chip into full sleep in ath_stop as it gains
nothing and causes many parts to hang in ath_detach because we
may touch the chip during vap teardown; this may also fix issues
with unloading the module
o add a note in ath_detach to explain ath_hal_detach puts the
chip in low power mode; this is useful to know as it means
unloading the module will place a pci device in the lowest
possible power state
o leave an #ifdef notyet marker for powering down the chip when
a device is marked down; we can't do that until we handle all
the ways the driver may be entered and touch the chip
o fix resume by reloading the h/w key cache as it's been clobbered
(for pci) by the socket being powered off; for station mode we
directly stop+init the chip and then simulate a beacon miss to
get the upper layers sync'd up; for other configs we must brute
force stop+start the vaps so they go through the state machine
on amd64. Note the only difference is the iovec32 part so I use the
native structure for everything else.
Also I plan to MFC all the changes in -current to 7-stable and 6-stable
shortly since I've been running them. This does not include the cam
changes.
MFC after: 3 days
calling destroy_dev() with sleepable malloc(9). The entire opetation
is being serialized through pcm cv from top down, so dropping mutex is
rather safe.
Reported by: delphij
gigabit ethernet and JMC260 fast ethernet controllers. ATM jme(4)
supports all hardware features except RSS and multiple Tx/Rx queue.
In these days most ethernet controller vendors take a ply of
concealing hardware detailes from open source developers. As
contrasted with these vendors JMicron provided all necessary
information needed to write a stable driver during driver writing
and answered many questions I had. They even helped fixing driver
bugs with protocol analyzer. Many thanks to JMicron for their
support of FreeBSD.
H/W donated by: JMicron
context, where the iwn mutex is being held, and
iwn_start assumes that we do not have that mutex held.
Resolve this issue with what we do for other NICs by
splitting the iwn_start procedure into two parts,
iwn_start() do the locking, and iwn_start_locked()
assumes that the mutex is being held. This resolves
panic when WITNESS is enabled.
NET_NEEDS_GIANT. netatm has been disconnected from the build for ten
months in HEAD/RELENG_7. Specifics:
- netatm include files
- netatm command line management tools
- libatm
- ATM parts in rescue and sysinstall
- sample configuration files and documents
- kernel support as a module or in NOTES
- netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm
- ctags data for netatm.
- netatm-specific device drivers.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Reviewed by: bz
Discussed with: bms, bz, harti
the watchdog code. This delta also incorporates some missing PCI
IDs that got added.
PR 122928 - might be fixed by this, no verification at this point.
controller. L1 has several threshold/timer registers and they
seem to require careful tuned parameters to get best
performance. Datasheet for L1 is not available to open source
driver writers so age(4) focus on stability and correctness of
basic Tx/Rx operation. ATM the performance of age(4) is far from
optimal which in turn means there are mis-programmed registers or
incorrectly configured registers.
Currently age(4) supports all known hardware assistance including
- MSI support.
- TCP Segmentation Offload.
- Hardware VLAN tag insertion/stripping.
- TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- Interrupt moderation.
- Hardware statistics counter support.
- Jumbo frame support.
- WOL support.
L1 gigabit ethernet controller is mainly found on ASUS
motherboards. Note, it seems that there are other variants of
hardware as known as L2(Fast ethernet) and newer gigabit ethernet
(AR81xx) from Atheros. These are not supported by age(4) and
requires a seperate driver. Big thanks to all people who reported
feedback or tested patches.
Tested by: kevlo, bsam, Francois Ranchin < fyr AT fyrou DOT net >
Thomas Nystroem < thn AT saeab DOT se >
Roman Pogosyan < asternetadmin AT gmail DOT com >
Derek Tattersal < dlt AT mebtel DOT net >
Oliver Seitz < karlkiste AT yahoo DOT com >
-It has new hardware support
-It uses a new method of TX cleanup called Head Write Back
-It includes the provisional generic TCP LRO feature contributed
by Myricom and made general purpose by me. This should move into
the stack upon approval but for this driver drop its in here.
-Also bug fixes and etc...
MFC in a week if no serious issues arise.
so the index needs to be translated into an offset. While we
did add the offset (0x10), we forgot to account for the width.
Tested by: Thomas Vogt
MFC after: 3 days
- Obsolete redundant inst_name and unit members of struct sym_hcb.
- Fix three more NULL vs. 0 confusions.
- Use device_set_softc(9) to tell the bus layer that this driver
allocates a instance of struct sym_hcb itself.
- Rename BGE_FLAG_EEPROM to BGE_FLAG_EADDR to underline it's absence means
"there's no chip containing an Ethernet address fitted to the BGE chip
so we have to get it from the firmware instead" rather than "there's no
EEPROM, but maybe NVRAM or something else".
- Don't treat BCM5906[M] generally like chips w/o BGE_FLAG_EADDR set, just
in the two cases really necessary. This gets us line with the original
patch for DragonFlyBSD.
- For sparc64 restore the intended behavior of obtaining the Ethernet
address from the firmware in case BGE_FLAG_EADDR is not set, even for
BCM5906[M].
- Fix some style(9) bugs introduced with rev. 1.208 of if_bge.c
Approved by: jhb
Additional testing by: Thomas Nystroem (BCM5906)
Add support for the Apple USB Ethernet adapter.
Work around the "latch in at the first working PHY address hack",
that fails for this adapter because it returns 0xffff when reading
from lower PHY addresses. Also add more debugging printfs
Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC After: 3 days
o correct mapping of CCK rates to PLCP; was using nonstandard Ralink
values which just happened to also be used by Zydas (so went unnoticed)
o change ieee80211_plcp2rate api to take a phy type instead of a flag
that indicates ofdm/!ofdm
o update drivers to match (restore per-driver code to map rate->PLCP)
Reviewed by: sephe, weongyo, thompsa
o add IEEE80211_C_STA capability to indicate sta mode is supported
(was previously assumed) and mark drivers as capable
o add ieee80211_opcap array to map an opmode to the equivalent capability bit
o move IEEE80211_C_OPMODE definition to where capabilities are defined so it's
clear it should be kept in sync (on future additions)
o check device capabilities in clone create before trying to create a vap;
this makes driver checks unneeded
o make error codes return on failed clone request unique
o temporarily add console printfs on clone request failures to aid in
debugging; these will move under DIAGNOSTIC or similar before release
Instead use the worldwide known MAX() function.
This should fix problems with negative values showing up on
dev.cpu.%d.temperature.
This is slightly different from the fix in the PR.
Submitted by: KOIE Hidetaka <hide at koie.org>
PR: 123542
Handle cases where dma function pointers may be NULL, and where
the max_iosize can't be derived from a DMA data structure. For
the latter, revert to the prior behaviour of using DFLTPHYS for
the max i/o size when there is no other data.
Reviewed by: marcel
No objection by: sos
aligned on an 8 byte boundary. Prior to rev 1.36 this wasn't a problem
because mbuf clusters tend be naturally aligned. The switch to using
split buffers with the first buffer being the embedded data area of the
mbuf has broken this assumption, at least on i386, causing a complete
failure of RX functionality. Fix this for now by using a full cluster for
the first RX buffer. A more sophisticated approach could be done with the
old buffer scheme to realign the m_data pointer with m_adj(), but I'm also
not clear on performance benefits of this old scheme or the performance
implications of adding an m_adj() call to every allocation.
perform various operations on a controller. Specifically, for each mpt(4)
device, create a character device in devfs which accepts ioctl requests for
reading and writing configuration pages and performing RAID actions.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: scottl
all cards/modes.
In addition to the intr forcing added with rev. 1.205 adopt the other
places to use the same logic.
We need to exclude a few chips/revisions (5700, 5788) from using the
enhanced version and fall back to the old way as that is the only
method they support.
Tested by: phk
Suggested by: davidch, Broadcom (thanks a lot for the help!)
MFC after: 16 days
- add / remove clients from cxgb_main.c now
- change ifdef TOE_ENABLED to TCP_OFFLOAD_DISABLE
- update copyrights
- fix transmit data mismatch bug caused by not setting SB_NOCOALESCE
on tx sockbuf on passive connections
- fix receive sequence mismatch bug caused by not setting SB_NOCOALESCE
on rx sockbuf on passive connections
- don't sleep without checking SBS_CANTRCVMORE first
- various ddp ordering fixes
Supported by: Chelsio Inc.
ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER. In addition to "Enter ~ ctrl-B" (to enter the
debugger), there is now "Enter ~ ctrl-P" (force panic) and
"Enter ~ ctrl-R" (request clean reboot, ala ctrl-alt-del on syscons).
We've used variations of this at work. The force panic sequence is
best used with KDB_UNATTENDED for when you just want it to dump and
get on with it.
The reboot request is a safer way of getting into single user than
a power cycle. eg: you've hosed the ability to log in (pam, rtld, etc).
It gives init the reboot signal, which causes an orderly reboot.
I've taken my best guess at what the !x86 and non-sio code changes
should be.
This also makes sio release its spinlock before calling KDB/DDB.
- Limit grabbing the lock to SIOCSIFFLAGS.
- Move ieee80211_start_all() to SIOCSIFFLAGS.
- Remove SIOCSIFMEDIA as it is not useful.
- Limit ether_ioctl to only SIOCGIFADDR. SIOCSIFADDR and SIOCSIFMTU have no
affect as there is no input/output path in the vap parent. The vap code
will handle the reinit of the mac address changes.
- Split off ndis_ioctl_80211 as it was getting too different to wired devices.
This fixes a copyout while locked and a lock recursion.
Reviewed by: sam
10/100 operation and place the mailbox registers at a different offset.
They also do not have an EEPROM, so the MAC address must be read from
NVRAM instead.
MFC after: 1 month
PR: kern/118975
Submitted by: benjsc, Thomas Nyström thn at saeab dot se
Submitted by: sephe (original patch for DragonflyBSD)
total of 6 interrupt resources for scc(4) on macio(4). This
is 3 per channel, of which the 1st of each channel is the
interrupt associated with the SCC. The other 2 are for DMA
operation.
Change scc_bfe_attach() to accept an argument that's the
number of interrupts per channel (ipc) and change each bus
front-end (bfe) to pass that argument through a wrapper
for the device_attach method.
For now, we only allocate the 1st interrupt of each channel
to perserve behaviour.
doesn't require parts of the Expansion ROM to be copied around,
for obtaining the MAC address on !OFW platforms.
- Don't unnecessarily cache bus space tag and handle nor RIDs
in the softcs of the front-ends.
- Don't use function calls in initializers.
- Let the SBus front-end depend on sbus(4).
when creating the parent bus DMA tag. While at it correct the style
and a nearby comment.
- Take advantage of m_collapse(9) for performance reasons.
MFC after: 2 weeks
PR 122839 is fixed in both em and in igb
Second, the issue on building modules since the static kernel
build changes is now resolved. I was not able to get the fancier
directory hierarchy working, but this works, both em and igb
build as modules now.
Third, there is now support in em for two new NICs, Hartwell
(or 82574) is a low cost PCIE dual port adapter that has MSIX,
for this release it uses 3 vectors only, RX, TX, and LINK. In
the next release I will add a second TX and RX queue. Also, there
is support here for ICH10, the followon to ICH9. Both of these are
early releases, general availability will follow soon.
Fourth: On Hartwell and ICH10 we now have IEEE 1588 PTP support,
I have implemented this in a provisional way so that early adopters
may try and comment on the functionality. The IOCTL structure may
change. This feature is off by default, you need to edit the Makefile
and add the EM_TIMESYNC define to get the code.
Enjoy all!!
assumptions about the state of the cooling devices. Instead, switch them
off on init and, only after that, we are in TZ_ACTIVE_NONE.
Submited by: Andriy Gapon <avg at icyb.net.ua>
Reviewed by: njl
o Add CTASSERTs ensuring that HME_NRXDESC and HME_NTXDESC are set to
legal values.
o Use appropriate maxsize, nsegments and maxsegsize parameters when
creating DMA tags and correct some comments related to them.
o The FreeBSD bus_dmamap_sync(9) supports ored together flags for quite
some time now so collapse calls accordingly.
o Add missing BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD when syncing the control DMA maps in
hme_rint() and hme_start_locked().
o Keep state of the link state and use it to enable or disable the MAC
in hme_mii_statchg() accordingly as well as to return early from
hme_start_locked() in case the link is down.
o Introduce a sc_flags and use it to replace individual members like
sc_pci.
o Add bus_barrier(9) calls to hme_mac_bitflip(), hme_mii_readreg(),
hme_mii_writereg() and hme_stop() to ensure the respective bit
has been written before we starting polling on it and for the right
bits to change.
o Rather just returning in case hme_mac_bitflip() fails and leaving us
in an undefined state report the problem and move on; chances are
the requested configuration will become active shortly after.
o Don't call hme_start_locked() in hme_init_locked() unconditionally
but only after calls to hme_init_locked() when it's appropriate, i.e.
in hme_watchdog().
o Add a KASSERT which asserts nsegs is valid also to hme_load_txmbuf().
o In hme_load_txmbuf():
- use a maximum of the newly introduced HME_NTXSEGS segments instead
of the incorrect HME_NTXQ, which reflects the maximum TX queue
length, for loading the mbufs and put the DMA segments back onto
the stack instead of the softc as 16 should be ok there.
- use the common errno(2) return values instead of homegrown ones,
- given that hme_load_txmbuf() is allowed to fail resulting in a
packet drop for quite some time now implement the functionality of
hme_txcksum() by means of m_pullup(9), which de-obfuscates the code
and allows to always retrieve the correct length of the IP header, [1]
- also add a KASSERT which asserts nsegs is valid,
- take advantage of m_collapse(9) instead of m_defrag(9) for
performance reasons.
o Don't bother to check whether the interface is running or whether its
queue is empty before calling hme_start_locked() in hme_tint(), the
former will check these anyway.
o In hme_intr() call hme_rint() before hme_tint() as gem_tint() may
take quite a while to return when it calls hme_start_locked().
o Get rid of sc_debug and just check if_flags for IFF_DEBUG directly.
o Add a shadow sc_ifflags so we don't reset the chip when unnecessary.
o Handle IFF_ALLMULTI correctly. [2]
o Use PCIR_BAR instead of a homegrown macro.
o Replace sc_enaddr[6] with sc_enaddr[ETHER_ADDR_LEN].
o Use the maximum of 256 TX descriptors for better performance as using
all of them has no additional static cost rather than using just half
of them.
Reported by: rwatson [2]
Suggested by: yongari [1]
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 1 month
in order to get rid of bus space handle and tag in struct sym_hcb.
- Remove unused members related to bus addresses in struct sym_hcb.
- sym(4) takes care of allocating an instance of struct sym_hcb
itself so don't let newbus allocate it as an unused softc also.
- Add basic MPSAFE locking. This includes changing the sym(4) CCBs
to be allocated up-front instead of on demand as needed. Besides
making these allocations more likely to succeed, this also solves
the problem of calling bus_dmamap_create(9) with the SIM mutex
held.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 month
- Remove superfluous returns in functions returning void.
- In sym_alloc_lcb_tags() return directly instead of jumping
to a label which just returns.
- Fix some spelling in comments.
- Remove trailing whitespace.
Note this includes changes to all drivers and moves some device firmware
loading to use firmware(9) and a separate module (e.g. ral). Also there
no longer are separate wlan_scan* modules; this functionality is now
bundled into the wlan module.
Supported by: Hobnob and Marvell
Reviewed by: many
Obtained from: Atheros (some bits)
So if we have channel 0..3 devclass_get_maxunit is 4.
It's never been a problem as devclass_get_device() has
catched a possibly bad input.
Discussed with: scottl
deserves its own internet memes). The trick is to force all available,
unused pins (that being advertised as "speaker") to behave as microphone
pins instead.
Reported / Tested by: Dmitry Kutsenko <kutsenko.truebsd.org>
MFC after: 3 days
move most offload functionality from NIC to TOE
factor out all socket and inpcb direct access
factor out access to locking in incpb, pcbinfo, and sockbuf
as the former is becoming deprecated and exhibits some extraneous
Giant-locking. The new callout(9) is declared MPSAFE, so it may
improve concurrency.
Tested by: matteo
Silence from: wpaul
MFC after: 1 month
explicitly select write locking for all use of the inpcb mutex.
Update some pcbinfo lock assertions to assert locked rather than
write-locked, although in practice almost all uses of the pcbinfo
rwlock main exclusive, and all instances of inpcb lock acquisition
are exclusive.
This change should introduce (ideally) little functional change.
However, it lays the groundwork for significantly increased
parallelism in the TCP/IP code.
MFC after: 3 months
Tested by: kris (superset of committered patch)
This avoids calling busdma in the request processing path which caused a traumatic performance degradation.
Allocation has be postponed to after we know how many devices we possible can have on portmulitpliers to save some space.
clearing MSI enable bit for MSI capable hardwares resulted in Tx
problems. MSI enable bit is set only when MSI is requested from
user.
Tested by: remko
- Fix speaker issues with Dell Vostro 1500 (GPIO0)
Tested by: John Wright <jwright.gmail.com>
- Apply ridiculous quirk on Asus A8X series (A8JC, A8M, A8xx, etc). These
different laptop series share simmilar pci id, hardware codecs, etc.
but works differently. A slight difference in connection type for
widget #26 is used to differentiate it.
Tested by: eric baumbach <embaumbach.gmail.com>
- Apply GPIO0 quirk for ASUS G2K laptop
- Sort ASUS ids accordingly.
Submitted by: jkim
MFC after: 3 days
TX traffic to sit in the send chain until a received packet kick
started the interrupt handler. This would cause extremely slow
performance when used with NFS over UDP.
- Removed untested polling code.
- Updated copyright year in the file header.
- Removed inadvertent ^M's created by DOS text editor.
MFC after: 2 weeks
be handled by chn_abort() and chn_start() alone. This should fix
few issues with single duplex hardware (mostly) or pre virtual record
(RELENG 6) under WINE emulation and possibly others that using
SNDCTL_DSP_SETTRIGGER.
MFC after: 3 days
The problem is that the PM support is part of a much larger WIP here, but due to popular demand I decided to get some of it imported.
Also I forgot the mention:
HW sponsored by: Vitsch Electronics / VEHosting
I've taken a slightly different approach than is used with the ICH8 controllers
in that each controller is not identified individually (eg USB A, USB B, etc).
Instead I've given then same description to each one even though the device ID
differs. This can easily be changed if desired, or ICH8 (and any others using
that approach) can be made to work as this does.
Support is working on the Silicon Image SiI3124/3132.
Support is working on some AHCI chips but far from all.
Remember this is WIP, so test reports and (constructive) suggestions are welcome!
commands can be written to /dev/psm%d and status can be read back from it.
- Reflect the change in psm(4) and bump version for ports.
MFC after: 1 week
Because of this we were not getting further interrupts for link state
changes, thus never went into iface UP state and thus could not transmit.
The only way out of this was an incoming packet generating an rx interrupt
and making us call into bge_link_upd.
Up to rev. 1.101, in bge_start_locked, we only returned instantly
if there was 'no link AND nothing queued for tx'. So with a packet queued
for tx, we hit the register scrubbing at the end of bge_start_locked
and were out fine. We simply lost a packet or two but got the interrupts
need to get into UP state.
With rev. 1.102 this was turned into 'if there is no link OR there is
nothing to send' (correct behaviour) and as long as there is no link
we never hit the register scrubbing and consequently never got the link UP.
What we do now is force an interrupt at the end of bge_ifmedia_upd_locked
so we will call bge_link_upd, clear the link state attention and get
further interrupts.
This helps to get the iface UP on an idle network or at least to get
it UP faster not depending on an rx intr anymore.
In case you could not get a DHCP lease or it took very long,
it was because of this.
It is unknown which chips are affected by this. ASIC rev. 0x2003 was the
most popular trouble candidate.
At least the fiber cards should have been working fine.
Which register to scrub is currently under discussion. The comitted
solution was tested and found to work for a lot of setups. It might
not help with MSI.
The reason why we end up in such a situation is entirely unknown.
PR: kern/111804
Tested by: phk, scottl at Y!
MFC after: 14 days
part of detecting the media. Explicitly ensure that we don't send it to
bpf(4) as bpf(4) isn't setup yet. This worked by accident before the bpf
interface stuff was reworked to avoid other races (bpf_peers_present, etc.)
but now it needs an explicit check to avoid a panic.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: kern/120915
and the igb driver static in the kernel. But it also reflects
some other bug fixes in my development stream at Intel.
PR 122373 is also fixed in this code.
to trip a bug causing the latter to return a zeroed struct
aac_adapter_info. This causes two issues. One is cosmetic only --
a verbose boot prints information about the controller, and shows all
zero:
aac0: Unknown processor 0MHz, 0MB memory (0MB cache, 0MB execution),
unknown battery platform
The second problem is that the firmware version information is stored
away for aac_rev_check, for userland tools (like aaccli) to query via
the FSACTL_MINIPORT_REV_CHECK and FSACTL_LNX_MINIPORT_REV_CHECK ioctls.
When aaccli encounters this issue it prints
Command Error: <The current AFAAPI.DLL is too old to work with the
current controller software.>
Move the RequestSupplementAdapterInfo call after RequestAdapterInfo,
which seems to fix both problems.
abstraction as the RAID and CAM modules, making it nearly impossible
for enough initialization to be done in time for the RAID module to
know whether to attach. On top of this, no reset was being done on
the controller on attach, in violation of the spec. Additionally,
the port enable step was being deferred to the end of the attach
process, long after it should have been done to ensure reliable
operation from the controller. Fix all of these with a few hacks
to force the "attach" and "enable" steps of the core module early
on, and ensure that a reset and port enable also happens early on.
In the future, the driver needs to be refactored to eliminate the
core module abstraction, clean up withe reset/enable steps, and
defer event messages until all of the modules are available to
recieve them.
offload bugs by manual padding for short IP/UDP frames. Unfortunately
it seems that these workaround does not work reliably on newer PCIe
variants of RealTek chips.
To workaround the hardware bug, always pad short frames if Tx IP
checksum offload is requested. It seems that the hardware has a
bug in IP checksum offload handling. NetBSD manually pads short
frames only when the length of IP frame is less than 28 bytes but I
chose 60 bytes to safety. Also unconditionally set IP checksum
offload bit in Tx descriptor if any TCP or UDP checksum offload is
requested. This is the same way as Linux does but it's not
mentioned in data sheet.
Obtained from: NetBSD
Tested by: remko, danger
these days, so de-generalize the acquire_timer/release_timer api
to just deal with speakers.
The new (optional) MD functions are:
timer_spkr_acquire()
timer_spkr_release()
and
timer_spkr_setfreq()
the last of which configures the timer to generate a tone of a given
frequency, in Hz instead of 1/1193182th of seconds.
Drop entirely timer2 on pc98, it is not used anywhere at all.
Move sysbeep() to kern/tty_cons.c and use the timer_spkr*() if
they exist, and do nothing otherwise.
Remove prototypes and empty acquire-/release-timer() and sysbeep()
functions from the non-beeping archs.
This eliminate the need for the speaker driver to know about
i8254frequency at all. In theory this makes the speaker driver MI,
contingent on the timer_spkr_*() functions existing but the driver
does not know this yet and still attaches to the ISA bus.
Syscons is more tricky, in one function, sc_tone(), it knows the hz
and things are just fine.
In the other function, sc_bell() it seems to get the period from
the KDMKTONE ioctl in terms if 1/1193182th second, so we hardcode
the 1193182 and leave it at that. It's probably not important.
Change a few other sysbeep() uses which obviously knew that the
argument was in terms of i8254 frequency, and leave alone those
that look like people thought sysbeep() took frequency in hertz.
This eliminates the knowledge of i8254_freq from all but the actual
clock.c code and the prof_machdep.c on amd64 and i386, where I think
it would be smart to ask for help from the timecounters anyway [TBD].
Removed dead code that assumed that M_TRYWAIT can return NULL; it's not true
since the advent of MBUMA.
Reviewed by: arch
There are ongoing disputes as to whether we want to switch to directly using
UMA flags M_WAITOK/M_NOWAIT for mbuf(9) allocation.
- Correct the maxsize parameter when creating the mbufs busdma tag to
reflect the actual requirement of dc(4).
- Move the KASSERT in dc_newbuf() to the right spot.
- Also convert the TX side to take advantage of bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- Move the comment regarding dc_start_locked() to the right spot.
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Resource allocation in aac_alloc (moved from from aac_init)
- Interrupt setup in aac_setup_intr (from aac_attach)
- Container probing in aac_get_container_info (from aac_startup and
aac_handle_aif)
- Firmware status check moved to aac_check_firmware from aac_init
multi-descriptor transmission attempt. Datasheet said nothing about
this requirements. This should fix a long-standing VLAN hardware
tagging issues with re(4).
Reported by: Giulio Ferro ( auryn AT zirakzigil DOT org )
Tested by: Giulio Ferro ( auryn AT zirakzigil DOT org )
exhaustion is encountered. There was a fix made previously for this
problem but the solution (breaking out of the receive loop) does not
seem to work. mbuf reuse strategy is already adopted by other drivers
such as if_bge. The problem was recreated and the patch is also
verified in the same test environment.
putting the correct size in the fib header. Presumably the older firmware
silently ignored a bad size field.
(This change tested with a 3805 controller. Passthrough devices were
created when running firmware build 12814, but not 15323 or later. With
this change they're created for both old and new firmware versions.)
Submitted by: Adaptec
FSACTL_LNX_SEND_LARGE_FIB, and FSACTL_LNX_SEND_RAW_SRB, and correct size
checks on FIBs passed in from userspace. Both changes were obtained from
Adaptec's driver build 15317. Adaptec's commandline RAID tool arcconf uses
these ioctls when creating a RAID-10 array (and probably other operations
too).
work on architectures with a write-back cache as the PIO writes end up
in the cache which the sync(BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD) in usb_transfer_complete
then discards; compensate in the xfer methods that do PIO by pushing the
writes out of the cache before usb_transfer_complete is called.
This fixes USB on xscale and likely other places.
Sponsored by: hobnob
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
MFC after: 1 month
all uses) involve a read but usbd_start_transfer only does a PREWRITE; change
this to BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE as I'm not sure if any
users do write+read.
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
MFC after: 1 month
2's compliment.
The 2's compliment transform is done so a "count down" sampling interval
can be converted into a "count up" PMC value. a 2's complimented 'count down'
value is written to the PMC counter; then the read-back counter is reverted
via another 2's compliment.
PR: kern/121660
Reviewed by: jkoshy
Approved by: jkoshy
MFC after: 1 week
for a configurable number of seconds, spin the disk down. Spin it back
up on the next request.
Notice that the timeout is only armed by a request, so to spin down a
disk you may have to do:
atacontrol spindown ad10 5
dd if=/dev/ad10 of=/dev/null count=1
To disable spindown, set timeout to zero:
atacontrol spindown ad10 0
In order to debug any trouble caused, this code is somewhat noisy on the
console.
Enabling spindown on a disk containing / or /var/log/messages is not
going to do anything sensible.
Spinning a disk up and down all the time will wear it out, use sensibly.
Approved by: sos
monitor mode. This solves a problem that sometimes mangled frames
are passed.
Submitted by: Werner Backes <werner_at_bit-1.de>
Tested by: Werner Backes <werner_at_bit-1.de>
PR: kern/121608
Approved by: thompsa (mentor)
after each SYSINIT() macro invocation. This makes a number of
lightweight C parsers much happier with the FreeBSD kernel
source, including cflow's prcc and lxr.
MFC after: 1 month
Discussed with: imp, rink
different "platforms" on x86 machines. The existing code already handles
having two platforms: ACPI and legacy. However, the existing approach was
rather hardcoded and difficult to extend. These changes take the approach
that each x86 hardware platform should provide its own nexus(4) driver (it
can inherit most of its behavior from the default legacy nexus(4) driver)
which is responsible for probing for the platform and performing
appropriate platform-specific setup during attach (such as adding a
platform-specific bus device). This does mean changing the x86 platform
busses to no longer use an identify routine for probing, but to move that
logic into their matching nexus(4) driver instead.
- Make the default nexus(4) driver in nexus.c on i386 and amd64 handle the
legacy platform. It's probe routine now returns BUS_PROBE_GENERIC so it
can be overriden.
- Expose a nexus_init_resources() routine which initializes the various
resource managers so that subclassed nexus(4) drivers can invoke it from
their attach routine.
- The legacy nexus(4) driver explicitly adds a legacy0 device in its
attach routine.
- The ACPI driver no longer contains an new-bus identify method. Instead
it exposes a public function (acpi_identify()) which is a probe routine
that the MD nexus(4) drivers can use to probe for ACPI. All of the
probe logic in acpi_probe() is now moved into acpi_identify() and
acpi_probe() is just a stub.
- On i386 and amd64, an ACPI-specific nexus(4) driver checks for ACPI via
acpi_identify() and claims the nexus0 device if the probe succeeds. It
then explicitly adds an acpi0 device in its attach routine.
- The legacy(4) driver no longer knows anything about the acpi0 device.
- On ia64 if acpi_identify() fails you basically end up with no devices.
This matches the previous behavior where the old acpi_identify() would
fail to add an acpi0 device again leaving you with no devices.
Discussed with: imp
Silence on: arch@
failing to load on a kernel that has "nodevice mem" in the config. It will
now properly bring in the mem(4) module.
Submitted by: antoine
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
hangs (one at boot, one at shutdown) in recent machines. First, only try
to take ownership of the EHCI controller if the BIOS currently owns the
controller. On a HP DL160 G5, the machine hangs when we try to take
ownership. Second, don't bother trying to give up ownership of the
controller during shutdown. It's not strictly required and a Dell DCS S29
hangs on shutdown after the config write.
Both of these changes match the behavior of the Linux EHCI driver. I also
think both of these hangs are caused by bugs in the BIOS' SMM handler
causing it to get stuck in an infinite loop in SMM.
MFC after: 1 week
accept a mouse using the boot subclass. Instead, restore the original
hid_is_collection() test and fallback to testing the interface class,
subclass, and protocol if that fails.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: usb/118670
might be currently programmed into the registers.
Underlying firmware (U-Boot) would typically program MAC address into the
first unit only, and others are left uninitialized. It is now possible to
retrieve and program MAC address for all units properly, provided they were
passed on in the bootinfo metadata.
Reviewed by: imp, marcel
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
state change and reliable error recovery.
o Moved vr_softc structure and relevant macros to header file.
o Use PCIR_BAR macro to get BARs.
o Implemented suspend/resume methods.
o Implemented automatic Tx threshold configuration which will be
activated when it suffers from Tx underrun. Also Tx underrun
will try to restart only Tx path and resort to previous
full-reset(both Rx/Tx) operation if restarting Tx path have failed.
o Removed old bit-banging MII interface. Rhine provides simple and
efficient MII interface. While I'm here show PHY address and PHY
register number when its read/write operation was failed.
o Define VR_MII_TIMEOUT constant and use it in MII access routines.
o Always honor link up/down state reported by mii layers. The link
state information is used in vr_start() to determine whether we
got a valid link.
o Removed vr_setcfg() which is now handled in vr_link_task(), link
state taskqueue handler. When mii layer reports link state changes
the taskqueue handler reprograms MAC to reflect negotiated duplex
settings. Flow-control changes are not handled yet and it should
be revisited when mii layer knows the notion of flow-control.
o Added a new sysctl interface to get statistics of an instance of
the driver.(sysctl dev.vr.0.stats=1)
o Chip name was renamed to reflect the official name of the chips
described in VIA Rhine I/II/III datasheet.
REV_ID_3065_A -> REV_ID_VT6102_A
REV_ID_3065_B -> REV_ID_VT6102_B
REV_ID_3065_C -> REV_ID_VT6102_C
REV_ID_3106_J -> REV_ID_VT6105_A0
REV_ID_3106_S -> REV_ID_VT6105M_A0
The following chip revisions were added.
#define REV_ID_VT6105_B0 0x83
#define REV_ID_VT6105_LOM 0x8A
#define REV_ID_VT6107_A0 0x8C
#define REV_ID_VT6107_A1 0x8D
#define REV_ID_VT6105M_B1 0x94
o Always show chip revision number in device attach. This shall help
identifying revision specific issues.
o Check whether EEPROM reloading is complete by inspecting the state
of VR_EECSR_LOAD bit. This bit is self-cleared after the EEPROM
reloading. Previously vr(4) blindly spins for 200us which may/may
not enough to complete the EEPROM reload.
o Removed if_mtu setup. It's done in ether_ifattach().
o Use our own callout to drive watchdog timer.
o In vr_attach disable further interrupts after reset. For VT6102 or
newer hardwares, diable MII state change interrupt as well because
mii state handling is done by mii layer.
o Add more sane register initialization for VT6102 or newer chips.
- Have NIC report error instead of retrying forever.
- Let hardware detect MII coding error.
- Enable MODE10T mode.
- Enable memory-read-multiple for VT6107.
o PHY address for VT6105 or newer chips is located at fixed address 1.
For older chips the PHY address is stored in VR_PHYADDR register.
Armed with these information, there is no need to re-read
VR_PHYADDR register in miibus handler to get PHY address. This
saves one register access cycle for each MII access.
o Don't reprogram VR_PHYADDR register whenever access to a register
located at a PHY address is made. Rhine fmaily allows reprogramming
PHY address location via VR_PHYADDR register depending on
VR_MIISTAT_PHYOPT bit of VR_MIISTAT register. This used to lead
numerous phantom PHYs attached to miibus during phy probe phase and
driver used to limit allowable PHY address in mii register accessors
for certain chip revisions. This removes one more register access
cycle for each MII access.
o Correctly set VLAN header length.
o bus_dma(9) conversion.
- Limit DMA access to be in range of 32bit address space. Hardware
doesn't support DAC.
- Apply descriptor ring alignment requirements(16 bytes alignment)
- Apply Rx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment)
- Apply Tx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment)
for Rhine I chip. Rhine II or III has no Tx buffer address
alignment restrictions, though.
- Reduce number of allowable number of DMA segments to 8.
- Removed the atomic(9) used in descriptor ownership managements
as it's job of bus_dmamap_sync(9).
With these change vr(4) should work on all platforms.
o Rhine uses two separated 8bits command registers to control Tx/Rx
MAC. So don't access it as a single 16bit register.
o For non-strict alignment architectures vr(4) no longer require
time-consuming copy operation for received frames to align IP
header. This greatly improves Rx performance on i386/amd64
platforms. However the alignment is still necessary for
strict-alignment platforms(e.g. sparc64). The alignment is handled
in new fuction vr_fixup_rx().
o vr_rxeof() now rejects multiple-segmented(fragmented) frames as
vr(4) is not ready to handle this situation. Datasheet said nothing
about the reason when/why it happens.
o In vr_newbuf() don't set VR_RXSTAT_FIRSTFRAG/VR_RXSTAT_LASTFRAG
bits as it's set by hardware.
o Don't pass checksum offload information to upper layer for
fragmented frames. The hardware assisted checksum is valid only
when the frame is non-fragmented IP frames. Also mark the checksum
is valid for corrupted frames such that upper layers doesn't need
to recompute the checksum with software routine.
o Removed vr_rxeoc(). RxDMA doesn't seem to need to be idle before
sending VR_CMD_RX_GO command. Previously it used to stop RxDMA
first which in turn resulted in long delays in Rx error recovery.
o Rewrote Tx completion handler.
- Always check VR_TXSTAT_OWN bit in status word prior to
inspecting other status bits in the status word.
- Collision counter updates were corrected as VT3071 or newer
ones use different bits to notify collisions.
- Unlike other chip revisions, VT86C100A uses different bit to
indicate Tx underrun. For VT3071 or newer ones, check both
VR_TXSTAT_TBUFF and VR_TXSTAT_UDF bits to see whether Tx
underrun was happend. In case of Tx underrun requeue the failed
frame and restart stalled Tx SM. Also double Tx DMA threshold
size on each failure to mitigate future Tx underruns.
- Disarm watchdog timer only if we have no queued packets,
otherwise don't touch watchdog timer.
o Rewrote interrupt handler.
- status word in Tx/Rx descriptors indicates more detailed error
state required to recover from the specific error. There is no
need to rely on interrupt status word to recover from Tx/Rx
error except PCI bus error. Other event notifications like
statistics counter overflows or link state events will be
handled in main interrupt handler.
- Don't touch VR_IMR register if we are in suspend mode. Touching
the register may hang the hardware if we are in suspended state.
Previously it seems that touching VR_IMR register in interrupt
handler was to work-around panic occurred in system shutdown
stage on SMP systems. I think that work-around would hide
root-cause of the panic and I couldn't reproduce the panic
with multiple attempts on my box.
o While padding space to meet minimum frame size, zero the pad data
in order to avoid possibly leaking sensitive data.
o Rewrote vr_start_locked().
- Don't try to queue packets if number of available Tx descriptors
are short than that of required one.
o Don't reinitialize hardware whenever media configuration is
changed. Media/link state changes are reported from mii layer if
this happens and vr_link_task() will perform necessary changes.
o Don't reinitialize hardware if only PROMISC bit was changed. Just
toggle the PROMISC bit in hardware is sufficient to reflect the
request.
o Rearrganed the IFCAP_POLLING/IFCAP_HWCSUM handling in vr_ioctl().
o Generate Tx completion interrupts for every VR_TX_INTR_THRESH-th
frames. This reduces Tx completion interrupts under heavy network
loads.
o Since vr(4) doesn't request Tx interrupts for every queued frames,
reclaim any pending descriptors not handled in Tx completion
handler before actually firing up watchdog timeouts.
o Added vr_tx_stop()/vr_rx_stop() to wait for the end of active
TxDMA/RxDMA cycles(draining). These routines are used in vr_stop()
to ensure sane state of MAC before releasing allocated Tx/Rx
buffers. vr_link_task() also takes advantage of these functions to
get to idle state prior to restarting Tx/Rx.
o Added vr_tx_start()/vr_rx_start() to restart Rx/Tx. By separating
Rx operation from Tx operation vr(4) no longer need to full-reset
the hardware in case of Tx/Rx error recovery.
o Implemented WOL.
o Added VT6105M specific register definitions. VT6105M has the
following hardware capabilities.
- Tx/Rx IP/TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- VLAN hardware tag insertion/extraction. Due to lack of information
for getting extracted VLAN tag in Rx path, VLAN hardware support
was not implemented yet.
- CAM(Content Addressable Memory) based 32 entry perfect multicast/
VLAN filtering.
- 8 priority queues.
o Implemented CAM based 32 entry perfect multicast filtering for
VT6105M. If number of multicast entry is greater than 32, vr(4)
uses traditional hash based filtering.
o Reflect real Tx/Rx descriptor structure. Previously vr(4) used to
embed other driver (private) data into these structure. This type
of embedding make it hard to work on LP64 systems.
o Removed unused vr_mii_frame structure and MII bit-baning
definitions.
o Added new PCI configuration registers that controls mii operation
and mode selection.
o Reduced number of Tx/Rx descriptors to 128 from 256. From my
testing, increasing number of descriptors above than 64 didn't help
increasing performance at all. Experimentations show 128 Rx
descriptors seems to help a lot reducing Rx FIFO overruns under
high system loads. It seems the poor Tx performance of Rhine
hardwares comes from the limitation of hardware. You wouldn't
satuarte the link with vr(4) no matter how fast CPU/large number of
descriptors are used.
o Added vr_statistics structure to hold various counter values.
No regression was reported but one variant of Rhine III(VT6105M)
found on RouterBOARD 44 does not work yet(Reported by Milan Obuch).
I hope this would be resolved in near future.
I'd like to say big thanks to Mike Tancsa who kindly donated a Rhine
hardware to me. Without his enthusiastic testing and feedbacks
overhauling vr(4) never have been possible. Also thanks to Masayuki
Murayama who provided some good comments on the hardware's internals.
This driver is result of combined effort of many users who provided
many feedbacks so I'd like to say special thanks to them.
Hardware donated by: Mike Tancsa (mike AT sentex dot net)
Reviewed by: remko (initial version)
Tested by: Mike Tancsa(x86), JoaoBR ( joao AT matik DOT com DOT br )
Marcin Wisnicki ( mwisnicki+freebsd AT gmail DOT com )
Stefan Ehmann ( shoesoft AT gmx DOT net )
Florian Smeets ( flo AT kasimir DOT com )
Phil Oleson ( oz AT nixil DOT net )
Larry Baird ( lab AT gta DOT com )
Milan Obuch ( freebsd-current AT dino DOT sk )
remko (initial version)
the cpufreq drivers to reliably use properties of PCI devices for quirks,
etc.
- For the legacy drivers, add CPU devices via an identify routine in the
CPU driver itself rather than in the legacy driver's attach routine.
- Add CPU devices after Host-PCI bridges in the acpi bus driver.
- Change the ichss(4) driver to use pci_find_bsf() to locate the ICH and
check its device ID rather than having a bogus PCI attachment that only
checked for the ID in probe and always failed. As a side effect, you
can now kldload ichss after boot.
- Fix the ichss(4) driver to use the correct device_t for the ICH (and not
for ichss0) when doing PCI config space operations to enable SpeedStep.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Reviewed by: njl, Andriy Gapon avg of icyb.net.ua
the appropriate bit in the DEVACTB register.
This change allows the C2 state on those systems to work as expected.
Reviewed by: njl
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg at icyb.net.ua>
MFC after: 1 week
HPT drivers would sometimes test the value of a preprocessor definition but
not always make sure that the definition existed in the first place, leading
to warnings on newer compilers. I blindly assumed the same with this driver,
and it turned out to be wrong and to enable some code that doesn't work.
to flush the TLB instead of hardcoding a size of 33 pages. Apertures of
32MB and 64MB only use a 16 page GATT and an aperture of 128MB only uses
a 32 page GATT, so without this the code could walk off the end of the
pointer and cause a page fault if the next page was unmapped. Also, for
aperture sizes > 128MB, not all of the pages would be read. The Linux
driver has the same bug.
MFC after: 1 week
Tested by: Frédéric PRACA frederic.praca of freebsd-fr.org
TCP/UDP checksum in driver for short frames. For frames that requires
hardware VLAN tag insertion, the checksum offload trick does not
work due to changes of checksum offset in mbuf after the VLAN tag.
Disable hardware checksum offload for VLAN interface to fix the bug.
Reported by: Christopher Cowart < ccowart AT rescomp DOT berkeley DOT edu >
Tested by: Christopher Cowart < ccowart AT rescomp DOT berkeley DOT edu >
MFC after: 5 days
allocator for jumbo frame. Also remove unneeded jlist lock which
is no longer required to protect jumbo buffers.
With these changes jumbo frame performance of nfe(4) was slightly
increased and users should not encounter jumbo buffer allocation
failure anymore.
Patch in the PR was modified to check active jumbo buffers in use
and other possible jumbo buffer leak.
Jumbo buffer usage in lge(4) still wouldn't be reliable due to lack
of driver lock in local jumbo buffer allocator. Either introduce
a new lock to protect jumbo buffer or switch to UMA backed page
allocator for jumbo frame is required.
PR: kern/78072
TSEC is the MAC engine offering 10, 100 or 1000 Mbps speed and is found on
different Freescale parts (MPC83xx, MPC85xx). Depending on the silicon version
there are up to four TSEC units integrated on the chip.
This driver also works with the enhanced version of the controller (eTSEC),
which is backwards compatible, but doesn't take advantage of its additional
features (various off-loading mechanisms) at the moment.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Semihalf
MFp4: e500
The QUICC engine is found on various Freescale parts including MPC85xx, and
provides multiple generic time-division serial channel resources, which are in
turn muxed/demuxed by the Serial Communications Controller (SCC).
Along with core QUICC/SCC functionality a uart(4)-compliant device driver is
provided which allows for serial ports over QUICC/SCC.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Juniper
MFp4: e500
The PQ3 is a high performance integrated communications processing system
based on the e500 core, which is an embedded RISC processor that implements
the 32-bit Book E definition of the PowerPC architecture. For details refer
to: http://www.freescale.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=MPC8555E
This port was tested and successfully run on the following members of the PQ3
family: MPC8533, MPC8541, MPC8548, MPC8555.
The following major integrated peripherals are supported:
* On-chip peripherals bus
* OpenPIC interrupt controller
* UART
* Ethernet (TSEC)
* Host/PCI bridge
* QUICC engine (SCC functionality)
This commit brings the main functionality and will be followed by individual
drivers that are logically separate from this base.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
Obtained from: Juniper, Semihalf
MFp4: e500
than rely on the lockmgr support [1]:
* bump the waiters only if the interlock is held
* let brelvp() return the waiters count
* rely on brelvp() instead than BUF_LOCKWAITERS() in order to check
for the waiters number
- Remove a namespace pollution introduced recently with lockmgr.h
including lock.h by including lock.h directly in the consumers and
making it mandatory for using lockmgr.
- Modify flags accepted by lockinit():
* introduce LK_NOPROFILE which disables lock profiling for the
specified lockmgr
* introduce LK_QUIET which disables ktr tracing for the specified
lockmgr [2]
* disallow LK_SLEEPFAIL and LK_NOWAIT to be passed there so that it
can only be used on a per-instance basis
- Remove BUF_LOCKWAITERS() and lockwaiters() as they are no longer
used
This patch breaks KPI so __FreBSD_version will be bumped and manpages
updated by further commits. Additively, 'struct buf' changes results in
a disturbed ABI also.
[2] Really, currently there is no ktr tracing in the lockmgr, but it
will be added soon.
[1] Submitted by: kib
Tested by: pho, Andrea Barberio <insomniac at slackware dot it>
just em, there is an igb driver (this follows behavior with our Linux drivers).
All adapters up to the 82575 are supported in em, and new client/desktop support
will continue to be in that adapter.
The igb driver is for new server NICs like the 82575 and its followons.
Advanced features for virtualization and performance will be in this driver.
Also, both drivers now have shared code that is up to the latest we have
released. Some stylistic changes as well.
Enjoy :)
frames. This bug seems to happen on certain hardware model/revision
(e.g. 88E8053) but it's not identified which hardwares are affected.
Revision 1.4 of if_mskreg.h was not enough to workaround the bug.
To workaround it, inrease GMAC FIFO threshold by one FIFO word to
flush received pause frames.
Reported by: das, Kirill Nuzhdin < kirill.nuzhdin AT rad dot chem dot msu dot ru >
Tested by: das, Kirill Nuzhdin
This fixes the panic which happens when mdcreate_vnode() calls vn_close()
and mddestroy() calls it again further down the error handling path.
Reviewed by: kris, kib
MFC after: 3 days
first before they can be set to Explorer mode.
PR: kern/118578
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg@icyb.net.ua> (I added some comments)
Reviewed by: philip
MFC after: 1 month
- add support for T3C
- add DDP support (zero-copy receive)
- fix TOE transmit of large requests
- fix shutdown so that sockets don't remain in CLOSING state indefinitely
- register listeners when an interface is brought up after tom is loaded
- fix setting of multicast filter
- enable link at device attach
- exit tick handler if shutdown is in progress
- add helper for logging TCB
- add sysctls for dumping transmit queues
- note that TOE wxill not be MFC'd until after 7.0 has been finalized
MFC after: 3 days
- Added loose RX MTU functionality to allow frames larger than 1500 bytes
to be accepted even though the interface MTU is set to 1500.
- Implemented new TCP header splitting/jumbo frame support which uses
two chains for receive traffic rather than the original single recevie
chain.
- Added additional debug support code.
legacy interrupts rather than MSI as a special case. Prior to this
commit, the interrupt handler was doing the slow handshaking with
the device to ensure the legacy interrupt was lowered in both
the legacy and MSI-X case. This handshaking was not
required for MSI-X.
allocator for jumbo frame.
o Removed unneeded jlist lock which was used to manage jumbo
buffers.
o Don't reinitialize hardware if MTU was not changed.
o Added additional check for minimal MTU size.
o Added a new tunable hw.skc.jumbo_disable to disable jumbo frame
support for the driver. The tunable could be set for systems that
do not need to use jumbo frames and it would save
(9K * number of Rx descriptors) bytes kernel memory.
o Jumbo buffer allocation failure is no longer critical error for
the operation of sk(4). If sk(4) encounter the allocation failure
it just disables jumbo frame support and continues to work without
user intervention.
With these changes jumbo frame performance of sk(4) was slightly
increased and users should not encounter jumbo buffer allocation
failure. Previously sk(4) tried to allocate physically contiguous
memory, 3388KB for 256 Rx descriptors. Sometimes that amount of
contiguous memory region could not be available for running systems
which in turn resulted in failure of loading the driver.
Tested by: Cy Schubert < Cy.Schubert () komquats dot com >
With write-allocate cache we get into the following scenario:
1. data has been updated in the memory by the USB HC, but
2. D-cache holds an un-flushed value of it
3. when affected cache line is being replaced, the old (un-flushed) value is
flushed and overwrites the newly arrived
This is possible due to how write-allocate works with virtual caches (ARM for
example).
In case of USB transfers it leads to fatal tags discrepancies in umass(4)
operation, which look like the following:
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 2
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 3
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 4
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 5
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retrying Command
umass0: Invalid CSW: tag 1 should be 6
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Request completed with CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): error 5
(probe0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Retries Exausted
To eliminate this, a BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD sync operation is required in
usbd_start_transfer().
Credits for nailing this down go to Grzegorz Bernacki gjb AT semihalf DOT com.
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
- Include lock.h in lockmgr.h as nested header in order to safely use
LOCK_FILE and LOCK_LINE. As long as this code will be replaced soon
we can tollerate for a while this namespace pollution even if the real
fix would be to let lockmgr() depend by lock.h as a separate header.
NOP-message polling in ciss_periodic().
Note that setting the tunable to non-zero can be workaround only for
`ADAPTER HEARTBEAT FAILED' problem, and may freeze the system w/o
the problem.
Reviewed by: scottl
Reported by: Attila Nagy
MFC after: 3 days
- Rename rt2560_read_eeprom to rt2560_read_config, we already have
rt2560_eeprom_read
- If hardware gives us wrong encryption done index, shout out loudly and
terminate the processing loop
- Process encryption done if RX done bit is set in interrupt status register
(according to Ralink Linux driver)
- Turn VALID/BUSY bits in TX descriptor only after TX descriptor is fully setup
- Fix BBP read: RT2560_BBPCSR can't be written until its RT2560_BBP_BUSY bit is
off (according to Ralink Linux driver)
- Skip invalid (0 of 0xffff) BBP register/value entries stored in EEPROM
- Fix channel TX power location in EEPROM, if channel TX power is above 31 set
it to 24 (TX power only has 5bits in RF register, "24" is according to Ralink
Linux driver)
- Configure BBP according to the BBP register/value stored in EEPROM, restore
BBP17 (RX sensitivity tuning) to default value after this.
- Set TX/RX antenna after BBP is initialized; these two operation will try to
set BBP registers
- Reconfigure ACK TX time registers according to 802.11g standard (TX @36Mb,
other side's ACK should be sent @24Mb).
- 2560 parts have two TX ring: one for management/control packets, one for data
packets. Add private OACTIVE flag for each of them. Turn on IFF_DRV_OACTIVE
if one of private OACTIVE is on; turn off IFF_DRV_OACTIVE iff all of them are
off.
- Rework watchdog to mimic old if_watchdog action. Process TX done/encryption
done in watchdog function (according to Ralink Linux driver)
Obtained from: DragonFly
Approved by: sam (mentor)
Tested by: sam
Related to PR: kern/117655
# Forcing long slot time setting is not included in this commit, comment and
# related code is in place, so if problem pops up, quick tests could be done.
down some DCMD's without any data. Thanks to Dell and LSI for helping
to provide clues to figure out this problem. Now MegaCli can upgrade
the firmware and should work identical when run on Linux.
Reviewed by: scottl, LSI
MFC after: 1 day
PCI-express chipset (and thus has functional MSI) if there are any
PCI-express devices in the system, not requiring a root port device.
With PCI-X the chipset detection has to be very conservative because there
are known systems with PCI-X devices that do not appear to have PCI-X
chipsets. However, with PCI-express I'm not sure it is possible to have
a PCI-express device in a system with a non-PCI-express chipset. If we
assume that is the case then this change is valid. It is also required
for at least some PCI-express systems that don't have any devices with
a root port capability (some ICH9 systems).
MFC after: 1 week
Reported by: jfv
free function controlable, instead of passing the KVA of the buffer
storage as the first argument.
Fix all conventional users of the API to pass the KVA of the buffer
as the first argument, to make this a no-op commit.
Likely break the only non-convetional user of the API, after informing
the relevant committer.
Update the mbuf(9) manual page, which was already out of sync on
this point.
Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800016 as there is no way to tell how
many arguments a CPP macro needs any other way.
This paves the way for giving sendfile(9) a way to wait for the
passed storage to have been accessed before returning.
This does not affect the memory layout or size of mbufs.
Parental oversight by: sam and rwatson.
No MFC is anticipated.
o conversion to callout(9) API.
o add a missing driver lock in bfe_ifmedia_sts().
o use our callout to drive watchdog timer.
o restart Tx routine if pending queued packets are present in
watchdog handler.
o unarm watchdog timer only if there are no queued packets.
o don't blindly reset phy and let phy driver handle link change
request in bfe_init_locked().
o return the status of mii_mediachg() to caller in
bfe_ifmedia_upd(). Previously it always returned 0 to caller.
o add check for IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag as well as IFF_DRV_OACTIVE
in bfe_start_locked().
o implement miibus_statchg method that keeps track of current
link state changes as well as negotiated speed/duplex/
flow-control configuration.
Reprogram MAC to appropriate duplex state. Flow-control
configuration was also implemented but commented out at the
moment. The flow-control configuration will be enabled again
after we have general flow-control framework in mii layer.
Reported by: Yousif Hassan < yousif () alumni ! jmu ! edu >
Tesdted by: Yousif Hassan < yousif () alumni ! jmu ! edu >
- Fix whitespace according to style(9).
- Sync the comment describing why we have to wait in nsphy_reset()
with nsphyter_reset(). It's true that the manual tells to not do a
reset within 500us of applying power but that's unlikely the cause
of problems seen here. Generally having to wait 500us after a reset
however is.
DP83847 PHYs. The main reason for using a specific driver for these
PHYs are reset quirks similar to the nsphy(4) driven DP83840A.
PR: 112654
Obtained from: NetBSD
MFC after: 2 weeks
Thanks to: mlaier for testing w/ DP83815
- Remove the "thread" argument from the lockmgr() function as it is
always curthread now
- Axe lockcount() function as it is no longer used
- Axe LOCKMGR_ASSERT() as it is bogus really and no currently used.
Hopefully this will be soonly replaced by something suitable for it.
- Remove the prototype for dumplockinfo() as the function is no longer
present
Addictionally:
- Introduce a KASSERT() in lockstatus() in order to let it accept only
curthread or NULL as they should only be passed
- Do a little bit of style(9) cleanup on lockmgr.h
KPI results heavilly broken by this change, so manpages and
FreeBSD_version will be modified accordingly by further commits.
Tested by: matteo
- Improve error handling for load operations.
- Fix a memory corruption bug when using certain linux management apps.
- Allocate all commands up front to avoid OOM deadlocks later on.
checksum offoload by downloading AIC-6915 firmware. Changes are
o Header file cleanup.
o Simplified probe logic.
o s/u_int{8,16,32}_t/uint{8,16,32}_t/g
o K&R -> ANSI C.
o In register access function, added support both memory mapped and
IO space register acccess. The function will dynamically detect
which method would be choosed.
o sf_setperf() was modified to support strict-alignment
architectures.
o Use SF_MII_DATAPORT instead of hardcoded value 0xffff.
o Added link state/speed, duplex changes handling task q. The task q
is also responsible for flow control settings.
o Always hornor link up/down state reported by mii layers. The link
state information is used in sf_start() to determine whether we
got a valid link.
o Added experimental flow-control setup. It was commented out but
will be activated once we have flow-cotrol infrastructure in mii
layer.
o Simplify IFF_UP/IFCAP_POLLING and IFF_PROMISC handling logic. Rx
filter always honors promiscuous mode.
o Implemented suspend/resume methods.
o Reorganized Rx filter routine so promiscuous mode changes doesn't
require interface re-initialization.
o Reimplemnted driver probe routine such that it looks for matching
device from supported hardware list table. This change will help to
add newer hardware revision to the driver.
o Use ETHER_ADDR_LEN instead of hardcoded value.
o Prefer memory space register mapping over I/O space as the hardware
requires lots of register access to get various consumer/producer
index. Failing to get memory space mapping, sf(4) falls back to I/O
space mapping. Use of memory space register mapping requires
somewhat large memory space(512K), though.
o Switch to simpler bus_{read,write}_{1,2,4}.
o Use PCIR_BAR macro to get BARs.
o Program PCI cache line size if the cache line size was set to 0
and enable PCI MWI.
o Add a new sysctl node 'dev.sf.N.stats' that shows various MAC
counters for Rx/Tx statistics.
o Add a sysctl node to configure interrupt moderation timer. The
timer defers interrupts generation until time specified in timer
control register is expired. The value in the timer register is in
units of 102.4us. The allowable range for the timer is 0 - 31
(0 ~ 3.276ms).
The default value is 1(102.4us). Users can change the timer value
with dev.sf.N.int_mod sysctl(8) variable/loader(8) tunable.
o bus_dma(9) conversion
- Enable 64bit DMA addressing.
- Enable 64bit descriptor format support.
- Apply descriptor ring alignment requirements(256 bytes alignment).
- Apply Rx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment).
- Apply 4GB boundary restrictions(Tx/Rx ring and its completion ring
should live in the same 4GB address space.)
- Set number of allowable number of DMA segments to 16. In fact,
AIC-6915 doesn't have a limit for number of DMA segments but it
would be waste of Tx descriptor resource if we allow more than 16.
- Rx/Tx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support.
- Added alignment fixup code for strict-alignment architectures.
- Added endianness support code in Tx/Rx descriptor access.
With these changes sf(4) should work on all platforms.
o Don't set if_mtu in device attach, it's handled in ether_ifattach.
o Use our own callout to drive watchdog timer.
o Enable VLAN oversized frames and announce sf(4)'s VLAN capability
to upper layer.
o In sf_detach(), remove mtx_initialized KASSERT as it's not possible
to get there without initialzing the mutex. Also mark that we're
about to detaching so active bpf listeners do not panic the system.
o To reduce PCI register access cycles, Rx completion ring is
directly scanned instead of reading consumer/producer index
registers. In theory, Tx completion ring also can be directly
scanned. However the completion ring is composed of two types
completion(1 for Tx done and 1 and DMA done). So reading producer
index via register access would be more safer way to detect the
ring wrap-around.
o In sf_rxeof(), don't use m_devget(9) to align recevied frames. The
alignment is required only for strict-alignment architectures and
now the alignment is handled by sf_fixup_rx() if required. The
removal of the copy operation in fast path should increase Rx
performance a lot on non-strict-alignemnt architectures such as
i386 and amd64.
o In sf_newbuf(), don't set descriptor valid bit as sf(4) is
programmed to run with normal mode. In normal mode, the valid bit
have no meaning. The valid bit should be used only when the
hardware uses polling(prefetch) mode. The end of descriptor queue
bit could be used if needed, but sf(4) relys on auto-wrapping of
hardware on 256 descriptor queue entries so both valid and
descriptor end bit are not used anymore.
o Don't disable generation of Tx DMA completion as said in datasheet
and use the Tx DMA completion entry instead of relying on Tx done
completion entry. Also added additional Tx completion entry type
check in Tx completion handler.
o Don't blindly reset watchdog timer in sf_txeof(). sf(4) now unarm
the the watchdog only if there are no active Tx descriptors in Tx
queue.
o Don't manually update various counters in driver, instead, use
built-in MAC statistic registers to update them. The statistic
registers are updated in every second.
o Modified Tx underrun handlers to increase the threshold value
in units of 256 bytes. Previously it used to increase 16 bytes
at a time which seems to take too long to stabalize whenever Tx
underrun occurrs.
o In interrupt handler, additional check for the interrupt is
performed such that interrupts only for this device is allowed to
process descriptor rings. Because reading SF_ISR register clears
all interrtups, nuke writing to a SF_ISR register.
o Tx underrun is abonormal condition and SF_ISR_ABNORMALINTR includes
the interrupt. So there is no need to inspect the Tx underrun again
in main interrupt loop.
o Don't blindly reinitialize hardware for abnormal interrupt
condition. sf(4) reintializes the hardware only when it encounters
DMA error which requires an explicit hardware reinitialization.
o Fix a long standing bug that incorrectly clears MAC statistic
registers in sf_init_locked.
o Added strict-alignment safe way of ethernet address reprogramming
as IF_LLADDR may return unaligned address.
o Move sf_reset() to sf_init_locked in order to always reset the
hardware to a known state prior to configuring hardware.
o Set default Rx DMA, Tx DMA paramters as shown in datasheet.
o Enable PCI busmaster logic and autopadding for VLAN frames.
o Rework sf_encap.
- Previously sf(4) used to type 0 of Tx descriptor with padding
enabled to store driver private data. Emebedding private data
structures into descriptors is bad idea as the structure size
would be different between 64bit and 32bit architectures. The
type 0 descriptor allows fixed number of DMA segments in
a descriptor format and provides relatively simple interface to
manage multi-fragmented frames.
However, it wastes lots of Tx descriptors as not all frames are
fragmented as the number of allowable segments in a descriptor.
- To overcome the limitation of type 0 descriptor, switch to type
2 descriptor which allows 64bit DMA addressing and can handle
unliumited number of fragmented DMA segments. The drawback of
type 2 descriptor is in its complexity in managing descriptors
as driver should handle the end of Tx ring manually.
- Manually set Tx desciptor queue end mark and record number of
used descriptors to reclaim used descriptors in sf_txeof().
o Rework sf_start.
- Honor link up/down state before attempting transmission.
- Because sf(4) uses only one of two Tx queues, use low priority
queue instead of high one. This will remove one shift operation
in each Tx kick command.
- Cache last produder index into softc such that subsequenet Tx
operation doesn't need to access producer index register.
o Rewrote sf_stats_update to include all available MAC statistic
counters.
o Employ AIC-6915 firmware from Adaptec and implement firmware
download routine and TCP/UDP checksum offload.
Partial checksum offload support was commented out due to the
possibility of firmware bug in RxGFP.
The firmware can strip VLAN tag in Rx path but the lack of firmware
assistance of VLAN tag insertion in transmit side made it useless
on FreeBSD. Unlike checksum offload, FreeBSD requires both Tx/Rx
hardware VLAN assistance capability. The firmware may also detect
wakeup frame and can wake system up from states other than D0.
However, the lack of wakeup support form D3cold state keep me from
adding WOL capability. Also detecting WOL frame requires firmware
support but it's not yet known to me whether the firmware can
process the WOL frame.
o Changed *_ADDR_HIADDR to *_ADDR_HI to match other definitions of
registers.
o Added definitioan to interrupt moderation related constants.
o Redefined SF_INTRS to include Tx DMA done and DMA errors. Removed
Tx done as it's not needed anymore.
o Added definition for Rx/Tx DMA high priority threshold.
o Nuked unused marco SF_IDX_LO, SF_IDX_HI.
o Added complete MAC statistic register definition.
o Modified sf_stats structure to hold all MAC statistic regiters.
o Nuke various driver private padding data in Tx/Rx descriptor
definition. sf(4) no longer requires private padding. Also remove
unused padding related definitions. This greatly simplifies
descriptor manipulation on 64bit architectures.
o Becase we no longer pad driver private data into descriptor,
remove deprecated/not-applicable comments for padding.
o Redefine Rx/Tx desciptor status. sf(4) doesn't use bit fileds
anymore to support endianness.
Tested by: bruffer (initial version)
be wrong but I couldn't find a way to make it work. In addition, the
number of TxGFP instruction does not match the firmware image size,
so I guess something was wrong when Adaptec generated the TxGFP
firmware from their DDK.
According to datasheet, normally, the first GFP instruction would be
opcode C, WaitForStartOfFrame, to synchronize checksumming with
incoming frame. But the first instruction in TxGFP firmware was
opcode 1, BrToImmIfTrue, so it could not process checksum correctly,
I guess. Checking for RxGFP firmware also indicates the first
instruction should be opcode C. Since the number of instructions in
TxGFP firmware lacks exactly one instruction, I prepended the opcode
C to TxGFP firmware image. With this change, the resulting image size
perfectly matches with the nummber of instructions and Tx checksum
offload seems to work without problems.
since the the command and data that is being built to be sent to or read
from the HW lives in the softc. Commands are later run via an_setdef etc.
In the ioctl path various references are kept to the data stored in
the softc so it needs to be protected. Almost think of the command
in the softc a global variable since it essentially is. Since locking
wasn't done in this type of context the commands would get corrupted.
Thanks to avatar@ for catching some lock issues and dhw@ for testing.
Things are a lot more stable except for the MPI-350 cards. My an(4)
remote laptop stays on the network now.
The driver should be changed so that it uses private memory that is passed
to the functions that talk to the card. Then only those functions would
really need to grab locks.
Reviewed by: avatar@
shortest possible chain of mbufs of m_defrag(9). What we want is
chains of mbufs that can be safely stored to a Tx descriptor which
can have up to STGE_MAXTXSEGS mbufs. The ethernet controller does
not need to align Tx buffers on 32bit boundary. So the use of
m_defrag(9) was waste of time.
problems when the DRM driver is loaded and the AIXGL extension is loaded
, the AIXGL driver requests a drm_close and this will cause the radeon
driver to fail while starting X windows.
PR: kern/114688
Submitted by: vehemens <vehemens at verizon dot net>
Prodded by: Robert Noland
Approved by: imp (mentor, a while ago already), anholt
MFC After: 1 week
- Track packet zone mbufs separately from other mbufs
- free packet zone buffers via m_free rather than trying to manage the refcount
as with clusters - its refcount and management seems to be "special"
but reread it from the device_t every time the device list is fetched.
Previously the device name in pciconf -l would not be updated when a driver
was unloaded or if a device was detached and attached to a different
driver.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/104777
Submitted by: "Iasen Kostoff" tbyte | otel net
queues (which we call slices). The NIC will steer traffic into up to
hw.mxge.max_slices different receive rings based on a configurable
hash type (hw.mxge.rss_hash_type).
Currently the driver defaults to using a single slice, so the default
behavior is unchanged. Also, transmit from non-zero slices is
disabled currently.
spec:
- Use read/modify/write cycles to enable and disable the HPET instead of
writing 0 to reserved bits.
- Shutdown the HPET during suspend as encouraged by the spec.
- Fail to attach to an HPET with a period of zero.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/119675 [3]
Reported by: Leo Bicknell | bicknell ufp.org
- Fix a bug introduced in 1.4.20 where speculative read by the processor in the
write-only doorbell region would cause a target-abort (as opposed to simply
returning random data). This could manifest itself as NMI or machine freeze
depending on how the BIOS/OS/chipset configuration handles target-abort.
- Add support for new revisions of -R cards (with AEL1002/AEL1010 xaui->xfi)
- Increase an internal timing (dispatch engine): fix possible spurious reset
(seen on very few cards).
- increase asserts for mbuf accounting
- track outstanding mbufs (maps very closely to leaked)
- actually only create one thread per port if !multiq
Oddly enough this fixes the use after free
- move txq_segs to stack in t3_encap
- add checks that pidx doesn't move pass cidx
- simplify mbuf free logic in collapse mbufs routine
- move cxgb_tx_common in to cxgb_multiq.c and rename to cxgb_tx
- move cxgb_tx_common dependencies
- further simplify cxgb_dequeue_packet for the non-multiqueue case
- only launch one service thread per port in the non-multiq case
- remove dead cleaning code from cxgb_sge.c
- simplify PIO case substantially in by returning directly from mbuf collapse
and just using m_copydata
- remove gratuitous m_gethdr in the rx path
- clarify freeing of mbufs in collapse
o Increased number of Rx/Tx descriptors to 256 for 8169 GigEs
because it's hard to push the hardware to the limit with default
64 descriptors.
TSO requires large number of Tx descriptors to pass a full sized
TCP segment(65535 bytes IP packet) to hardware. Previously it
consumed 32 Tx descriptors, assuming MCLBYTES DMA segment size,
to send the TCP segment which means re(4) couldn't queue more
than two full sized IP packets.
For 8139C+ it still uses 64 Rx/Tx descriptors due to its hardware
limitations. With this changes there are (very) small waste of
memory for 8139C+ users but I don't think it would affect 8139C+
users for most cases.
o Various bus_dma(9) fixes.
- The hardware supports DAC so allow 64bit DMA operations.
- Removed BUS_DMA_ALLOC_NOW flag.
- Increased DMA segment size to 4096 from MCLBYTES because TSO
consumes too many descriptors with MCLBYTES DMA segment size.
- Tx/Rx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support. With these
changes the code is more readable than previous one and got a
(slightly) better performance as it doesn't need to pass/
decode arguments to/from callback function.
- Removed unnecessary callback function re_dmamap_desc() and
nuked rl_dmaload_arg structure which was used in the callback.
- Additional protection for DMA map load failure. In case of
failure reuse current map instead of returning a bogus DMA
map.
- Deferred DMA map unloading/sync operation for maximum
performance until we really need to load new DMA map. If we
happen to reuse current map(e.g. input error) there is no need
to sync/unload/load again.
- The number of allowable Tx DMA segments for a mbuf chains are
now 32 instead of magic nseg value. If the number of available
Tx descriptors are short enough to send highly fragmented mbuf
chains an optimized re_defrag() is called to collapse mbuf
chains which is supposed to be much faster than m_defrag(9).
re_defrag() was borrowed from ath(4).
- Separated Rx/Tx DMA tag from a common DMA tag such that Rx DMA
tag correctly uses DMA maps that were created with DMA alignment
restriction(8bytes alignments). Tx DMA tag does not have such
alignment limitation.
- Added additional sanity checks for DMA ring map load failure.
- Added additional spare Rx DMA map for graceful handling of Rx
DMA map load failure.
- Fixed misused bus_dmamap_sync(9) and added missing
bus_dmamap_sync(9) in re_encap()/re_txeof()/re_rxeof().
o Enabled TSO again as re(4) have reasonable number of Tx
descriptors.
o Don't touch DMA address of a Tx descriptor in re_txeof(). It's
not needed.
o Fix incorrect update of if_ierrors counter. For Rx buffer
shortage it should update if_qdrops as the buffer is reused.
o Added checks for unsupported H/W revisions and return ENXIO for
these hardwares. This is required to remove resource allocation
code in re_probe as other drivers do in device probe routine.
o Modified descriptor index manipulation macros as it's now possible
to have different number of descriptors for Rx/Tx.
o In re_start, to save a lock operation, use IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY before
trying to invoke IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE. Also don't blindly call re_encap
since we already know the number of available Tx descriptors in
advance.
o Removed RL_TX_DESC_THLD which was used to reserve RL_TX_DESC_THLD
descriptors in Tx path. There is no such a limitation mentioned in
8139C+/8169/8110/8168/8101/8111 datasheet and it seems to work ok
without reserving RL_TX_DESC_THLD descriptors.
o Fix a comment for RL_GTXSTART. The register is 8bits register.
o Added comments for 8169/8139C+ hardware restrictions on descriptors.
o Removed forward declaration for "struct rl_softc", it's not needed.
o Added a new structure rl_txdesc for Tx descriptor managements and
a structure rl_rxdesc for Rx descriptor managements.
o Removed unused member variable rl_intlock in driver softc. There are
still several unused member variables which are supposed to be used
to access hardware statistics counters. But it seems that accessing
hardware counters were not implemented yet.
- Turn on WOL bits in suspend/shutdown method.
- WOL is disabled in resume routine as WOL can interfere normal
Rx operation.
- Move stge_reset() to stge_init_locked() as resetting hardware
clears configured Rx information which in turn results in
non-working Rx module after suspend/shutdown operation.
conjuction with 'thread' argument passing which is always curthread.
Remove the unuseful extra-argument and pass explicitly curthread to lower
layer functions, when necessary.
KPI results broken by this change, which should affect several ports, so
version bumping and manpage update will be further committed.
Tested by: kris, pho, Diego Sardina <siarodx at gmail dot com>
zone code. The GPE handler method (i.e. _L00) generates various Notify
events that need to be run to completion before the GPE is re-enabled.
In ACPI-CA, we queue an asynch callback at the same priority as a Notify
so that it will only run after all Notify handlers have completed. The
callback re-enables the GPE afterwards. We also changed the priority of
Notifies to be the same as GPEs, given the possibility that another GPE
could arrive before the Notifies have completed and we don't want it to
get queued ahead of the rest.
The ACPI-CA change was submitted by Alexey Starikovskiy (SUSE) and will
appear in a later release. Special thanks to him for helping track this
bug down.
MFC after: 1 week
Tested by: jhb, Yousif Hassan <yousif / alumni.jmu.edu>
a panic race on module unload. The wakeup() is internal to
kproc_exit/kthread_exit. The correct fix is to fix the msleep() in
detach to sleep on fdc->fdc_thread instead of &fdc->fdc_thread.
Noted and reviewed by: jhb
Pointy hat to: kib
MFC after: 1 week
Wakeup the thread doing the fdc_detach() when the fdc worker thread exits [1].
Write access to the write-protected floppy shall call device_unbusy() to
pair the device_busy() in the fd_access() [2].
PR: 116537 [1], 116539 [2]
MFC after: 1 week
rspq lock. Not doing so was causing us to skip re-enabling the interrupt.
- remove duplicate credits sysctl
- add support for dumping hardware context of the txq
- decrement budget_left when we break out of the process_responses loop
interrupt handlers for child devices by adding a dummy handler that is
always present so that the underlying interrupt thread is always around
avoiding panics from stray interrupts.
MFC after: 3 days
Remove this argument and pass curthread directly to underlying
VOP_LOCK1() VFS method. This modify makes the code cleaner and in
particular remove an annoying dependence helping next lockmgr() cleanup.
KPI results, obviously, changed.
Manpage and FreeBSD_version will be updated through further commits.
As a side note, would be valuable to say that next commits will address
a similar cleanup about VFS methods, in particular vop_lock1 and
vop_unlock.
Tested by: Diego Sardina <siarodx at gmail dot com>,
Andrea Di Pasquale <whyx dot it at gmail dot com>
- return the error from cxgb_tx_common so that when an error is hit we dont
spin forever in the taskq thread
- remove unused rxsd_ref
- simplify header_offset calculation for embedded mbuf headers
- fix memory leak by making sure that mbuf header initialization took place
- disable printf's for stalled queue, don't do offload/ctrl queue restart
when tunnel queue is restarted
- add more diagnostic information about the txq state
- add facility to dump the actual contents of the hardware queue using sysctl
Now, lockmgr() function can only be called passing curthread and the
KASSERT() is upgraded according with this.
In order to support on-the-fly owner switching, the new function
lockmgr_disown() has been introduced and gets used in BUF_KERNPROC().
KPI, so, results changed and FreeBSD version will be bumped soon.
Differently from previous code, we assume idle thread cannot try to
acquire the lockmgr as it cannot sleep, so loose the relative check[1]
in BUF_KERNPROC().
Tested by: kris
[1] kib asked for a KASSERT in the lockmgr_disown() about this
condition, but after thinking at it, as this is a well known general
rule, I found it not really necessary.
This makes it possible to support ftruncate() on non-vnode file types in
the future.
- 'struct fileops' grows a 'fo_truncate' method to handle an ftruncate() on
a given file descriptor.
- ftruncate() moves to kern/sys_generic.c and now just fetches a file
object and invokes fo_truncate().
- The vnode-specific portions of ftruncate() move to vn_truncate() in
vfs_vnops.c which implements fo_truncate() for vnode file types.
- Non-vnode file types return EINVAL in their fo_truncate() method.
Submitted by: rwatson
set, announce BIO_DELETE capability and issue ATA_CFA_ERASE when we get one.
Once we issue more BIO_DELETE, this will improve lifetime, and
possibly write speed of Flash based devices which have usable flash
adaptation layers.
For now, about the only usage is the newfs(1) -E flag.
Approved by: sos
peoples code with irrelevant changes[1]:
Use bus_{read|write_*() instead of bus_space_{read|write}_*() for
purely stylistic reasons.
Due to compiler optimizations and inlining, this is for all practical
purposes without effect in the compiled code.
[1] NB: Approved by: sos
of two compares against 0. The negative effect of cache flushing
is probably more than the gain by not doing the two compares (the
value is almost certainly in register or at worst, cache).
Note that the uses of m_freem() are in error cases and m_freem()
handles NULL anyhow. So fast-path really isn't changed much at all.
correct number of acpi_thermalX devices. Having this wrong caused the
acpi_thermal thread to realloc the array of devices on each loop iteration.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: kern/118497
Submitted by: Pasi Parviainen
- Introduce a finit() which is used to initailize the fields of struct file
in such a way that the ops vector is only valid after the data, type,
and flags are valid.
- Protect f_flag and f_count with atomic operations.
- Remove the global list of all files and associated accounting.
- Rewrite the unp garbage collection such that it no longer requires
the global list of all files and instead uses a list of all unp sockets.
- Mark sockets in the accept queue so we don't incorrectly gc them.
Tested by: kris, pho
possible to end up in the interrupt handler again while processing the
previous RX interrupt in ifp->if_input() because the MD interrupt code
disables the delivery of the respective interrupt until all associated
handlers were called (in the INTR_FILTER case the MI code supposedly
does the same). Toggling the NIC interrupt enable bit in these handlers
still is necessary though as some chips (f.e. the VMware emulated one)
require this to be done in order to keep issuing interrupts.
MFC after: 1 month
implemented with macros. This patch improves code readability. Reasoning
behind vidd_* is a sort of "video discipline".
List of macros is supposed to be complete--all methods of video_switch
ought to have their respective macros from now on.
Functionally, this code should be no-op. My intention is to leave current
behaviour of touched code as is.
No objections: rwatson
Silence on: freebsd-current@
Approved by: cognet
implemented with macros. This patch improves code readability. Reasoning
behind kbdd_* is a "keyboard discipline".
List of macros is supposed to be complete--all methods of keyboard_switch
should have their respective macros from now on.
Functionally, this code should be no-op. My intention is to leave current
behaviour of code as is.
Glanced at by: rwatson
Reviewed by: emax, marcel
Approved by: cognet
- Use the correct offsets when copying out the results of PCIOCGETCONF_OLD.
This happened to not affect the 64-bit architectures because there the
addition of pc_domain to struct pcisel didn't change the overall size of
struct pci_conf. [1]
- Always copy the name and unit information to conf_old so it's also part
of the output once this information is cached in dinfo.
- Use the correct type for flags in struct pci_match_conf_old. This
change is more or less cosmetic though.
Reported and tested by: bde [1]
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 3 days
Committed from: 24C3
If a mouse has both a wheel and a Z direction we report both.
XXX Due to tradition the wheel is reported as the Z direction (and the Z
direction as W).
Now Apple's Mighty Mouse is fully supported, except the X11 mouse driver
doesn't know what to do with the new coordinate.
MFC after: 3 months
Approved by: njl (mentor), imp
for that argument. This will allow DDB to detect the broad category of
reason why the debugger has been entered, which it can use for the
purposes of deciding which DDB script to run.
Assign approximate why values to all current consumers of the
kdb_enter() interface.
fget() call, that is sleeping point, and possibly dropping Giant.
The snp_target == NULL implies the snp_tty == NULL. Remove the code
that is put under snp_target == NULL and snp_tty != NULL clause.
In snpclose(), do the snp_detach() before scheduling the snp device
destruction. Otherwise, after the return from snpclose(), the snp
device is already removed from the snp_list, but tty is still in
snooped state. Any attempt to do i/o on such tty cause panic because
ttytosnp() returns NULL.
Tested by: Peter Holm
MFC after: 1 week
as multicast/broadcast frames. Previously re(4) ignored multicast
frames in promiscuous mode. The RTL8169 datasheet was not clear
how it handles multicast frames in promiscuous mode.
PR: kern/118572
MFC after: 3 days
NULL and doesn't point to a NULL pointer before dereferencing it. This
fixes a panic triggered by Xorg 7.3.
Reported and tested by: Bill Green
MFC after: 3 days
a pointer to struct bus_space. The structure contains function
pointers that do the actual bus space access.
The reason for this change is that previously all bus space
accesses were little endian (i.e. had an explicit byte-swap
for multi-byte accesses), because all busses on Macs are little
endian.
The upcoming support for Book E, and in particular the E500
core, requires support for big-endian busses because all
embedded peripherals are in the native byte-order.
With this change, there's no distinction between I/O port
space and memory mapped I/O. PowerPC doesn't have I/O port
space. Busses assign tags based on the byte-order only.
For that purpose, two global structures exist (bs_be_tag and
bs_le_tag), of which the address can be taken to get a valid
tag.
Obtained from: Juniper, Semihalf
is actually a circular log. Deal with it rolling around. Fortunately,
the log area is big and I haven't seen any roll over yet. Update and
get rid of the obsolete comment.
and t3_push_frames).
- Import latest changes to cxgb_main.c and cxgb_sge.c from toestack p4 branch
- make driver local copy of tcp_subr.c and tcp_usrreq.c and override tcp_usrreqs so
TOE can also functions on versions with unmodified TCP
- add cxgb back to the build
cards:
o RocketRAID 172x series
o RocketRAID 174x series
o RocketRAID 2210
o RocketRAID 222x series
o RocketRAID 2240
o RocketRAID 230x series
o RocketRAID 231x series
o RocketRAID 232x series
o RocketRAID 2340
o RocketRAID 2522
Many thanks to Highpoint for their continued support of FreeBSD.
Submitted by: Highpoint
it's multi DAC / playback channels is not that good. Enabling vchans
make the bug more visible since playback allocation will look for
possible free hardware channels first (i.e: the next DAC, the very first
has been consumed by vchan mixer) which in this case has been proven faulty.
Tested by: Dominic Fandrey <LoN_Kamikaze at gmx dot de>
URL: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-stable/2007-December/039022.html
The HT1000 DMA engine seems to not always like 64K transfers and sometimes barfs data all over memory leading to instant chrash and burn.
Also fix 48bit adressing issues, apparently newer chips needs 16bit writes and not the usual fifo thing.
HW donated by: Travis Mikalson at TerraNovaNet
that favours true hardware channel, the first instance of recording
request will grab this channel (the first channel is being used as
vchan master). In many cases, it is not really work as intended and give
false impression of broken recording.
PR: kern/118546
MFC after: 3 days
Ethernet Controller. Multicast filtering wasn't tested and needs more
expore. While I'm here change complex if statements with switch
statement which would improve readability.
Reported by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri < wearabnet AT yahoo DOT ca >
Tested by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri < wearabnet AT yahoo DOT ca >
pass back the desired buffer length. This fixes scanning with the Marvell
88W8335 and BCM4328 wireless cards.
PR: kern/118370
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong
Tested by: Ed Schouten
by Daniel Kamm.
Adaptec RAID 51245
Adaptec RAID 51645
Adaptec RAID 52445
Adaptec RAID 5405
Sun STK RAID REM
Sun STK RAID EM
SG-XPCIESAS-R-IN
SG-XPCIESAS-R-EX
initialized before use and returned integrally instead of up to size.
Submitted by: Ilja van Sprundel <ilja -at- netric.org>
Reviewed by: secteam
MFC after: 1 day
is what gcc3 complains about.
Without this change, it's impossible to build the kernel with gcc3.
Tested by: cognet@ (mentor)
Approved by: cognet@ (mentor)
attached. Otherwise, the snp->snp_tty would be overwritten, while the
tty line discipline still set to the snpdisc. Then snplwrite() causes
panic because ttytosnp() cannot find the snp.
MFC after: 1 week
sx driver), change a magic value in the PLX bridge chip. Apparently later
builds of the PCI cards had corrected values in the configuration eeprom.
This change supposedly fixes some pci bus problems.
hack means you can get the units and flags to match up more easily with
serial consoles on machines with acpi tables that cause the com ports
to be probed in the wrong order (and hence get the wrong sio unit number).
This replaces the common alternative hack of editing the code to comment
out the acpi attachment. This could go away entirely when device wiring
patches are committed.
stomping on the units intended for the motherboard sio ports. This is
no real substitute for the not-yet-committed device wiring enhancements.
Code taken from sio's pci attachment.
Intel CPUs with family 0x6, model 0xE and later (i.e., Intel Core(TM))
have a PMC architecture that differs somewhat from previous CPUs in
family 0x6. Even though the basic programming model is similar, the
documented set of legal values that may be loaded into their PMC MSRs
differs from that of the previous PMCs in family 0x6 and reusing bit
values valid for the older PMCs could result in undefined behaviour in
the general case.
T_DIRECT filtering so that disk drives can be attached via the
pass driver. Add CAM locking. Don't mark CAM commands as SG64
since the hardware isn't designed to deal with 64-bit passthru
commands. Hopefully the bounce buffer changes that were done
for the management/ioctl interface are robust enough to handle
this deficiency for CAM as well.
- Enable pcbeep control for Acer + ALC268 (nid 29). Give enough (fake)
hints so the parser will grab it and allocate "speaker" control.
- Fix regression while preparing DAC and ADC for multichannel
format. Since playback policy is to output to every possible path,
ensure that each DAC is started.
Reported / Tested by: Guy Brand
The call should happen with the driver lock held. We don't hold the driver
lock in newstate as it's a separate thread where we can't sleep (and we only
call wpi_cmd in async mode).
Discovered By: Attillo's callout rework
Approved By: mlaier (comentor)
o Acer Aspire 4520 laptop
- jack sensing / automute
o Toshiba Satellite A135-S4527 laptop
- jack sensing / automute
Tested by: lioux
o Apple Macbook 3 (is it?)
- require gpio0 (for speakers) and ovref50 (for headphone)
to make it works
- jack sensing / automute
Tested by: Ed Schouten
* Add Nvidia MCP67 controller ids.
* Be sensible about simmilar controller with multiple pci ids.
* Connect unused DAC/ADC to stream#0 rather than forcing each of them
managing their own stream.
MFC after: 3 days
- Bring HEAD up to the latest shared code
- Fix TSO problem using limited MSS and forwarding
- Dual lock implementation
- New device support
- For my ease, this code can compile in either 6.x or later
- brings this driver in sync with the 6.3
only at address 0 which is supposed to be the only valid phy address
on Marvell PHY. The more correct solution would be masking PHY
address ranges allowable in PHY probe routine. Unfortunately,
FreeBSD has no way to retrict the PHY address ranges or to pass special
flags to PHY driver.
This change assumes that PHY hardwares attached to msk(4) would be
Marvell made 88E11xx PHY.
With this changes the phantom phys attached on 88E8036(Yukon FE)
should disappear.
Reported by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
Tested by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
only 4KB SRAM.
o Rework setting Tx/Rx RAM buffer size. Give receiver 2/3 of memory
and round it down to the multiple of 1024. The RAM buffer size of
Yukon II should be multiple of 1024. This fixes bogus RAM buffer
configuration used in Yukon FE.
Reported by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
Tested by: Oleg Lomaka < oleg AT lomaka DOT org DOT ua >
publicly available datasheet for Yukon II and don't know what
bug/workaround exist for the specific hardware revision. Also I don't
think the vendor will release hardware errata in near future.
The hardware feature lists were not used at all except setting water
mark registers. Since msk(4) should know exact chip model/revision
number to decide which hardware capability could be used the extra
feature lists were redundant.
o Enable jumbo frame support for EC Ultra and disable jumbo frame
for FE.
o Enable store and forward mode for standard MTU sized frame.
o Enable TSO for EC Ultra. However TSO/checksum offload is disabled
for jumbo frame case. Because EC Ultra can't use store and forward
mode for jumbo frame TSO/checksum offload is not available.
o Adjust Tx GMAC almost empty threshold value and add a jumbo frame
water mark. The maic value was obtained from Marvell's sk98lin
driver.
o Fix EC Ultra chip revision number.
Revert the probe in atapi-cd.c to the old usage now its fixed on AHCI.
THis change also fixes using virtual CD's om fx parallels.
Still leaves the GEOM problem of telling media vs device access apart in the access function.
- Implement timing out of VPD register access.[1]
- Fix an off-by-one error of freeing malloc'd space when checksum is invalid.
- Fix style(9) bugs, i.e., sizeof cannot be followed by space.
- Retire now obsolete 'hw.pci.enable_vpd' tunable.
Submitted by: cokane (initial revision)[1]
Reviewed by: marius (intermediate revision)
Silence from: jhb, jmg, rwatson
Tested by: cokane, jkim
MFC after: 3 days
The register layout is little different from memory-mapped stats
in the previous generation chips. In fact, it is bad because
registers in this range are cleared after reading them.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 3 days
- Trying to eliminate another racing by replacing the timeout(9) with
callout APIs. In addition to that, the callout_drain() in an_detach()
help us to avoid a possible panic-on-free due to the callout API tries
to lock a destroyed mutex.
- In an_stats_update(), check the return value of an_read_record(). This
should reduce the chance of device removal(PCCARD) panic [2].
- Adding a comment to state the fact that an_stats_update() is now called
via callout(9) with a lock held [2].
Submitted by: jhb [1], ambrisko [2]
Reviewed by: jhb, ambrisko
Reported by: dhw
Tested by: dhw
MFC after: 3 days
priorities of the technologies supported by 802.3 Selector Field
value.
1000BASE-T full duplex
1000BASE-T
100BASE-T2 full duplex
100BASE-TX full duplex
100BASE-T2
100BASE-T4
100BASE-TX
10BASE-T full duplex
10BAST-T
However PHY drivers didn't honor the order such that 100BASE-T4 had
higher priority than 100BASE-TX full duplex. Fix that long standing
bugs such that have PHY drivers choose the highest common denominator
ability.
Fix a bug in dcphy which inadvertently aceepts 100BASE-T4.
PR: 92599
that the driver will handle WEP encryption. However, this does not seem to be
implemented by this driver (or maybe the chipset doesn't support it?)
Removing the flag makes my wpi card work using wpa_supplicant(8) on a
network with 802.1x security (without this change it authenticated fine, but
tcpdump only saw garbage packets)
Reviewed by: benjsc, imp (mentor)
Approved by: imp (mentor), sam
bumped to 800004 to note the change though userland apps should not be
affected since they use <sys/agpio.h> rather than the headers in
sys/dev/agp.
Discussed with: anholt
Repocopy by: simon
and update the rx code to handle multiple frames in a single usb
transfer. AX772 parts (at least) exhibit many input errors when
operated with a 2K rx buffer and no errors w/ a 4K rx buffer (it's
unclear what the cause of the errors is for 2K so this may just be
covering up the real issue). Larger rx buffer sizes show no
significant performance improvement for AX772. Bypassing the common
buffer management routines also eliminates an extra context switch
on every packet which noticeably improves performance (TCP netperf
rx goes from 45 Mb/s to 85 MB/s).
Submitted by: "J.R. Oldroyd" <fbsd@opal.com>
Reviewed by: imp
Obtained from: openbsd (partly)
MFC after: 3 weeks
The reliability of it's multi DAC / playback channels is
not that good. Enabling vchans make the bug more visible
since playback allocation will look for possible free
hardware channels first (i.e: the next DAC, the very first
has been consumed by vchan mixer) which in this case has
been proven faulty.
Reported / Tested by: Sascha Klauder
MFC after: 3 days
- Patch registers CR47 and CR157 on devices that require it.
- Fix power calibration setting on ZD1211B.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
- Fix multicast transfer by properly reprogram multicast global
hash table, which in turns fix promiscuous mode and IPv6
autoconfiguration / local networking.
Reviewed by: sam, Weongyo Jeong
Tested using: Aztech WL230 , Belkin F5D7050, Unicorn WL-54G,
3COM 3CRUSB10075
MFC after: 1 week
I've tried to move md(4) to use geom_disk class, like real disks do, but
this requires major rework of some of the existing features such as
configuration dumping for example. Therefore just putting devstat support
directly into md(4) seems to be optimal solution.
Now you can see md(4) stats in `systat -vm' again.
MFC after: 2 weeks
present on the MacBook, MacBook Pro, and Intel MacMini.
This driver exports information via sysctl in its private sysctl tree
dev.asmc.*. You can get information about temperatures, fan speeds, the
keyboard light sensor and the Sudden Motion Sensor (SMS).
The SMS is very useful to park the disk heads when the laptop is
moved. Basically, the SMS is setup so that, under movement, we get an
interrupt on irq 6 and a devd notification is sent.
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007
Approved by: njl (mentor)
Reviewed by: attilio (previous version, but very similar), jhb (interrupt
specific review)
while other variants have inorder ethernet address for the same
chipset. Override ethernet address ordering if we already know how
it was stored. This fixes the use of inversed ethernet address on
MCP67.
Submitted by: ariff
MFC after: 3 days
Allocate space in keyboard state structure instead to prevent random byte
from possibly overwritten stack location frombeing shoved into USB device
when transfer actually takes place.
This fixes at least one instance of LEDs not working with USB keyboards.
This import includes:
o wpi Wireless driver for the Intel 3945 Wireless Lan Controller (802.11abg) (sys/dev/wpi)
o Intel firmware revision 2.14.4 & associated LICENSE (sys/dev/contrib/wpi, sys/contrib/dev/wpi/LICENSE)
o wpifw Firmware driver (sys/modules/wpifw)
Approved by: mlaier, sam (co-mentors)
reset problem when we reboot the system with the zyd device inserted.
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong
Reported by: Ted Lindgreen (ted@tednet.nl)
MFC after: 1 week
it's been printing out scary messages about "Unhanded Event Notify Frame"
that are needlessly worrisome to users. Change this warning to only print
out at an elevated debugging level.
CPUs to make sure idle threads are evicted from the softc before returning
from acpi_cpu_shutdown(). However, this is unnecessary since stop_cpus()
handles this for itself and at this point it's possible that our IPI will be
blocked (interrupts disabled).
Thanks to: Glen Leeder <glen.leeder / nokia.com>
MFC after: 3 days
/dev/agpgart and agp_free_res() frees resources like the BAR for the
aperture. Splitting this up lets chipset-specific detach routines
manipulate the aperture during their detach routines without panicing.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: anholt
set this flag and it was more or less just copied and pasted from
another FreeBSD driver while porting this driver from NetBSD, whose
gentbi(4) doesn't set MIIF_NOISOLATE either.
- Fix spelling in a comment.
OK'ed by: yongari
MFC after: 3 months
changes:
01 - Enhanced LRO:
LRO feature is extended to support multi-buffer mode. Previously,
Ethernet frames received in contiguous buffers were offloaded.
Now, frames received in multiple non-contiguous buffers can be
offloaded, as well. The driver now supports LRO for jumbo frames.
02 - Locks Optimization:
The driver code was re-organized to limit the use of locks.
Moreover, lock contention was reduced by replacing wait locks
with try locks.
03 - Code Optimization:
The driver code was re-factored to eliminate some memcpy
operations. Fast path loops were optimized.
04 - Tag Creations:
Physical Buffer Tags are now optimized based upon frame size.
For better performance, Physical Memory Maps are now re-used.
05 - Configuration:
Features such as TSO, LRO, and Interrupt Mode can be configured
either at load or at run time. Rx buffer mode (mode 1 or mode 2)
can be configured at load time through kenv.
06 - Driver Statistics:
Run time statistics are enhanced to provide better visibility
into the driver performance.
07 - Bug Fixes:
The driver contains fixes for the problems discovered and
reported since last submission.
08 - MSI support:
Added Message Signaled Interrupt feature which currently uses 1
message.
09 Removed feature:
Rx 3 buffer mode feature has been removed. Driver now supports 1,
2 and 5 buffer modes of which 2 and 5 buffer modes can be used
for header separation.
10 Compiler warning:
Fixed compiler warning when compiled for 32 bit system.
11 Copyright notice:
Source files are updated with the proper copyright notice.
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: Alicia Pena <Alicia dot Pena at neterion dot com>,
Muhammad Shafiq <Muhammad dot Shafiq at neterion dot com>
made by Michael Eisele and the patch was slightly modified by me.
With this change several NVIDIA ethernet controllers(e.g. MCP61)
works.
RTL8211B(L) is RealTek's new gigabit PHY. The PHY has several
features including crossover correction, polarity correction as
well as supporting triple speed(10/100/1000bps). Data transfer
between MAC and PHY is via RGMII for 1000baseT, MII for
10baseT/100baseTX.
Unfortunately, RealTek used the same model number for RTL8211B(L)
PHY so there is no way to discriminate between RTL8211B(L) and its
predecessors. ATM RTL8211B uses revision number 2 so checking the
revision number seems to be only way to identify it.
Obtained from: Michael Eisele [1]
Tested by: clemens fischer < ino-qc AT spotteswoode DOT de DOT eu DOT org >
mii_anegticks to MII_ANEGTICKS_GIGE and use it. Previously it used
to MII_ANEGTICKS which may not be enough to wait before retrying
autonegotiation process at 1000bps.
o Reset autonegotation timer if media option is not IFM_AUTO or we
got a valid link.
o Announce link loss right after it happends.
o Autonegiation is retried every mii_anegticks seconds.
o Report link state changes right after setting autonegotiation.
reason (not all BIOSen have _DIS methods for all link devices for example).
This matches the behavior of attach() with respect to _DIS as well.
Submitted by: njl
handle to the PCI device_t if the ACPI device_t is already attached to a
driver. This happens on the Tablet TC1000 which for some reason includes
two PCI-ISA bridges and treats the second bridge as an ACPI system resource
device.
Reviewed by: njl (a while ago)
MFC after: 3 days
refactored it to be a generic device.
Instead of being part of the standard kernel, there is now a 'nvram' device
for i386/amd64. It is in DEFAULTS like io and mem, and can be turned off
with 'nodevice nvram'. This matches the previous behavior when it was
first committed.
the PS/2 mouse controller. Thus, when acpi_ibm(4) claimed the mouse
device, the mouse would stop working. The one ACPI dump of an R40 that
I've looked at includes an HKEY device with the proper "IBM0068" ID, so
I'm not sure how the "IBM0057" ID could have helped at all.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: njl
the PCIOCGETCONF, PCIOCREAD and PCIOCWRITE IOCTLs, which was broken
with the introduction of PCI domain support.
As the size of struct pci_conf_io wasn't changed with that commit,
this unfortunately requires the ABI of PCIOCGETCONF to be broken
again in order to be able to provide backwards compatibility to
the old version of that IOCTL.
Requested by: imp
Discussed with: re (kensmith)
Reviewed by: PCI maintainers (imp, jhb)
MFC after: 5 days
to kproc_xxx as they actually make whole processes.
Thos makes way for us to add REAL kthread_create() and friends
that actually make theads. it turns out that most of these
calls actually end up being moved back to the thread version
when it's added. but we need to make this cosmetic change first.
I'd LOVE to do this rename in 7.0 so that we can eventually MFC the
new kthread_xxx() calls.
codecs. Codec at address 0 seems purely digital, or perhaps an HDMI
interface. Let the driver skip it and continue scanning the codecs
starting with address 2 (Realtek ALC885).
* Due to possibilities of future similar cases, put enough logic
in hdac_scan_codecs() to force codec scanning starting from
XX address via tunable "hint.pcm.%d.codec_index".
Reported / Tested by: Toomas Pelberg <toomasp@gmx.net>
- Trivial headphone / speaker automute fixup for Fujitsu-Siemens
AMILO Si 1848 laptop.
Reported / Tested by: Ed <ed@bsd.it>
- Trivial headphone / speaker automute fixup for Fujitsu-Siemens
Lifebook S7020D laptop.
Reported / Tested by: Jaromir Dvoracek <jarek@ataxo.com>
- Some smart vendor trying to create interplanetary wormhole by
screwing pci config space during their BIOS update. The side effects
of their failure attempt includes mutilated hardware id, broken
speaker automuting and loosing the entire analog CD connectivity,
thus causing enough collateral damages to collapse the entire
universe. Move along with it.
Please exercise extra cautious when applying BIOS updates.
Reported / Tested by: Pietro Cerutti <gahr@gahr.ch>
- assembled laptop, based on the MSI-1034
(662) which is now becoming MSI-034A.
- Fix no sound issues (on headphones) for Lenovo ThinkCentre A55 due
to global automute table entry which is not applicable for
non-laptops.
Reported / Tested by: Piotr Smyrak <piotr.smyrak@heron.pl>
- Speaker mute control for HP DC7700 since the front headphone jack
does not generate any interesting unsolicited signal/response.
Reported / Tested by: tyop @ irc.freenode.net
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 3 days
ukbd_poll to mark this keyboard instance as polling before calling
usbd_set_polling at USB level. usbd_set_polling runs softintr before
returning, stealing our input and making consequent polling getchar
kind of pointless.
This allows USB keyboards to coexist peacefully with serial console in DDB
and other contexts where polling is used.
MFC after: 1 week
properly due to the shortage of the RX buffer size. In a case of zyd
devices, up to 3 frames can be combined in an USB transaction. So, RX
buffer should be at least ((MCLBYTES + extra structs) * 3)
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong <weongyo.jeong@gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days
make sure to never call sched_bind() for uninitialised CPUs.
Submitted by: Constantine A. Murenin <cnst@FreeBSD.org>
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 (GSoC2007/cnst-sensors)
Mentored by: syrinx
Tested by: many
OKed by: kensmith
which is ukbd0. Specifically, the keyboard driver structures for ukbd0
are not allocated/freed but are statically allocated via a persistent
global variable. There is some additional magic for the ukbd0 such that
if the keyboard is marked as probed in this global variable, then we
don't check to see if the device_t we are probing has an interface.
This causes a problem if an attach of ukbd0 fails without fulling clearing
the state in the global variable. Specifically, if the keyboard fails to
initialize in init_keyboard() or kbd_register(), then the keyboard will
still be marked as probed. The USB layer will then try to offer the
"generic" version of the USB keyboard device (as opposed to the
per-interface sub-devices) and the ukbd(4) driver will see that the
keyboard is marked probe and will skip the "is this a per-interface device"
check. Later in ukbd_attach() it panics because it tries to dereference
the interface pointer which is NULL.
The fix is to clear the flags in the persistent keyboard data for ukbd0
when init_keyboard() or kbd_register() fail.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: imp
- Add proper scanning support rather than letting the firmware grab the first
access point
- Overhaul state changes
- Use macros for locking and provide _locked() versions of some functions
- Increase debugging output
- Use a callout rather than the old watchdog interface
- Improve style, function names and defines
- Add WPA (TKIP) support
Based heavily on a patchset provided by Sam Leffler.
VR_STICKHW register would result in unexpected results on these
hardwares. wpaul said the following for the issue.
The vr_attach() routine unconditionally does this for all supported
chips:
/*
* Windows may put the chip in suspend mode when it
* shuts down. Be sure to kick it in the head to wake it
* up again.
*/
VR_CLRBIT(sc, VR_STICKHW, (VR_STICKHW_DS0|VR_STICKHW_DS1));
The problem is, the VR_STICKHW register is not valid on all Rhine
devices. The VT86C100A chip, which is present on the D-Link DFE-530TX
boards, doesn't support power management, and its register space is
only 128 bytes wide. The VR_STICKHW register offset falls outside this
range. This may go unnoticed in most scenarios, but if you happen to have
another PCI device in your system which is assigned the register
space immediately after that of the Rhine, the vr(4) driver will
incorrectly stomp it. In my case, the BIOS on my test board decided
to put the register space for my PRO/100 ethernet board right next
to the Rhine, and the Rhine driver ended up clobbering the IMR register
of the PRO/100 device. (Long story short: the board kept locking up on
boot. Took me the better part of the morning suss out why.)
The strictly correct thing to do would be to check the PCI config space
to make sure the device supports the power management capability and only
write to the VR_STICKHW register if it does.
Instead of inspecting chip revision numbers for the availability of
VR_STICKHW register, check the existence of power management capability
of the hardware as wpaul suggested.
Reported by: wpaul
Suggested by: wpaul
OK'ed by: jhb
SAS-enabled cards. It also makes the driver MPSAFE, eliminating some
problems that resulted from CAM becoming MPSAFE. Many thanks to 3Ware/AMCC
for continuing to support FreeBSD.
Submitted by: Manjunath Ranganathaiah
Approved by: re
voltage of 0. This can result in a divide by zero trap. Add a guard
for this case. The value of lfcap is checked in acpi_battery_bif_valid()
just before this, so it is safe.
Reportd by: sam
Approved by: re
MFC after: 3 days
of directly from acpi0. Before it would attach prior to the sysresource
devices, causing the later allocation of its memory range to fail and
print a warning like "acpi0: reservation of fed00000, 1000 (3) failed".
Use an explicit define for our probe order base value of 10.
Help from: jhb
Tested by: Abdullah Ibn Hamad Al-Marri <almarrie / gmail.com>
MFC after: 3 days
Approved by: re
with all functions supported. This is done adding usb device IDs
to the table of recognised devices (because there is no standard
'scanner' class, so no other way to recognise them), and with
a small change to the uscanner attach routine that prevents
reconfiguring the whole USB device while we are dealing only with
one of its USB interfaces.
The latter part has been suggested by Steinar Hamre in
http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=107665 , i have
only added a bit of explaination to the code.
I have personally tried this on the Epson DX-5050 and DX-6000
devices (on the US market they have different names, CX-something).
I have good reasons to think that, possibly with the mere addition
of more USB ids to the table in uscanner.c, this should work with
all Epson multifunction devices in that family (from DX-3800 to
DX-7000 - these units are in the 50-120$ price range).
More details on related topics (SANE configuration, OCR, etc.)
at http://info.iet.unipi.it/~luigi/FreeBSD/dx5050.html
Manpage updates coming soon.
Approved by: re, imp
MFC after: 3 days
UDMA modes.
Please notice that Soekris NET5501 bios versions before 1.32f has a bug
that prevents this from working.
Approved by: re (gnn)
MFC: 2 weeks
support machines having multiple independently numbered PCI domains
and don't support reenumeration without ambiguity amongst the
devices as seen by the OS and represented by PCI location strings.
This includes introducing a function pci_find_dbsf(9) which works
like pci_find_bsf(9) but additionally takes a domain number argument
and limiting pci_find_bsf(9) to only search devices in domain 0 (the
only domain in single-domain systems). Bge(4) and ofw_pcibus(4) are
changed to use pci_find_dbsf(9) instead of pci_find_bsf(9) in order
to no longer report false positives when searching for siblings and
dupe devices in the same domain respectively.
Along with this change the sole host-PCI bridge driver converted to
actually make use of PCI domain support is uninorth(4), the others
continue to use domain 0 only for now and need to be converted as
appropriate later on.
Note that this means that the format of the location strings as used
by pciconf(8) has been changed and that consumers of <sys/pciio.h>
potentially need to be recompiled.
Suggested by: jhb
Reviewed by: grehan, jhb, marcel
Approved by: re (kensmith), jhb (PCI maintainer hat)
to gem_attach() as the former access softc members not yet initialized
at that time and gem_reset() actually is enough to stop the chip. [1]
o Revise the use of gem_bitwait(); add bus_barrier() calls before calling
gem_bitwait() to ensure the respective bit has been written before we
starting polling on it and poll for the right bits to change, f.e. even
though we only reset RX we have to actually wait for both GEM_RESET_RX
and GEM_RESET_TX to clear. Add some additional gem_bitwait() calls in
places we've been missing them according to the GEM documentation.
Along with this some excessive DELAYs, which probably only were added
because of bugs in gem_bitwait() and its use in the first place, as
well as as have of an gem_bitwait() reimplementation in gem_reset_tx()
were removed.
o Add gem_reset_rxdma() and use it to deal with GEM_MAC_RX_OVERFLOW errors
more gracefully as unlike gem_init_locked() it resets the RX DMA engine
only, causing no link loss and the FIFOs not to be cleared. Also use it
deal with GEM_INTR_RX_TAG_ERR errors, with previously were unhandled.
This was based on information obtained from the Linux GEM and OpenSolaris
ERI drivers.
o Turn on workarounds for silicon bugs in the Apple GMAC variants.
This was based on information obtained from the Darwin GMAC and Linux GEM
drivers.
o Turn on "infinite" (i.e. maximum 31 * 64 bytes in length) DMA bursts.
This greatly improves especially RX performance.
o Optimize the RX path, this consists of:
- kicking the receiver as soon as we've a spare descriptor in gem_rint()
again instead of just once after all the ready ones have been handled;
- kicking the receiver the right way, i.e. as outlined in the GEM
documentation in batches of 4 and by pointing it to the descriptor
after the last valid one;
- calling gem_rint() before gem_tint() in gem_intr() as gem_tint() may
take quite a while;
- doubling the size of the RX ring to 256 descriptors.
Overall the RX performance of a GEM in a 1GHz Sun Fire V210 was improved
from ~100Mbit/s to ~850Mbit/s.
o In gem_add_rxbuf() don't assign the newly allocated mbuf to rxs_mbuf
before calling bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(), if bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg()
fails we'll free the newly allocated mbuf, unable to recycle the
previous one but a NULL pointer dereference instead.
o In gem_init_locked() honor the return value of gem_meminit().
o Simplify gem_ringsize() and dont' return garbage in the default case.
Based on OpenBSD.
o Don't turn on MAC control, MIF and PCS interrupts unless GEM_DEBUG is
defined as we don't need/use these interrupts for operation.
o In gem_start_locked() sync the DMA maps of the descriptor rings before
every kick of the transmitter and not just once after enqueuing all
packets as the NIC might instantly start transmitting after we kicked
it the first time.
o Keep state of the link state and use it to enable or disable the MAC
in gem_mii_statchg() accordingly as well as to return early from
gem_start_locked() in case the link is down. [3]
o Initialize the maximum frame size to a sane value.
o In gem_mii_statchg() enable carrier extension if appropriate.
o Increment if_ierrors in case of an GEM_MAC_RX_OVERFLOW error and in
gem_eint(). [3]
o Handle IFF_ALLMULTI correctly; don't set it if we've turned promiscuous
group mode on and don't clear the flag if we've disabled promiscuous
group mode (these were mostly NOPs though). [2]
o Let gem_eint() also report GEM_INTR_PERR errors.
o Move setting sc_variant from gem_pci_probe() to gem_pci_attach() as
device probe methods are not supposed to touch the softc.
o Collapse sc_inited and sc_pci into bits for sc_flags.
o Add CTASSERTs ensuring that GEM_NRXDESC and GEM_NTXDESC are set to
legal values.
o Correctly set up for 802.3x flow control, though #ifdef out the code
that actually enables it as this needs more testing and mainly a proper
framework to support it.
o Correct and add some conversions from hard-coded functions names to
__func__ which were borked or forgotten in if_gem.c rev. 1.42.
o Use PCIR_BAR instead of a homegrown macro.
o Replace sc_enaddr[6] with sc_enaddr[ETHER_ADDR_LEN].
o In gem_pci_attach() in case attaching fails release the resources in
the opposite order they were allocated.
o Make gem_reset() static to if_gem.c as it's not needed outside that
module.
o Remove the GEM_GIGABIT flag and the associated code; GEM_GIGABIT was
never set and the associated code was in the wrong place.
o Remove sc_mif_config; it was only used to cache the contents of the
respective register within gem_attach().
o Remove the #ifdef'ed out NetBSD/OpenBSD code for establishing a suspend
hook as it will never be used on FreeBSD.
o Also probe Apple Intrepid 2 GMAC and Apple Shasta GMAC, add support for
Apple K2 GMAC. Based on OpenBSD.
o Add support for Sun GBE/P cards, or in other words actually add support
for cards based on GEM to gem(4). This mainly consists of adding support
for the TBI of these chips. Along with this the PHY selection code was
rewritten to hardcode the PHY number for certain configurations as for
example the PHY of the on-board ERI of Blade 1000 shows up twice causing
no link as the second incarnation is isolated.
These changes were ported from OpenBSD with some additional improvements
and modulo some bugs.
o Add code to if_gem_pci.c allowing to read the MAC-address from the VPD on
systems without Open Firmware.
This is an improved version of my variant of the respective code in
if_hme_pci.c
o Now that gem(4) is MI enable it for all archs.
Pointed out by: yongari [1]
Suggested by: rwatson [2], yongari [3]
Tested on: i386 (GEM), powerpc (GMACs by marcel and yongari),
sparc64 (ERI and GEM)
Reviewed by: yongari
Approved by: re (kensmith)
polling/interrupt-driven fallback and instead use polling only during
boot and pure interrupt-driven mode after boot. Polled mode could be
relegated completely to a legacy role if we could enable interrupts
during boot. Polled mode can be forced after boot by setting
debug.acpi.ec.polled="1", i.e. if there are timeouts.
- Use polling only during boot, shutdown, or if requested by the user.
Otherwise, use a generation count of GPEs, incremented atomically. This
prevents an old status value from being used if the EC is really slow
and the same condition (i.e. multiple IBEs for a write transaction) is
being checked.
- Check for and run the query handler directly if the SCI bit is set in
the status register during boot. Previously, the query handler wouldn't
run until interrupts were finally enabled late in boot.
- During boot and after starting a command, check if the event appears
to already have occurred before we even start waiting. If so, it's
possible the EC is very slow and we might accept an old status value.
Print a warning in this case. Once we've booted, interrupt-driven mode
should work just fine but polled mode could be unreliable. There's not
much more we can do about this until interrupts are enabled during boot.
- In the above case, we also do one final check if the interrupt-driven
mode gets a timeout. If the status is complete, it will force the
system back into polled mode since interrupt mode doesn't work. For
polled mode during boot, if the status appears to be already complete
before beginning the check loop, it waits 10 us before actually checking
the status, just in case the EC is really slow and hasn't gotten to work
on the new request yet.
- Use upper-case hex for the _Qxx method
- Use device_printf for errors, don't hide them under verbose
- Increase default total timeout to 750 ms and decrease polling interval
to 5 us.
- Don't pass the status value via the softc. Just read it directly.
- Remove the mutex. We use the sx lock for transaction serialization
with the query handler.
- Remove the Intel copyright notice as no code of theirs was ever
present in this file (verified against rev 1.1)
- Allow KTR module-only builds for ease of testing
Thanks to jkim and Alexey Starikovskiy for helpful discussions and testing.
Approved by: re
MFC after: 2 weeks
- The output routine of low level console is not protected by any lock
by default.
- Increment and decrement of sc->write_in_progress are not atomic and
this may cause console hang.
- We also have many other states used by emulator that should be protected
by the lock.
- This change does not fix interspersed messages which PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE
kernel option should fix.
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 1 week
controller if it's sole child device has the "usb" device class.
Previously ehci(4) would think that PCI-ISA bridges on the same slot
(such as in some Intel ICHs) were "neighbors" resulting in spurious
warnings about neighbor count mismatches.
- Fix a memory leak when looking for neighbors.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Tested by: phk
to become unkillable when that process is sent a termination signal. The
process will sit in waitvt looping in the kernel, and chewing up all
available CPU until the system is rebooted.
Submitted by: Jilles Tjoelker <jilles@stack.nl>
Reviewed by: bde
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
the mfi(4) LSI MegaSAS RAID card. Looking at the Linux driver for the
mpt(4) it should be 0x0062 and not 0x0060. Tested with an mfi card
of this device id.
Approved by: re (bmah)
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 3 days
o add driver callback to handle notification of beacon changes;
this is required for devices that manage beacon frames themselves
(devices must override the default handler which does nothing)
o move beacon update-related flags from ieee80211com to the beacon
offsets storage (or handle however a driver wants)
o expand beacon offsets structure with members needed for 11h/dfs
and appie's
o change calling convention for ieee80211_beacon_alloc and
ieee80211_beacon_update
o add overlapping bss support for 11g; requires driver to pass
beacon frames from overlapping bss up to net80211 which is not
presently done by any driver
o move HT beacon contents update to a routine in the HT code area
Reviewed by: avatar, thompsa, sephe
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
does not have a rate table in older hal's so if we scan such a
channel the driver will hit an assertion or crash; for old hal's
fallback to using the static turbo rate table for this mode
(not correct but good enough for now given none of the rate
control algorithms understand how to switch between base+boost)
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
mode works properly, previously the hostap channel could not be changed off #3.
Fix an ifp/sc misuse while I am here.
Reported by: many
Approved by: re (bmah)
change interrupt if the link is established with link parter. However
interrupt handler didn't acknowledge the interrupt if nfe(4) was not
running at the time of interrupt delivery. This caused endless
interrupt generation. Fix the bug by acknowledging the interrupt
regardless of running state of the driver.
PR: kern/116295
Submitted by: Mark Derbyshire (mark At taom dot com)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
other changes too).
(without any real order)
1. Use device_get_nameunit for mutex naming
2. Add timer for low-latency playback
3. Move most mixer controls from sysctls to mixer(8) controls.
This is a largest part of this patch.
4. Add analog/digital switch (as a temporary sysctl)
5. Get back support for low-bitrate playback (with help of (2))
6. Change locking for exclusive I/O. Writing to non-PTR register
is almost safe and does not need to be ordered with PTR operations.
7. Disable MIDI until we get it to detach properly and fix memory
managment problems.
8. Enable multichannel playback by default. It is as stable as
single-channel mode. Multichannel recording is still an
experimental feature.
9. Multichannel options can be changed by loader tunables.
10. Add a way to disable card from a loader tunable.
11. Add new PCI IDs.
12. Debugger settings are loader tunables now.
14. Remove some unused variables.
15. Mark pcm sub-devices MPSAFE.
16. Partially revert (bus_setup_intr -> snd_setup_intr) since it need
to be done independently
Submitted by: Yuriy Tsibizov (driver maintainer)
Approved by: re (bmah)
- duplicate #define in header, thanks to Kevin Lo for pointing out.
- incorrect BUSMASTER enable logic, thanks Patrick Oeschger
- 82543 fails due to bogus IO BAR logic
- Allow 82571 to use MSI interrupts
- Checksum Offload for UDP not working on 82575
Approved by:re
ioctl().
Note that other information provided by ifconfig(8) such like "list chan"
or "list ap" are still not available at this moment.
Before an(4) is connected to wlan(4), users are encouraged to use
ancontrol(8) to retrieve aforementioned information.
Reported by: dhw (http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2007-July/074848.html)
Reviewed by: ambrisko
Tested by: dhw
Approved by: re (bmah)
- fix the use after free seen when sending packets small enough to fit as an immediate
and bpf peers are present
- update to firmware rev 4.7 along with various small vendor fixes
Supported by: Chelsio
Approved by: re (blanket)
MFC after: 3 days
that can lead to a panic when the stick is yanked.
- make sure that zyd_attach() returns 0 or errno.
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong <weongyo.jeong@gmail.com>
Reported by: Ted Lindgreen <ted@tednet.nl>
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
o update ic_lastdata to reflect time of last outbound frame
o outbound traffic must preempt/cancel bg scanning to avoid delays
This stuff was somehow missed in the initial import.
Reviewed by: thompsa, avatar, sephe (earlier version)
Approved by: re (blanket wireless)
The first drop was Beta, this code is expected to be the release version.
Note that this driver code will build in either 6.2 or 7. If you
use the code in 6.2 you will not get TSO or MSI/X support but it will
function in a legacy mode.
Approved by: re
needed at least to convince the BIOS to give us access to CPU freq
control on MacBooks.
Submitted by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo / fnop.net>
Approved by: re
MFC after: 5 days
ZD1211/ZD1211B USB IEEE 802.11b/g wireless network devices. Not (yet)
connected to the build process (next batch of commits once I've looped
the current back back).
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong
Reviewed by: sam@
Approved by: re@
Both WWNN and WWPN are 64-bit unsigned integers and they are prefixed
with "0x", which requires two more bytes each.
Submitted by: Danny Braniss (danny at cs dot huji dot ac dot il)
via Matthew Jacob (lydianconcepts at gmail dot com)
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 3 days
- remove cpl->iff panic - we can't know the port number from the rspq on the 4-port
- pick the ifnet based on the interface in the CPL header
- switch to using qset 0 for egress on the 4-port for now - may change
when we start using RSS
- move ether_ifdetach to before the port lock gets deinitialized to avoid
hang in the case where there are BPF peers (cxgb_ioctl is called indirectly
when BPF peers are present)
- don't call t3_mac_reset if multiport is set, this was causing tx errors
by misconfiguring the MAC on the 4-port
- change V_TXPKT_INTF to use txpkt_intf as the interfaces are not contiguous
- free the mbuf immediately in the case where the payload is small enough to be copied
into the rspq
- only update the coalesce timer if for a queue if packets were taken off of it
- add in missed 20ms DELAY in initializaton vsc8211
- prompt MFC as this only applies to the 4-port which is currently completely
broken - OK'd by kensmith
Supported by: Chelsio
Approved by: re (blanket)
MFC after: 0 days
on an down mxge interface
- Fix a bug where mxge reported the link state as
active when it wasn't (after ifconfig down).
- Prevent spurious watchdog resets when link partner is not consuming
- Add support for CX4 and popular XFP media detection
- Update the firmware and associated header files to 1.4.25
Approved by: re (kensmith)
and newer CPUs (including Core 2 and Core / Core 2 based Xeons). The
driver attaches to each cpu device and creates a sysctl node in that
device's sysctl context (dev.cpu.N.temperature). When invoked, the
handler binds to the appropriate CPU to ensure a correct reading.
Submitted by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@fnop.net>
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007
Tested by: des, marcus, Constantine A. Murenin, Ian FREISLICH
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 3 weeks
Without this the PHY wouldn't work as expected. This should fix
dual-boot Windows XP machine where RealTek Windows drivers put the
PHY in power down mode during shutdown. The magic PHY register
accesses come from RealTek driver. No datasheets mention the magic
PHY registers.
In general, the PHY wakeup code should go into PHY driver. However it
seems that it only apply to RTL8169S single chip and it would be
another hack if we have rgephy(4) check what parent driver/chip model
is attached.
Reported by: lofi, Laurens Timmermans ( laurens AT timkapel DOT nl )
Tested by: lofi
Obtained from: RealTek FreeBSD driver
Approved by: re (Ken Smith)
- Don't leak the config lock if detach() fails due to the controller char
dev being open.
- Close a race between detach() and a process opening the controller char
dev.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (bmah)
Fix a resource allocation bug (explained by jhb on -acpi)
Thanks for Mike Tancsa for testing and helping track down the bug.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 3 weeks
detailed status on each of the backing subdisks. This allows userland
to see which subdisks are online, failed, missing, or a hot spare.
MFC after: 1 week
Approved by: re (bmah)
Reviewed by: sos
differ in their details with calls to a new function, ehci_hcreset(),
that performs the reset.
The original sequences either had no delay or a 1ms delay between
telling the controller to stop and asserting the controller reset
bit. One instance of the original reset sequence waited for the
controller to indicate that its reset was complete before continuing,
but the other two immediately let the subsequent code execute. The
latter is a problem on some hardware, because a read of the HCCPARAMS
register returns an incorrect value while the reset is in progress,
which triggers an infinite loop in ehci_pci_givecontroller(), which
hangs the system on shutdown.
The reset sequence in ehci_hcreset() starts with the most complete
instance from the original code, which contains a loop to wait for
the controller to indicate that its reset is complete. This appears
to be the correct thing to do according to "Enhanced Host Controller
Interface Specification for Universal Serial Bus" revision 1.0,
section 2.3.1. Add another loop to wait for the controller to
indicate that it has stopped before setting the HCRESET bit. This
is required by the section 2.3.1 in the specification, which says
that setting HCRESET before the controller has halted "will result
in undefined behaviour".
Reviewed by: imp (previous patch version without the extra wait loop)
Tested by: se (previous patch version without the extra wait loop)
Approved by: re (bmah)
MFC after: 1 week
previously conditionally acquired Giant based on debug.mpsafenet. As that
has now been removed, they are no longer required. Removing them
significantly simplifies error-handling in the socket layer, eliminated
quite a bit of unwinding of locking in error cases.
While here clean up the now unneeded opt_net.h, which previously was used
for the NET_WITH_GIANT kernel option. Clean up some related gotos for
consistency.
Reviewed by: bz, csjp
Tested by: kris
Approved by: re (kensmith)
requiring DC_TX_ALIGN or DC_TX_COALESCE, which was previously done
in dc_start_locked(), into dc_encap().
o In dc_encap():
- If m_defrag() fails just drop the packet like other NIC drivers
do. This should only happen when there's a mbuf shortage, in which
case it was possible to end up with an IFQ full of packets which
couldn't be processed as they couldn't be defragmented as they
were taking up all the mbufs themselves. This includes adjusting
dc_start_locked() to not trying to prepend the mbuf (chain) if
dc_encap() has freed it.
- Likewise, if bus_dmamap_load_mbuf() fails as dc_dma_map_txbuf()
failed, free the mbuf possibly allocated by the above call to
m_defrag() and drop the packet.
o In dc_txeof():
- Don't clear IFF_DRV_OACTIVE unless there are at least 6 free TX
descriptors. Further down the road dc_encap() will bail if there
are only 5 or fewer free TX descriptors, causing dc_start_locked()
to abort and prepend the dequeued mbuf again so it makes no sense
to pretend we could process mbufs again when in fact we won't.
While at it replace this magic 5 with a macro DC_TX_LIST_RSVD.
- Just always assign idx to sc->dc_cdata.dc_tx_cons; it doesn't
make much sense to exclude the idx == sc->dc_cdata.dc_tx_cons
case.
o In dc_dma_map_txbuf() there's no need to set sc->dc_cdata.dc_tx_err
to error if the latter is != 0, bus_dmamap_load_mbuf() already
returns the same error value in that case anyway.
o For less overhead, convert to use bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg() for
loading RX buffers.
o Remove some banal and/or outdated comments.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
to clear RL_TDESC_VLANCTL_TAG). This fixes sending packets in the
native VLAN when running both tagged and an untagged VLAN over the
same trunk and descriptors are recycled.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
MFC after: 1 week
that could cause panics and corruption under moderate load. Many thanks
to Matt Reimer, Tom McDonald, and the rest of the guys at VPOP.net for
their help in identifying and testing this.
Approved by: re
errors (especially when jumbo frames are enabled or in low memory systems)
because the RX chain was corrupted when an mbuf was mapped to an unexpected
number of buffers.
- Fixed a problem that would cause kernel panics when an excessively
fragmented TX mbuf couldn't be defragmented and was released by
bce_tx_encap().
Approved by: re(hrs)
MFC after: 7 days
the fast or safe/slow method is in use. Fast remains at 1000, slow is
now at 850 (always preferred to TSC). Since the HPET has proven slower
than ACPI-fast on some systems, drop its quality to 900. In the future,
it is hoped that HPET performance will improve as it is the main
timer Intel supports. HPET may move back to 2000 in -current once RELENG_7
is branched to ensure that it gets tested.
Approved by: re
the duration of the function. The device we would otherwise
have left in an useless state may just as well be the low-level
console. When booting verbose, we do need it addressable if we
want to avoid a MCA.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
framework for non-MPSAFE network protocols:
- Remove debug_mpsafenet variable, sysctl, and tunable.
- Remove NET_NEEDS_GIANT() and associate SYSINITSs used by it to force
debug.mpsafenet=0 if non-MPSAFE protocols are compiled into the kernel.
- Remove logic to automatically flag interrupt handlers as non-MPSAFE if
debug.mpsafenet is set for an INTR_TYPE_NET handler.
- Remove logic to automatically flag netisr handlers as non-MPSAFE if
debug.mpsafenet is set.
- Remove references in a few subsystems, including NFS and Cronyx drivers,
which keyed off debug_mpsafenet to determine various aspects of their own
locking behavior.
- Convert NET_LOCK_GIANT(), NET_UNLOCK_GIANT(), and NET_ASSERT_GIANT into
no-op's, as their entire behavior was determined by the value in
debug_mpsafenet.
- Alias NET_CALLOUT_MPSAFE to CALLOUT_MPSAFE.
Many remaining references to NET_.*_GIANT() and NET_CALLOUT_MPSAFE are still
present in subsystems, and will be removed in followup commits.
Reviewed by: bz, jhb
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- make NDIS_DEBUG a sysctl
- default to IEEE80211_MODE_11B if the card doesnt tell us the channels
- dont mess with ic_des_chan when we assosciate
- Allow a directed scan by setting the ESSID before scanning (verified
with wireshark). Hidden APs probably wouldnt have worked before.
- Grab the channel type and use it to look up the correct curchan for
the scan results (mistakenly used 11B before)
- Fix memory leak in the ndis_scan_results
Tested by: matteo
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (rwatson)
to repeat if you had more than two keys down at any given time (which
happened to me all the time with emacs).
This is taken from PR 110681, although what URATAN Shigenobu describes
there is different than the pathology that I have been seeing. I'm
seeing this only in X, while he sees it on his console, yet I think
the two problems are related. I've also reworked the patch slightly
to conform to the coding standards of adjacent code.
It is unclear to me if this merely masks the maddening bug that I have
seen, or if this is a real fix. I typically see the problem when I'm
typing fast in emacs and using lots of motion keys (meta and control).
In either case, my workstation at work again is finally useful with
this patch.
PR: 110681
Submitted by: URATAN Shigenobu
Approved by: re (blanket)
the protocol to be report on each open, but ignore any errors as set
protocol for mice that don't implement the boot protocol can generate
an error. Evidentally, the Gyration GyroPoint RF Technology Receiver
(Gyration Ultra Cordless) device has this problem.
Submitted by: Eugene M. Kim
PR: 106565
Approved by: re (blanket)
included man pages on how to use it. This code is still somewhat experimental
but has been successfully tested on a number of targets. Many thanks to
Danny for contributing this.
Approved by: re
Ever since switching to adaptive polling re(4) occasionally spews
watchdog timeouts on systems with MSI capability. This change is
minimal one for supporting MSI and re(4) also needs MSIX support
for RTL8111C in future. Because softc structure of re(4) is shared
with rl(4), rl(4) was touched to use the modified softc.
Reported by: cnst
Tested by: cnst
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Because nfe(4) hardware doesn't support SG on Rx path, supporting
jumbo frame requires very large contiguous kernel memory(i.e. several
mega bytes). In case of lack of contiguous kernel memory that
allocation request may always fail. However nfe(4) can operate on normal
sized MTU frames, so go ahead and just disable jumbo frame support.
While I'm here add a new tunable "hw.nfe.jumbo_disable" to disable
jumbo frame support.
In nfe_poll, make sure to invoke correct Rx handler.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
advancing. Read from the timer before attaching to be sure it advances
in 1 us. Since the slowest rate allowed by the spec is 10 MHz, the
timer is guaranteed to change in this interval if it is working.
Tested by: Rui Paulo
Approved by: re
MFC after: 3 days
4KB pages as i386, data structures that just fit in one page on i386 (and
on 64 bit architectures with 8KB pages) can be distributed over two pages
on amd64. This is a porblem in the case of the Symbios driver, since the
SCRIPTS engine in the SCSI chip operates on physical addresses and needs
physically contiguous memory. Earlier patches used contigmalloc on amd64,
but this version replaces part of a structure by a pointer to that data.
In order to not introduce an extra indirection for other architectures,
the change has been made conditional on __amd64__.
Earlier attempts to repair this problem are removed (i.e. the macros that
made amd64 use contigmalloc). The fix was submitted by Jan Mikkelsen and
modified by me to only affect amd64.
PR: 89550
Submitted by: janm at transactionware dot com (Jan Mikkelsen)
Approved by: re (Hiroki Sato)
MFC after: 2 weeks
interrupt that is shared with other devices(e.g. USB) in system and
provide a new tunable "hw.msk.legacy_intr" to activate the legacy
interrupt handler. Setting the tunable automatically disables MSI
for msk(4). Previously msk(4) used adoptive polling with taskqueue(9)
as all msk(4) hardwares I know supports MSI. However, there are cases
that MSI couldn't be used on some hardwares due to bugs in MSI
implementatins.
Tested by: Li-Lun Wang < llwang AT infor DOT org >
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- Add custom .c wrappers for the firmware, rather than the standard
firmware(9) generated firmware objects to work around toolchain
problems on ia64 involving linking objects produced by
ld -b -binary into the kernel.
- Move from using Myricom's ".dat" firmware blobs to using Myricom's
zlib compressed ".h" firmware header files. This is done to
facilitate the custom wrappers, and saves a fair amount of wired
memory in the case where the firmware is built in, or preloaded.
- Fix two compile issues in mxge which only appear on non-i386/amd64.
Reviewed by: mlaier, mav (earlier version with just zlib support)
Glanced at by: sam
Approved by: re (kensmith)
config info. from device.hints. Some machines have ipmi controllers
that do not have attachment info in either PCI, SMBIOS or ACPI.
This idea was hacked together by me and then done properly by
jhb.
Submitted by: jhb
Reviewed by: jhb (man page)
Approved by: re (Ken Smith)
MFC after: 1 week
- Keep last transaction label for each destination.
- If the next label is not free, just give up.
- This should reduce CPU load for TX on if_fwip under heavy load.
Approved by: re (hrs)
This adds a function to agp.c to set the aperture resource ID if it's
not the usual AGP_APBASE. Previously, agp.c had been assuming
AGP_APBASE, which resulted in incorrect agp_info, and contortions by
agp_i810.c to work around it.
This also adds functions to agp.c for default AGP_GET_APERTURE() and
AGP_SET_APERTURE(), which return the aperture resource size and disallow
aperture size changes. Moving to these for our AGP drivers will likely
result in stability improvements. This should fix 855-class aperture
size detection.
Additionally, refuse to attach agp_i810 when some RAM is above 4GB and
the GART can't reference memory that high. This should be very rare.
The correct solution would be bus_dma conversion for agp, which is
beyond the scope of this change. Other AGP drivers could likely use
this change as well.
G33/Q35/Q33 AGP support is also included, but disconnected by default
due to lack of testing.
PR: kern/109724 (855 aperture issue)
Submitted by: FUJIMOTO Kou<fujimoto@j.dendai.ac.jp>
Approved by: re (hrs)
- change include style so build in kernel try OR standalone work.
- Limit HWCSUM - I was led to believe that it would work with RSS,
but our testing had odd issues which suggests this is false.
- A fatfinger error in the ioctl code made ifconfig up not work.
Approved by: re
than indirecting through ifaddr_byindex, which makes things easier with
respect to virtualized network stacks.
Submitted by: Marko Zec <zec at icir dot org>
Reviewed by: Leonid Grossman <Leonid dot Grossman at neterion dot com>
Approved by: re (kensmith)
non-sleepable lock held. drm_pci_alloc() calls them, thus drm mutex shall
not be held during the call.
Move the drm_pci_alloc() to the start of the i915_initialize() and drop the
the drm mutex around it.
Reported by: Ganbold <ganbold micom mng net>
Reviewed by: anholt
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 1 week
- use net80211 for scanning and pass the results back to the scan cache
- use ieee80211_init_channels to fill our channel list
- fix up state transitions
- depreciate the old wicontrol ioctls
- add some debugging lines (#define NDIS_DEBUG)
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (kensmith)
ioctls can be removed. These have been #ifdef'd out and left as a reference in
case any of the RIDs need to be turned into sysctls at a later date.
Reviewed by: sam, avatar
Approved by: re (kensmith)
- reduce cpu usage by as much as 25% (40% -> 30) by doing txq reclaim more efficiently
- use mtx_trylock when trying to grab the lock to avoid spinning during long encap loop
- add per-txq reclaim task
- if mbufs were successfully re-claimed try another pass
- track txq overruns with sysctl
Approved by: re (blanket)
- Add controller id for Intel 82801I (ICH9).
PR: kern/114399
Submitted by: Michael Fuckner <michael@fuckner.net>
- MSI support. Disable by default due to various issues with too many
broken hardwares. MSI can be enabled through device.hints(5) or
kenv(8) by setting "hint.pcm.%d.msi=1".
Partially submitted by: kevlo
YAMAMOTO Taku <taku@tackymt.homeip.net>
Tested by: joel, kevlo, YAMAMOTO Taku
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 3 days
do the heavy lifting of the 'mii_tick' function, rue was left behind.
Implement this in a naive way. Reports from the field show this makes
the driver functional with some locking issues, as opposed to an
instant panic. Those will be addressed in a later version of the
driver.
Approved by: re@ (bmah)
Sort NETGEAR list per convention.
Swap QUALCOMM and QUALCOMM2.
Add a few vendor products.
no md5 changes with this file (except when USBVERBOSE is enabled)
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
- Handle directories and leaves other than unit directories and text leaves
correctly.
- Now we can retrieve CROM of iSight correctly.
Approved by: re (hrs)
Tested by: flz
MFC after: 3 days
in. These are exclusively in the name of the company for this round.
No new devices have been added, but the MITEL entry has been
eliminated because nothing uses it. You won't see any difference
unless you have USBVERBOSE defined for the kernel.
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
nxge: cast page size fragments down to (int). If the vm's demand paging
PAGE_SIZE is ever too big for that, we've got far bigger problems.
ofw: move va_start() a little earlier. gcc-4.2 doesn't like us modifying
the last arg before the va_start().
Approved by: re (rwatson)
would be 93C46(1Kbit) or 93C56(2Kbit). One of differences between them
is number of address lines required to access the EEPROM. For example,
93C56 EEPROM needs 8 address lines to read/write data. If 93C56
recevied premature end of required number of serial clock(CLK) to set
OP code/address of EEPROM, the result would be unexpected behavior.
Previously it tried to detect 93C46, which requires 6 address lines,
and then assumed it would be 93C56 if read data was not expected
value. However, this approach didn't work in some models/situations
as 93C56 requries 8 address lines to access its data. In order to fix
it, change EEPROM probing order such that 93C56 is detected reliably.
While I'm here change hard-coded address line numbers with defined
constant to enhance readability.
PR: 112710
Approved by: re (mux)
o Adonics Cable 205
o Aiptek PocketCAM 3Mega
o Belkin USB2SCSI
o Casio QV DigiCam
o CCYU EasyDisk ED1064
o Desknote UCR-61S2B
o Epson Stylus Photo 875DC Card Reader
o Epson Stylus Photo 895 Card Reader
o Feiya 5-in-1 Card Reader
o Hitachi Dvd-CAM DZ-MV100A Camcorder
o HP CD-WRiter+ CD-4e
o Insystem Storage Adapter v2
o Kyocera Finecam S3x
o Kyocera Finecam S4
o Kyocera Finecam S5
o Kyocera Finecam L3
o Lexar USB CF Reader
o MindAtWork Digital Wallet
o Minolta Dimage F300
o Minolta Dimage E223
o Minsumi USB Fdd
o Netac USB-CF-Card
o NetChip USB Clik! 40
o Onspec MDCFE-B USB CF Reader
o Onspec SIIG/Datafab Memory Stick + CF Reader/Writer
o Onspec Datafab-based Reader
o Onspec PNY/Datafab CF+SM Reader
o Onspec SimpleTech/Datafab CF+SM Reader
o Onspec MDSM-b Reader
o Onspec USB To CF + SM Combo (LC1)
o Onspec ImageMate SDDR55
o Panasonic LS-120 Camera
o Samsung Techwin Digimax 410
o Shuttle eUSB SmartMedia / CompactFlash Adapter
o Skanhex MD 7425 Camera
o Skanhex SX 520z Camera
o Sony Memorystick NW-MS7
o Sony Portable USB Hardrive V2
o Sony Memorystick PEG N760c
o Sony Memorystick MSC-U03
o TREK/IBM USB memory key
o Trumpion T33520 USB Flash Card Controller
o Trumpion MP3 Player
o Vivtar Vivicam 35Xx
o WinMaxGroup USB Flash Disk 64M-C
o Zoran Digital Camera EX-20 DSC
and maybe a few others...
Submitted by: Vaidas Damosevicius and flz
PR: 79893
Reviewed by: njl, flz
Approved by: re (blanket)
that should be a no-op (for example, requesting SYNC on record path).
The standards does not indicate that such requests are illegal, so
just return it as success instead of EINVAL.
Approved by: re (mux)
First, we were never correctly checking for a 24XX Status Type 0
response- that cased us to fall through to evaluate status for
commands as if this were a 2100/2200/2300 Status Type 0 response.
This is *close*, but not quite the same. This has been reported
to be apparent with some wierd lun configuration problems with
some arrays. It became glaringly apparent on sparc64 where none
of the correct byte swap things were done.
Fixing this omission then caused a whole universe shifting debug
cycle of endian issues for the 2400. The manual for 24XX f/w turns
out to be wrong about the endianness of a couple of entities. The
lun and cdb fields for the type 7 request are *not* unconditionally
big endian- they happen to be opposite of whatever the endian of
the current machine type is. Same with the sense data for the
24XX type 0 response.
While we're at it investigate and resolve some NVRAM endian
issues.
Approved by: re (ken)
MFC after: 3 days
Submitted by: Simon Schubert <corecode@fs.ei.tum.de>
- Defer flushing unsolicited response into taskqueue thread rather
than handle it directly in interrupt handler, since few of its
operations (like measuring/calibrating jack impedance) are quite
expensive.
- Misc. debugging cleanups.
Tested by: joel
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 3 days
Note: The offending quirk should have been made model/codec specific,
but since there were no records / log which model requires it, the quirk
logic had to be inverted (blacklist instead of whitelist).
Tested by: Arkadiy Dudevitch <dudevitch@englerllc.com>
Approved by: re (hrs)
MFC after: 3 days
- provide dummy routines for ic_scan_curchan and ic_scan_mindwell, we do not support those operations.
- add ieee80211_scan_done() to tell the scanning module that all channels have been scanned.
- pass IEEE80211_S_SCAN state off to net80211 so it can initiate scanning
- fix overflow in the rates array
- scale the rate value passed back from the firmware scan to the units that net80211 uses.
Submitted by: Token
Reviewed by: sam, avatar
Approved by: re (kensmith)
operating channel and use this in the scan cache rather than directly using
ic_curchan. Some firmware cards can only do a full scan and so ic_curchan does
not have the correct value.
Also add IEEE80211_CHAN2IEEE to directly dereference ic_ieee from the channel
to be used in the fast path.
Reviewed by: sam, sephe
Approved by: re (kensmith)
to be index by IEEE channel number but that is no longer the case and it needs
to be searched for.
Submitted by: avatar
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (kensmith)
(1) Add size parameter to usbd_get_string()
(2) Properly limit speed when a full speed hub is plugged into a high
speed hub.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
PR: 80773, 79725
Approved by: re@ (kensmith)
yet supported by this driver. Support will be committed soon, or a
filter on all the 'newer' devices will be installed before the
release.
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
Obtained from: NetBSD, OpenBSD
Small Furry Animals by: Pink Floyd
switch (i.e. lid) is set to have an action of NONE. This is not an
invalid state, so silently return. This fixes the warning:
"acpi: request to enter state S6 failed (err 22)"
Approved by: re
the command. Make UFI devices return 'success' when asked to do a
SYNC_CACHE. There's no support for write caching in the UFI spec, so
this is the most appropriate action to undertake.
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
Hellmuth with some refinements by myself and flz@. It works for me
with my non-MS mice, so nothing should be broken by it.
Submitted by: Hellmuth Michaelis
PR: 90162
Approved by: re (blanket)
pr, the submitter says:
Found this while running freebsd as guest in qemu with -usb
parameter. The patch implements the missing dynamic size based on
number of ports a hub has.
Submitted by: Lonnie Mendez
PR: 94946
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
patch that converts ms to ticks was used. Another PR states that a
return code of 0 is the right one for libusb.
Submitted by: Lonnie Mendez
PR: 94311
Approved by: re (blanket)
adequate. Increase them to 1k. The referenced PR made this a sysctl,
but that seems like overkill to me. The difference between 320 and
2048 bytes in modern systems, even embedded ones, seems to be in the
noise to be worth the extra hair to make it settable.
PR: 74609
Submitted by: Divacky Roman
Approved by: re (blanket)
applied to, but I'd think both), honor the timeout that's been set.
Return 0 bytes to be consistant with what libusb expects. By default,
the timeout will be zero, so only applications that change the default
will see a change. The patch only seems to apply to the interrupt end
points, but it should also apply to isochronous endpoints as well.
Submitted by: Maurice Castro
PR: 110122
Approved by: re (blanket)
some false positives but at this moment it is better to add
support then to dont have it at all (comment from Soren).
PR: kern/111516
Submitted by: Thomas Nystrom <thn at saeab dot se>
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Approved by: imp (mentor)
OK'ed by: sos (With the comment noted above about false
positives).
put out a ispreqt2e_t structure onto the request queue- not a ispreqt2_t
structure. I forgot that the 23XX can use a t2 structure.
Approved by: re (ken, implicitly)
MFC after: 3 days
changes for example:
(From Craig Leres):
tip to a rocketport line
run "/etc/rc.d/devfs restart"
exit tip
(wait for the system to reboot)
Thanks to Robert Watson for poking me to fix this.
PR: kern/109152
Approved by: imp (mentor)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Reviewed by: jhb
Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee dot lbl dot gov>
of the file numerically for vendors and then each product numerically
by vendor (with all the foo2's sorting after the foo's). Someday, all
the usbdevs will be merged, I hope, but until then, we have these
mega-merges.
This also finishes the LINKSYS4 -> CISCOLINKSYS rename.
Approved by: re@ (blanket)
firmware reset. Also zero out struct iwi_rateset although its not strictly
necessary.
Reported by: Maxim Konovalov
Reviewed by: sam
Approved by: re (bmah)
to put out a ispreqt3e_t structure onto the request queue-
not a ispreqt3_t structure. We weren't. This turns out only
to really matter for big endian machines.
Approved by: re (ken)
MFC after: 3 days
around an output freezing problem (see the CVS log for details). This
is the same approach that sio takes to solve that problem. However,
ucom has a problem that sio doesn't have.
Consider the case where output is pending, and the device is closed.
ttyclose calls tt_close (which indirects to ucomclose) and then calls
ttyflush which calls tt_stop (which indirects to ucomstop). Since
ucomclose removed all the usb transfer points, sc_oxfer will be NULL
when ucomstop calls ucomstart. This results in a null pointer
dereference.
Since calling ucomstart in ucomstart solves other problems, we need to
work with this calling sequence. The easiest way to do that is to
bail early if sc_oxfer is NULL.
Kazuaki ODA-san came up with this patch, and filed a PR. I had seen
this bug at work and this patch does seem to solve it. He had no idea
why it worked, but knew that either this patch, or backing out ucom.c
1.56 fixed his panic. I just did the legwork of chasing down the code
paths that would cause this, and added a comment. This is obscure
enough to warrant a comment, I think.
Submitted by: Kazuaki ODA-san
PR: 113964
Approved by: re (bmah)
where a device timeout that occurs with a mgt frame on the tx q
will leave the net80211 layer w/o any way to make progress.
Reviewed by: thompsa, sephe
Approved by: re (hrs)
request queues rather than shove it down a word at a time, we have
to remember to put it into little endian format. Use the macros
ISP_IOXPUT_{16,32} for this purpose. Otherwise, on sparc the firmware
is loaded garbled and we get a (not surprisingly) firmware checksum
failure and the card won't start and we don't attach it.
Approved by: re (bruce)
MFC after: 3 days
Improvements:
* /etc/rc.suspend,rc.resume are always run, no matter the source of the
suspend request (user or kernel, apm or acpi)
* suspend now requires positive user acknowledgement. If a user program
wants to cancel the suspend, they can. If one of the user programs
hangs or doesn't respond within 10 seconds, the system suspends anyway.
* /dev/apm is clonable, allowing multiple listeners for suspend events.
In the future, xorg-server can use this to be informed about suspend
even if there are other listeners (i.e. apmd).
Changes:
* Two new ACPI ioctls: REQSLPSTATE and ACKSLPSTATE. Request begins the
process of suspending by notifying all listeners. acpi is monitored by
devd(8) and /dev/apm listener(s) are also counted. Users register their
approval or disapproval via Ack. If anyone disapproves, suspend is vetoed.
* Old user programs or kernel modules that used SETSLPSTATE continue to
work. A message is printed once that this interface is deprecated.
* acpiconf gains the -k flag to ack the suspend request. This flag is
undocumented on purpose since it's only used by /etc/rc.suspend. It is
not intended to be a permanent change and will be removed once a better
power API is implemented.
* S5 (power off) is no longer supported via acpiconf -s 5 or apm -z/-Z.
This restores previous behavior of halt/shutdown -p being the interface.
* Miscellaneous improvements to error reporting
Approved by: re
o Consistently use device_foo_t and bus_foo_t for functions implementing
device_foo and bus_foo respectively. Adjust those routines that were wrong
(we should do this throughout the tree).
o make all the modules depend on usb. Otherwise these modules won't
load.
o ucycom doesn't need usb_port.h
o Minor unifdefing
o uhub, umass, ums, urio, uscanner conversion complete.
o ukbd: Remove the NO_SET_PROTO quirk (fixes a PR 77940). NetBSD removed
their check and setting the proto a long time ago.
o umodem panic fixed. UQ_ASSUME_CM_OVER_DATA quirk removed because I've never
seen a umodem that needed this rejection for proection (this gets rid of
~20% of the quirks).
Approved by: re@ (kensmith)
PR: 77940
Older drivers that do not wish to convert to the native API (which
will work with both 6.x and 7.x) can simply include
<dev/usb/usb_port.h>. Drivers in the tree shouldn't these macros,
unless they actually work on other OSes and are actively maintained.
Approved by: re@
